Books
- A Gentle Introduction to Statistics Using SAS® Studio in the Cloud — Advances in Laparoscopy of the Abdominal Wall Hernia (386)
- Advances in Liquid Chromatography : New Developments in Stationary Phases and Supports for Drugs and Bioanalytical Applications — The Aneurysm Casebook : a Guide to Treatment Selection and Technique (386)
- Aneurysms of the Popliteal Artery. 1st ed. — Atlas of Breast Surgery. 2nd edition (386)
- Atlas of Breast Tomosynthesis : Imaging Findings and Image-guided Interventions — Ayahuasca Healing and Science (386)
- Digitaledited by Antonino Cavallaro.Summary: Popliteal aneurysms are still controversial in terms of their pathogenesis, and challenging in terms of their treatment. This book offers a detailed overview of the latest advances in our understanding of the disease, and highlights the latest theories. Divided into eght sections, it focuses on: the historical background, embryology and anatomy of the popliteal artery, clinical presentation and diagnosis, pros and cons of traditional surgical techniques, pros and cons of advanced endovascuar techniques. The last section focuses on non-atherosclerotic popliteal aneurysme, i.e. on diseases in which popliteal aneurysms may specifically appear, rendering more challenging the diagnosis and the treatment As stressed in the foreword by the Chief Editor of the Journal of Vascuar Surgery, this book, given its scope, offers a valuable guide for all health professionals - experts and in training -.involved in vascular pathology and surgery.
Contents:
Part-1: History. A surgeon's journey through history up to the end of the XIX century
Modern historical background
Part-2: The Popliteal Artery: Embryology and Anatomy. The popliteal artery: embryology
The popliteal artery: reminding normal and variant anatomy
Persistence of the ischiadic artery
Popliteal artery entrapment
Part-3: Popliteal Aneurysms: Pathology. Surgical pathology
Part-4: Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms: Clinical Aspects. Definition, prevalence, etiopathogenesis
The "problem" of arteriomegaly
Outline of patients with atherosclerotic popliteal aneurysm
Clinical presentation. Part-5: Popliteal Aneurysms: Diagnosis. Diagnostic procedures. Part-6: Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms: Surgical Treatment. (with an appendix on sex and popliteal aneurysms). Operative indication, surgical approach and tactics
Primary amputation. Endoaneurysmorrhaphy. Lumbar sympathectomy. The use of tourniquet
Treatment with reestablishment of circulation
Late sequelae of surgical treatment. Part-7: Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms: Endovascular Treatment. An up-to-date of popliteal artery anatomy, static and dynamic
Home-made and early stent grafts
The Hemobahn-Viabahn stent grafts
Other stent grafts and hybrid procedures
The current role of endografting
Part-8: Non-Atherosclerotic Popliteal Aneurysms.. Behçet's disease
Kawasaki's disease
Neurofibromatosis
Fibromuscular dysplasia
Disorders of the connective tissue
Klippel-Trénaunay syndrome, Parkes Weber syndrome
HIV/AIDS
Mycotic aneurysms
Miscellaneous. - Digitalvolume editors: Gianni Marone, Francescopaolo Granata.Contents:
History of research on angiogenesis
Immune cells as a source and target of angiogenic and lymphangiogenic factors
Neuropilins: role in signalling, angiogenesis and disease
Class 3 semaphorin in angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis
Angiogenic and antiangiogenic chemokines
Role of uPA/uPAR in the modulation of angiogenesis
Neutrophil-derived cytokines involved in physiological and pathological angiogenesis
Roles of eosinophils in the modulation of angiogenesis
Regulatory T cells, leptin and angiogenesis
Angiogenesis as a therapeutic target for obesity and metabolic diseases
Angiogenesis in multiple myeloma
Angiogenesis inhibitors in the treatment of prostate cancer
Therapeutic perspectives in vascular remodeling in asthma and chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.Digital Access Karger 2014 - DigitalJack L. Arbiser, editor.Contents:
Angiogenesis: General Concepts
Infantile Hemangioma: New Insights on Pathogenesis and Beta Blockers Mechanisms of Action
The Role of Angiogenesis in the Development of Psoriasis
Angiogenesis and Nonmelanoma Skin Cancer
Melanoma
Potential Role of Angiogenesis and Lymphangiogenesis in Atopic Dermatitis: Evidence from Human Studies and Lessons from an Animal Model of Human Disease
Chemoprevention and Angiogenesis
Angiogenesis and Pathogenesis of Port Wine Stain and Infantile Hemangiomas.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitalauthors, G. Ian Taylor, Wei-Ren Pan ; associate editor, Prudence Dodwell.Contents:
The anatomic renaissance
The angiosome concept
Clinical applications
The angiosomes of the head and neck
The angiosomes of the torso
The angiosomes of the upper limb
The angiosomes of the lower limb.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2014 - Digitaledited by Robson Augusto Souza Santos.Summary: This is the first book addressing in full the most important aspects of the angiotensin-(1-7), the key peptide of the protective axis and the main component in the new modulatory concept of the renin-angiotensin system. It features a detailed review of angiotensin-(1-7) and its receptor Mas, comprising the historical background, enzymatic pathways for generation, functions, integrative aspects of its protective profile, and its therapeutic potential. It also encompasses a comprehensive presentation of current knowledge about its widespread biological actions on several tissues, as well as the most recent scientific achievements, emerging from preclinical and clinical trials. Dr. Santos is a renowned researcher on the Renin-Angiontensin system, with remarkable achievements regarding the role of peptides such as alamandine and angiontensin-(1-7). He has also worked on the potential clinical applicability of angiotensin-(1-7)-related drugs for cardiovascular diseases. He has an extensive publication record in the field, including the publication of the book The Protective Arm of the Renin Angiotensin System (Academic Press, 2015). Angiotensin-(1-7) will make a unique contribution to the literature and will be an important resource for biomedical students and researchers, medical practitioners and any other professional interested in this peptide and its role in the renin-angiotensin system.
Contents:
INTRODUCTION
1.ANGIOTENSIN-(1-7) FORMATION AND METABOLISM
Part I. TOOLS FOR STUDYING ANG-(1-7)
2. Pharmacological Tools-RAS
3. Genetic Models (ACE2 Models, MAS Models, Ang-(1-7) Models)
Part II. ACTIONS OF ANGIOTENSIN-(1-7)
4. Brain (Ang-(1-7) Metabolism in the Brain, Ang-(1-7) Location in the Brain, MAS Location in the Brain, Ang-(1-7) Actions in the Brain, Cardiovascular Effects of Angiotensin-(1-7) at Specific Medullary Sites, Cardiovascular Effects of Angiotensin-(1-7) at Specific Hypothalamic Sites, Other Angiotensin-(1-7) Effects in the Brain, Neurotransmitter / Neuromodulator Effects of Ang-(1-7)
5. Heart (B1 Coronary vessels & Cardiomyocytes)
6. Ang-(1-7) and Cardioprotection
7. Blood Vessels
8. Kidney
9. Lung
10. Endocrine System
11. Skeletal Muscle System
12. Liver
13. Angiotensin-(1-7) and inflammation
14. J. Angiotensin-(-1-7) and Cancer
15. CONCLUDING REMARKS
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. - Printedited by Robert R. Ruffolo, Jr.Contents:
v. 1. Molecular biology, biochemistry, pharmacology, and clinical perspectives
v. 2. Medi cinal chemistry. - Digitaledited by Michael Ritsner.Contents:
Conceptual Issues
The Different Facets of Anhedonia and Their Associations with Different Psychopathologies
Understanding Anhedonia: The Role of Perceived Control
Circadian Fluctuation of Reward Response and Synchronization to Reward
Anhedonia in Children and Adolescents
Musical Anhedonia and Visual Hypoemotionality: Selective Loss of Emotional Experience in Music and Vision
Projecting Oneself into the Future, an Intervention for Improving Pleasure in Patients with Anhedonia
Neurobiological Advances
Translational Models of Dopaminergic Mechanisms for Motivational Deficits in Anhedonic Patients
Brain Systems for the Pleasure of Food and Other Primary Rewards
Neurogenetics and Neurobiology of Dopamine in Anhedonia
The Neuroendocrinology of Anhedonia
Electrophysiological Signatures of Reward Processing in Anhedonia
Anhedonia in Mouse Models of Methamphetamine-Induced Drug Seeking Behavior
Neural Basis of Anhedonia Associated with Stress-Induced Eating Disorders
Brain Imaging Correlates of Anhedonia.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Michael Ritsner.Contents:
Anhedonia in Psychotic Disorders
Anhedonia in Schizophrenia: A Brief History and Overview of the Construct
Measuring Anhedonia in Schizophrenia-Spectrum Disorders: A Selective Update
Hedonic Capacity and Related Factors in Schizophrenia and Schizoaffective Disorder
Anhedonia as an Indicator of Genetic Vulnerability to Schizophrenia
Anhedonia in Schizophrenia: A Deficit in Translating Reward Information into Motivated Behavior
Anhedonia in Mood and Personality Disorders
Neural Correlates of Anhedonia as a Trait Marker for Depression
Anhedonia in Trauma Related Disorders: The Good, the Bad, and the Shut-Down
Anhedonia and Anorexia Nervosa: A Neurocognitive Perspective
Anhedonia and Negative Symptom Schizotypy
Anticipatory and Consummatory Anhedonia in Individuals with Schizotypal Traits
Anhedonia and Risk of Suicide: An Overview
Anhedonia in Neurological and Physical Disorders
Anhedonia and Epilepsy
Anhedonia in Parkinson's Disease and Other Movement Disorders
Anhedonia in Heart Disease
Cerebrovascular Diseases: Post-stroke Depression and Anhedonia.Digital Access Springer 2014 - Digitaledited by Akira Ohsaka, Kyozo Hayashi, and Yoshio Sawai.Contents:
v. 1. Biochemistry.Digital Access Springer 1976 - DigitalLewis I. Held, Jr.Summary: Among the offspring of humans and other animals are occasional individuals that are malformed in whole or in part. The most grossly abnormal of these have been referred to from ancient times as monsters, because their birth was thought to foretell doom; the less severely affected are usually known as anomalies. This volume digs deeply into the cellular and molecular processes of embryonic development that go awry in such exceptional situations. It focuses on the physical mechanisms of how genes instruct cells to build anatomy, as well as the underlying forces of evolution that shaped these mechanisms over eons of geologic time. The narrative is framed in a historical perspective that should help students trying to make sense of these complex subjects. Each chapter is written in the style of a Sherlock Holmes story, starting with the clues and ending with a solution to the mystery.Digital Access Cambridge 2021
- Digitaledited by Ashish S. Verma, Anchal Singh.Summary: Animal Biotechnology introduces applications of animal biotechnology and implications for human health and welfare. It begins with an introduction to animal cell cultures and genome sequencing analysis and provides readers with a review of available cell and molecular tools. Topics here include the use of transgenic animal models, tissue engineering, nanobiotechnology, and proteomics. The book then delivers in-depth examples of applications in human health and prospects for the future, including cytogenetics and molecular genetics, xenografts, and treatment of HIV and cancers. All this is complemented by a discussion of the ethical and safety considerations in the field. Animal biotechnology is a broad field encompassing the polarities of fundamental and applied research, including molecular modeling, gene manipulation, development of diagnostics and vaccines, and manipulation of tissue. Given the tools that are currently available and the translational potential for these studies, animal biotechnology has become one of the most essential subjects for those studying life sciences. Highlights the latest biomedical applications of genetically modified and cloned animals with a focus on cancer and infectious diseases. Provides firsthand accounts of the use of biotechnology tools, including molecular markers, stem cells, and tissue engineering.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalHeiner Niemann, Christine Wrenzycki, editors.Summary: This two-volume textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the broad field of Animal Biotechnology with a special focus on livestock reproduction and breeding. The reader will be introduced to a variety of state-of-the-art technologies and emerging genetic tools and their applications in animal production. Also, ethics and legal aspects of animal biotechnology will be discussed and new trends and developments in the field will be critically assessed. The two-volume work is a must-have for graduate students, advanced undergraduates and researchers in the field of veterinary medicine, genetics and animal biotechnology. This first volume mainly focuses on artificial insemination, embryo transfer technologies in diverse animal species and cryopreservation of oocytes and embryos.
Contents:
1. Evolution of Animal Breeding and Animal Biotechnology
2. Future Agricultural Animals: The Need for Biotechnology
3. Artificial Insemination in Domestic and Wild Animal Species
4. Technique and Application of Sex Sorted Sperm in Domestic Farm Animals
5. ET-Technologies in Domestic Cattle
6. ET-Technology in Small Ruminants
7. ET-Technology in Domestic Pigs
8. ET-Technologies in Horses
9. Endoscopy in Cattle Reproduction
10. Transvaginal Ultrasound-Guided Oocyte Retrieval (OPU: Ovum Pick-Up) in Cows and Mares
11. Preservation of Gametes and Embryos
12. In vitro Production of Farm Animal Embryos. - DigitalHeiner Niemann, Christine Wrenzycki, editors.Summary: This two-volume textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the broad field of Animal Biotechnology with a special focus on livestock reproduction and breeding. The reader will be introduced to a variety of state-of-the-art technologies and emerging genetic tools and their applications in animal production. Also, ethics and legal aspects of animal biotechnology will be discussed and new trends and developments in the field will be critically assessed. The two-volume work is a must-have for graduate students, advanced undergraduates and researchers in the field of veterinary medicine, genetics and animal biotechnology. This second volume is dedicated to genetic tools in animal biotechnology such as somatic cloning, transgenic technologies and the application of stem cells in livestock breeding. Also, ethics and legal aspects are discussed.
Contents:
1. Somatic Cloning of Livestock by Somatic Cell Nuclear Transfer
2. Commercial Applications of SCNT in Livestock
3. Epigenetic Features of Animal Biotechnologies
4. Current Status of Genomic Maps, Genomic Selection/GBV in Livestock
5. Embryo Biopsies for Genomic Selection
6. Production of Transgenic Livestock: Overview of Transgenic Technologies
7. DNA-Nucleases and Their Use in Livestock Production
8. Regulatory Dysfunction Inhibits the Development and Application of Transgenic Livestock for use in Agriculture
9. Genetically Engineered Large Animals in Biomedicine
10. Stem Cells and Cell Conversion in Livestock
11. The Legal Governance of Animal Biotechnologies
12. Ethical Aspects of Animal Biotechnology
13. Public Perception of Animal Biotechnology. - Digitaledited by Mohamed Al-Rubeai.Summary: Animal cells are the preferred "cell factories" for the production of complex molecules and antibodies for use as prophylactics, therapeutics or diagnostics. Animal cells are required for the correct post-translational processing (including glycosylation) of biopharmaceutical protein products. They are used for the production of viral vectors for gene therapy. Major targets for this therapy include cancer, HIV, arthritis, cardiovascular and CNS diseases and cystic fibrosis. Animal cells are used as in vitro substrates in pharmacological and toxicological studies. This book is designed to serve as a comprehensive review of animal cell culture, covering the current status of both research and applications. For the student or R&D scientist or new researcher the protocols are central to the performance of cell culture work, yet a broad understanding is essential for translation of laboratory findings into the industrial production. Within the broad scope of the book, each topic is reviewed authoritatively by experts in the field to produce state-of-the-art collection of current research. A major reference volume on cell culture research and how it impacts on production of biopharmaceutical proteins worldwide, the book is essential reading for everyone working in cell culture and is a℗ℓrecommended volume for all biotechnology libraries.
- DigitalFernando Álvarez, Margarita Ojeda, editors.Summary: This volume investigates the contemporary fauna that inhabit the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin. Divided into 15 chapters, it addresses and describes their diversity, taxonomic and biogeogaphic affinities, and ecological characteristics. The Cuatro Ciénegas Valley is a unique oasis in the south-central region of the State of Coahuila, part of the Sonoran Desert, in Mexico. Several clues, specially derived from the study of the microbiota, suggest a very ancient origin of the valley and its permanence through time. This condition had promoted a high level of endemism and led to unique interactions between the resident species.
Contents:
The fauna of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, a unique assemblage of species, habitats and evolutionary histories
Helminth community structure of some freshwater fishes of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: patterns and processes
Abundance and diversity of the soil microarthropod fauna from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Scorpion (Arachnida: Scorpiones) from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
The spiders of the Churince region, Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: A comparison with other desert areas of North America
Crustaceans from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin: diversity, origin and endemism
Spatial and temporal patterns of diversity of the Lepidopter (Papilionoidea sensu lato) in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Diversity and resource use patterns of bees and flies that visit flowers in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Odonata of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Diversity and community structure of ants in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, Coahuila, Mexico
Prostigmatid mites (Arachnida: Acariformes: Prostigmata) parasitic on amphibians and reptiles in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Systematics of the fish from the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Diversity of amphibians and reptiles in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
The birds of the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin, a wetland within the Chihuahuan Desert
Evaluating the hypothesis of Plesitocene refugia for mammals in the Cuatro Ciénegas Basin
Index. - Digitaledited by Andreas Werner.Contents:
Targeted small noncoding rna-directed gene activation in human cells
Isolation of chromatoid bodies from mouse testis as a rich source of short RNAs
Generation of endo-siRNAs in xenopus laevis oocytes
Analysis of endo-siRNAs in drosophila
Methods for studying the biological consequences of endo-siRNA deficiency in drosophila melanogaster
Small RNA library cloning procedure for deep sequencing of specific endogenous siRNA classes in caenorhabditis elegans
Assays for direct and indirect effects of c. Elegans endo-siRNAs
Extraction and nonradioactive detection of small RNA molecules
P19-mediated enrichment and detection of siRNAs
Detection of small noncoding RNAs by in situ hybridization using probes of 2'-o-methyl RNA + LNA
Enhanced detection of small RNAs using a nonradioactive approach
Computing siRNA and piRNA overlap signatures
Isolation of small interfering RNAs using viral suppressors of RNA interference
Computational analysis, biochemical purification, and detection of tRNA-derived small RNA fragments
Differential DNA methylation patterns in endo-siRNAs mediated silencing of LINE-1 retrotransposons.Digital Access Springer [2014] - Digital[edited by] David E. Swayne.Contents:
Influenza A virus / David L. Suarez
Diagnostics and surveillance methods / Erica Spackman, David L. Suarez and Giovanni Cattoli
The economics of animal influenza / Anni McLeod and Jan Hinrichs
Trade and food safety aspects for animal influenza viruses / David E. Swayne
Public health implications of animal influenza viruses / Nancy Cox, Sue Trock and Tim Uyeki
The innate and adaptive immune response to avian influenza virus / Lonneke Vervelde and Darrell R. Kapczynski
Wild bird infections and the ecology of avian influenza viruses / David Stallknecht and Justin Brown
The global nature of avian influenza / David E. Swayne
Multi-continental panzootic of H5 highly pathogenic avian influenza (1996-2015) / Les Sims and Ian Brown
High pathogenicity avian influenza outbreaks since 2008 except multi-continental panzootic of H5 goose/guangdong-lineage viruses / Ian Brown, Celia Abolnik, Juan Garcia-Garcia, Sam McCullough, David E. Swayne and Giovanni Cattoli
Low pathogenicity avian influenza / Daniel Perez and J.J. (Sjaak) deWit
Epidemiology of avian influenza in agricultural and other man-made systems / Les Sims, John Weaver and David E. Swayne
Pathobiology of avian influenza in domestic ducks / Mary Pantin-Jackwood
Avian influenza control strategies / Les Sims and David E. Swayne
Vaccines and vaccination for avian influenza in poultry / David E. Swayne and Darrell R. Kapczynski
The disease, pathobiology and epidemiology of influenza infections in pigs / Susan E. Detmer
Immunity, diagnosis and intervention strategies of influenza infections in pigs / Montserrat Torremorell
Global evolution of influenza A viruses in swine / Amy Vincent, Nicola Lewis and Richard Webby
Vaccines and vaccination for swine influenza : differing situations in Europe and the USA / Kristine van Reeth, Amy L. Vincent and Kelly Lager
The disease, pathobiology and epidemiology of influenza infections in horses / Gabrielle A, Landolt and Thomas M. Chambers
Vaccines and vaccination to control equine influenza / Thomas M. Chambers
Canine influenza / Colin R. Parrish and Edward J. Dubovi
Sporadic influenza A virus infections of miscellaneous mammal species / Edwin J.B. Veldhuis Kroeze and Thijs Kuiken
Mammalian experimental models and implications in understanding zoonotic potential / Jessica A. Belser and Terrence M. Tumpey.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Heide Schatten, Department of Veterinary Pathobiology, University of Missouri-Columbia, USA and Gheorghe M. Constantinescu, Department of Biomedical Sciences, College of Veterinary Medicine, University of Missouri-Columbia, Columbia, USA.Contents:
Anatomy of the reproductive system / Gheorghe M. Constantinescu
Anatomy of mammalian (endocrine) glands controlling the reproduction / Gheorghe M. Constantinescu
Models for investigating placental biology / Laramie Pence and Bhanu P. Telugu
Early developmental programming of the ovarian reserve, ovarian function and fertility / F. Mossa, S.W. Walsh, A.C.O. Evans, J.J. Ireland
Small non-coding RNAs in gametogenesis / Lukasz Smorag and D.V. Krishna Pantakani
The ovarian follicle of cows as a model for human / Marc-Andre Sirard
Production of energy and determination of competence : past knowledge, present research and future opportunities in oocyte and embryo metabolism / Jason R. Herrick, Elena Silva, Rebecca L. Krisher
Signal transduction pathways in oocyte maturation / Francois J Richard, Nicolas Santiquet, Annick Bergeron and Daulat Raheem Khan
Pig models of reproduction / B.R. Mordhorst and R.S. Prather
The mare as an animal model for reproductive aging in the woman / Elaine M. Carnevale
Spotlight on reproduction in domestic dogs / Shirley J Wright
Animal models of inflammation during pregnancy / Karen E. Racicot and Keith E. Latham
Practical approaches, achievements, and perspectives in the study on signal transduction in oocyte maturation and fertilization : focusing on the African clawed frog xenopus laevis as an animal model / Ken-ichi Sato
Prezygotic chromosomal examination of mouse spermatozoa / Hiroyuki Watanabe and Hiroyuki Tateno
Molecular and cellular aspects of mammalian sperm acrosomal exocytosis / Florenza A. La Spina, Cintia Stival, Dario Krapf, Mariano G. Buffone
Sperm chromatin dynamics associated with male fertility in mammals / Naseer A. Kutchy, Sule Dogan, Abdullah Kaya, Arlindo Moura, Erdogan Memili
Epigenome modification and ubiquitin-dependent proteolysis during pronuclear development of the mammalian zygote (animal models to study pronuclear development) / Jan Nevoral and Peter Sutovsky
Alterations of epignome induced by environment in reproduction / Zhao-Jia Ge, Shen Yin, Heide Schatten
Towards development of pluripotent porcine stem cells by road-mapping early embryonic development / Stoyan Petkov, Kristine Freude, Kaveh Mashayekhi, Poul Hyttel and Vanessa Hall
Applications of metabolomics in reproductive biology / Ana Luiza Cazaux Velho, Rodrigo Oliveira, Arlindo Moura, Abdullah Kaya, Erdogan Memili
Cryopreservation of mammalian oocytes / Muhammad Anzar.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - Digitaledited by Marianne I. Martic-Kehl and P. August Schubiger.Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Ethical aspects of the use of animals in translational research
Chapter 3. Study design
Chapter 4. Improving external validity of experimental animal data
Chapter 5. How to end selective reporting in animal research
Chapter 6. A comprehensive overview of mouse models in oncology
Chapter 7. Mouse models of advanced spontaneous metastasis for experiemental therapeutics
Chapter 8. Spontaneous animal tumor models
Chapter 9. Dog models of naturally occurring cancer
Chapter 10. Improving preclincal cancer models: lessons from human and canine clinical trials of metronomic chemotherapy .Digital Access Wiley 2016 - DigitalAimin Liu, editor.Summary: This book focuses on the use of animal models to study various human defects. It summarizes our current understanding of a variety of common human birth defects and the essential role of animal models in shedding light on the underlying mechanisms of these disorders. Birth defects are the leading cause of infant deaths, and cost billions of dollars in care for those affected. Unfortunately, the lack of a clear understanding of the mechanisms leading to many of these developmental disorders has hindered effective prevention and early intervention strategies. Studies using animal models have provided essential insights into several human birth defects. This book serves as a valuable reference resource for researchers and graduate students who are interested in learning the basic principles as well as the latest advances in the study of the mechanisms of human birth defects.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Contents
1: A History of Mouse Genetics: From Fancy Mice to Mutations in Every Gene
1.1 Overview
1.2 Establishing the Mouse as a Mammalian Model for Research
1.2.1 Mendelian Genetics in Mice
1.2.2 Inbred Mouse Strains
1.3 Getting to Know the Mouse Genome: From Inbred Lines to Genetic Maps
1.3.1 Inbred and Congenic Strains
1.3.2 The Origins of Developmental Genetics
1.3.3 Linkage Analysis, Complementation Tests, and Recombination Maps
1.3.4 Cytogenetics: Chromosomal Maps and Rearrangements 1.3.5 Improving Linkage Maps: New Markers, Recombinant Inbred Lines, and Interspecific Backcrosses
1.3.6 From Linkage Maps to Physical Maps
1.4 The Molecular Biology Revolution and Mouse Genetics
1.5 Manipulating the Mouse Genome: Making Mutants
1.5.1 The Power of Mutagens
1.5.2 Transgenesis: Introducing Exogenous DNA in the Mouse Genome
1.5.3 Targeted Mutagenesis Through Homologous Recombination
1.5.4 Genome Engineering with Endonucleases: CRISPR/Cas9 Engineering
1.6 The Mouse Genome Sequence 1.7 A Mutant in Every Gene: Large-Scale Approaches to Study Gene Function
1.7.1 Forward Mutagenesis Screens and Positional Cloning
1.7.2 Gene-Trap Mutagenesis Screens
1.7.3 The International Knockout and Phenotyping Consortia
1.8 Future Perspectives
References
2: Mouse Models of Neural Tube Defects
2.1 Overview
2.2 Types of NTDs
2.3 Diagnosis and Treatment of NTDs
2.4 The Etiology of NTDs
2.5 NTDs Result from Failure of Neural Tube Closure
2.6 Mouse Models Have Been Instrumental in Elucidating the Mechanics of Neural Tube Closure 2.7 Convergent Extension Movements and the Planar Cell Polarity Pathway
2.8 Hinge Point Formation
2.9 Apical Constriction Is Coordinated with PCP Activation in the Neural Plate
2.10 Formation of Hinge Points Is Regulated by Shh and BMPs
2.11 PCP, Ciliogenesis, and Shh Signaling
2.12 Role of the Nonneural Ectoderm in Neural Fold Elevation and Fusion
2.13 Prevention of NTDs by Micronutrient Supplementation
2.14 Mechanisms by Which Folic Acid Prevents NTDs
2.15 Folate is a Cofactor Required for Synthesis of DNA, Amino Acid and Methyl Donors 2.16 Folate and Homocysteine
2.17 Studies in Mice Suggest Supplementation with Inositol or Formate May Prevent Folate-Resistant NTDs
2.18 Future Directions
References
3: Animal Models of Pancreas Development, Developmental Disorders, and Disease
3.1 Overview
3.2 Introduction
3.2.1 Overview of Pancreas Development
3.2.2 Molecular Regulation of Pancreas Development
3.2.3 Developmental Defects and Their Impact on Pancreatic Function and Disease
3.3 Juvenile and Adult Diseases of the Pancreas
3.3.1 Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus (T1DM) 3.3.2 Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus (T2DM)Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Jerome Y. Yager.Contents:
1. Unilateral common carotid artery ligation as a model of perinatal asphyxia: the original Rice-Vannucci model
2. Bilateral uterine artery ligation (BUAL): placental insufficiency causing fetal growth restriction and cerebral palsy
3. Perinatal intracerebral hemorrhage model and developmental disability
4. Preterm rabbit model of glycerol-induced intraventricular hemorrhage
5. Models of perinatal brain injury in premature and term newborns resulting from gestational inflammation due to inactivated group B streptococcus (GBS), or lipopolysaccharide (LPS) from E. coli and/or immediately postnatal hypoxia-ischemia (HI)
6. Fetal brain activity in the sheep model with intrauterine hypoxia
7. Studies of perinatal asphyxial brain injury in the fetal sheep
8, The sheep as a model of brain injury in the premature infant
9. The rabbit as a model of cerebral palsy
10. A newborn piglet survival model of post-hemorrhagic ventricular dilatation (PHVD)
11. Physiologic aspects of the piglet as a model of neonatal hypoxia and reoxygenation
12. The newborn pig global hypoxic-ischemic model of preinatal brain and organ injury
13. Animal models of fetal alcohol spectrum disorder
14. Modeling intellectual disability in drosophila
15. Animal models of cerebral dysgenesis: excitotoxic brain injury
16. The effect of age on brain plasticity in animal models of developmental disability
Index. - DigitalChi-Chao Chan, editor.Contents:
1. Animal models of herpes keratitis
2. Animal models of cataracts
3. Animla models of glaucoma
4. Animal models of age-related macular degeneration: subretinal inflammation
5. Animal models of diabetic retinopathy
6. Animal models of autoimmune uveitis
7. Animal models of retinitis pigmentosa (RP)
8. An animla model of Graves' orbitopathy
9. Animal models of ocular tumors
10. Epilogue
Index. - DigitalSteven D. Waldman.Contents:
1. Ryan Rostov: A 52-year-old Male with Right Ankle Pain
2. Shirley McCain: A 62-year-old Dance Instructor with Right Foot Pain
3. Anna Coyle: A 24-year-old Dental Hygienist with Severe Medial Ankle Pain
4. Scott English: A 32-year-old Truck Mechanic with Pain and Electric Shock-Like Sensation Radiating into the Dorsum of the Foot
5. Chip Anderson: A 36-year-old Maintenance Man with Numbness and Paresthesias in the Sole of the Foot
6. Paul Reckinger: A 32-year-old Real Estate Agent with Severe Right Ankle Pain with an Associated Catching Sensation
7. DeShawn Freely: A 29-year-old Basketball Player with the Feeling He Had Been Shot in the Ankle
8. Irina Antipova: A 72-year-old Violinist with Right Great Toe Pain
9. Bobby Moltisanti: A 48-year-old Meat Cutter with a Painful Bump on His Big Toe
10. Miranda Halliday: A 24-year-old Fashion Designer with Pain in Her Little Toe
11. Sarah Davidow: A 64-year-old Homemaker with Foot Pain
12. Ross Marquette: A 68-year-old Retired Executive with Severe Posterior Foot Pain
13. Ada Hunt: A 31-year-old Customer Service Representative with Pain in the Arch of the Left Foot
14. Betty Bartholomew: A 32-year-old Pharmacist with Persistent Foot Pain
15. Chuck North: A 32-year-old Veteran with Pain in the Ball of His Foot.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023 - DigitalC. Niek van Dijk.Summary: Ankle injuries are often sport related and pose a diagnostic and therapeutic challenge. Over the past 25 years, Niek van Dijk, founder of the Amsterdam Foot and Ankle School and author of this book, has developed a new philosophy of ankle arthroscopy. It entails a comprehensive approach which includes various diagnostic strategies and the application of a number of minimally invasive endoscopic techniques. The procedures are based on research programs and long-term outcome studies performed at the Orthopaedic Research Center Amsterdam. Use of these techniques has spread throughout the world; they are now recognized as the state of the art and have been used to treat many leading professional athletes. This diagnostic and operating manual presents the Amsterdam Foot and Ankle School approach for a wide variety of ankle and hindfoot problems. Clear step-by-step instructions are provided with the help of numerous high-quality illustrations, most of which are in color. Access to a web-based educational site is also available to readers.
- DigitalPieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Gino M.M.J. Kerhoffs, editors.Summary: This book creates a unique platform that covers main ankle pathologies specifically related with football. Experiences from professional players have been combined with evidence-based medical content from renowned experts in the field to present a comprehensive picture on ankle injuries in football. Worldwide, ankle injuries present a high burden for sports medicine physicians, physiotherapists, players, and coaches in and around the football pitch. This book contains updated content for both medical and nonmedical individuals involved with football.
Contents:
1. Anatomy of the Ankle / Pau Golanó, Miquel Dalmau-Pastor, Jordi Vega, and Jorge Pablo Batista
2. Interview - Raul / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
3. Epidemiology and Mechanisms of Ankle Pathology in Football / Ryan L. Anderson, Lars Engebretsen, Nicholas Kennedy, Robert LaPrade, Adam M. Wegner, and Eric Giza
4. Interview - Ricardo Pruna / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
5. Prevention of Ankle Injuries / Miriam van Reijen and Evert Verhagen
6. Interview - Frank de Bleeckere / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
7. Ankle Ligament Lesions / Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, Joshua N. Tennant, and Annunziato Amendola
8. Interview - Jan Wouters / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
9. Osteochondral Defects in the Ankle Joint / Rogier Gerards, Maartje Zengerink, and C. Niek van Dijk
10. Interview - Velibor "Bora" Milutinović / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
11. Anterior Ankle Impingement / Johannes L. Tol, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, Mario Maas, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
12. Interview - Eva Blewanus / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
13. Posterior Ankle Impingement / Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs, Peter A.J. de Leeuw, and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
14. Interview - Ron Spelbos / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
15. Ankle Fractures, Including Avulsion Fractures / Kyriacos I. Eleftheriou, James D.F. Calder, Peter Kloen, and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
16. Interview - Leonne Stentler / Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
17. Fifth Metatarsal Stress Fractures in Football / Hanneke Weel, Simon Goedegebuure, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
18. Acute Achilles Tendon Rupture / Jon Karlsson, Nicklas Olsson, and Katarina Nilsson Helander
19. Achilles Tendinopathy / Robert Jan de Vos, Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe, Peter de Leeuw, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
20. Peroneal and Posterior Tibial Tendon Pathology / Hélder Pereira, Pedro Luís Ripoll, Joaquim M. Oliveira, Rui L. Reis, João Espregueira-Mendes, and C. Niek van Dijk
21. The Footballer's Inlay Sole: An Individualised Approach / D.P. Francisco Escobar Ruiz and Pieter P.R.N. d'Hooghe
22. Rehabilitation After Ankle Football Injuries / Mark Feger and Jay Hertel
23. Taping Techniques and Braces in Football / Ruben Zwiers, Leendert Blankevoort, Chris W.A. Swier, A. Claire M. Verheul, and Gino M.M.J. Kerkhoffs
24. Ankle Osteoarthritis in Former Elite Football Players: What Do We Know? / Vincent Gouttebarge and Monique H.W. Frings-Dresen.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalMohammad Hossein Nicknam, editor.Summary: Ankylosing Spondylitis is a chronic autoimmune disease that affects about 1-3% of the world population. This debilitating disease affecting primarily young males exerts considerable socio-economic consequences. The exact pathogenesis of AS has not yet been fully understood; therefore, novel, detailed information sources are required. This book offers cutting-edge knowledge about the molecular basic and immunological mechanisms involved in the pathogenesis of Ankylosing Spondylitis. It is one of the scarce scientific resources discussing the environmental factors triggering the disease, along with the clinical manifestations, diagnostic methods, and treatments. This book covers the most recent and reliable researches and developments about spondyloarthropathies in order to provide elaborated, integrated guidance on the molecular mechanisms of Spondyloarthropathies. It will prove helpful for rheumatologists, immunologists, biologists, geneticists, and medical science students who wish to learn more about SpAs.
Contents:
Part 1 Introduction
1 An overview to Ankylosing spondylitis and Spondyloarthropathies
Part 2 Cells and cytokines
2 Innate Immune-Related Cells and Cytokines in Spondyloarthropathies
3 Adaptive Immune-Related Cells and Cytokines in Spondyloarthropathies
Part 3
4 Association of HLA and HLA Related Genes with Ankylosing Spondylitis
5 Association of non-HLA genes with ankylosing spondylitis
Part 4
Environmental factors
6 Spondyloarthropathies and Gut microbiota
7 Spondyloarthropathies and Food Intake
8 Spondyloarthropathies and Environmental Stresses. - Digital/PrintNeubauer, C.; Ellinger, Alexander; Huppert, Hugo; Vogel, Julius; Neubauer, C.Digital Access Google Books 1854-
- Print
- Digital/PrintCasey, Thomas Lincoln; Hovey, Edmund Otis; Poor, Charles Lane; Tower, Ralph W.; Van Ingen, Gilbert.Summary: Records of meetings 1808-1916 in v. 11-27.Digital Access Wiley v. 1-, 1879-
- Printcompiled by Anne-Laure Bourre.
- PrintSanta Clara County Health Systems Agency.
- PrintChess, Stella; Thomas, Alexander.
- Print
- PrintMedicines Commission, Committee on Safety of Medicines, Veterinary Products Committee, British Pharmacopoeia Commission, Committee on the Review of Medicines, Committee on Dental and Surgical Materials, and with a report prepared by the Medicines Division of the Department of Health and Social Security.
- Digital/PrintDigital Access
- Digital/PrintFathman, C. Garrison; Glimcher, Laurie H.; Metzger, Henry; Paul, William E.Digital Access Ann Rev v. 1-, 1983-
- DigitalJean-Louis Vincent, editor.
- DigitalJean-Louis Vincent, editor.Summary: The Annual Update compiles reviews of the most recent developments in experimental and clinical intensive care and emergency medicine research and practice in one comprehensive book. The chapters are written by well recognized experts in these fields. The book is addressed to everyone involved in internal medicine, anesthesia, surgery, pediatrics, intensive care and emergency medicine.
Contents:
PROVISIONAL Part I. Respiratory Issues
Part II. ARDS
Part III. Biomarkers
Part IV. Fluids
Part V. Hemodynamic Management
Part VI. An unknown pandemics
Part VII. Covid-19 associated coagulopathy
Part VIII. Sepsis
Part IX. Bleeding & Transfusion
Part X. Prehospital Intervention
Part XI. Neurological Aspects
Part XII. Organ Donation
Part XIII. Oncology
Part XIV. Severe Complications
Part XV. Prolonged Critical Illness
Part XVI. Organizational and Ethical Aspects
Part XVII. Artificial intelligence in the ICU
Index. - DigitalJean-Louis Vincent, editor.Summary: The Annual Update compiles reviews of the most recent developments in clinical intensive care and emergency medicine research and practice in one comprehensive book. The chapters are written by well recognized experts in these fields. The book is addressed to everyone involved in intensive care and emergency medicine, anesthesia, surgery, internal medicine, and pediatrics.
Contents:
Intro
Contents
Abbreviations
Part I: Sepsis and the Immune Response
1: The Role of Mitochondria in the Immune Response in Critical Illness
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Mitochondrial Machinery That Mediates and Regulates Immune Responses in Critical Illness
1.2.1 Metabolic Reprogramming
1.2.2 Mitochondrial ROS and mtDNA
1.2.3 Succinate and Itaconate
1.2.4 Mitochondrial Dynamics
1.3 Immunometabolism: The Perfect World Scenario vs. the Critical Illness Scenario
1.4 Potential of Mitochondria-Targeting Therapy in Critical Care 1.5 Challenges of Applying Mitochondria-Targeting Therapy in Critical Care
1.6 Conclusion
References
2: Immunomodulation by Tetracyclines in the Critically Ill: An Emerging Treatment Option?
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Immunopathogenesis of Sepsis
2.3 Immunopathogenesis of ARDS
2.4 Mechanisms of Action of Tetracyclines in ARDS
2.4.1 In Vivo Models
2.4.1.1 Effects on Inflammatory Cytokines and NLRP3 Inflammasome Caspase-1 Signaling
2.4.1.2 Effects on MMPs
2.4.1.3 Effects on Neutrophil Transmigration
2.4.2 Human Data 2.5 Mechanisms of Action of Tetracyclines in Sepsis
2.5.1 In Vitro Models
2.5.1.1 Effects on Cytokine and Chemokine Production
2.5.1.2 Effects on Arachidonic Acid Metabolites and NO Production
2.5.2 In Vivo Models
2.5.2.1 Effects on MAPK Signaling Pathways and Inflammatory Mediators
2.5.2.2 Effects on Organ Dysfunction
2.5.3 Human Data
2.6 Future Research Perspectives
2.7 Conclusion
References
3: Hit Early: Blocking Interleukin-1 in the Treatment of COVID-19 Pneumonia
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Cytokines and Disease Progression in COVID-19 3.3 Contribution of Monocytes and Macrophages in Early Cytokine Response
3.4 How Can Early Activation of IL-1 Be Identified?
3.5 SAVE Strategy: Early Blockade of IL-1 Guided by Biomarkers
3.6 Conclusion
References
4: Hemoadsorption Therapy During ECMO: Emerging Evidence
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Devices and Implementation
4.3 Hemoadsorption in Combination with ECMO
4.4 Hemoadsorption in Severe COVID-19 Supported with ECMO
4.5 Discussion and Outlook
4.6 Conclusion
References
Part II: Respiratory Issues 5: The Forgotten Circulation and Transpulmonary Pressure Gradients
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Pulmonary Vessel Anatomy
5.3 Pulmonary Vascular Dysfunction
5.4 Pulmonary Circulation and Its Components
5.4.1 The Transpulmonary Driving Pressure: A Small Gradient with Big Importance
5.4.2 Pulmonary Vascular Resistance and 'Closing Pressures'
5.5 Measuring the Transpulmonary Pressure Gradient
5.6 The Evolving Role of Pulmonary Arterial Compliance
5.7 Relevant Clinical Scenarios in Critical Illness
5.7.1 Pulmonary Hypertension
5.7.2 Right Ventricular Dysfunction - DigitalMario Lima, Giovanni Ruggeri, editors.Summary: This book brings together lessons learned in the clinical use of anorectal endosonography and manometry in paediatrics. In contrast to adult medicine, where they are virtually indispensable for specialists dealing with colo-proctology, in paediatrics endoanal ultrasound and anorectal manometry are still the prerogative of very few international centres. This book collects the results of a Workshop organised at the Paediatric Surgery Unit of Bologna, entitled "International Seminar on Endosonography and Anorectal Manometry in Paediatrics", and presents contributions from leading European experts. Focusing on the paediatric age group, this volume fills a gap in the paediatric gastroenterology literature, and will benefit all specialists wishing to use these methods in the management and treatment of common clinical problems, e.g. chronic constipation.
Contents:
1 History of Endocavitary Ultrasound
Basics of Endoanal Ultrasounds
3 Principles of Ano-Rectal Manometry
4 Surgical and Functional Anatomy of The Pelvic Floor and the Ano-Rectum
5 Physiology of the Pelvic Floor and the Ano-Rectum
6 Normal Endosonographric Features of the Anal Canal
7 Ano-Rectal Manometry, Conventional and High Resolution
8 Ano-Rectal Malformations: Ano-Rectal Manometric and Endosonographic Combined Approach
9 Suppurative Processes of the Ano-Rectal Region: Endoanal Ultrasonographic Assistence
10 Chronic Constipation in Paediatrics: Pathophysiology and Diagnosis
11 Treatment of Chronic Constipation in Paediatrics
12 Echo-Assisted Botulinum Injection
13 Ano-Rectal Manometry and Endoanal Ultrasonography in Paediatric Incontinence
14 Echo-Assisted Ano-Lipofilling
15 Endoanal Ultrasonography in Male and Female Genitalia Malformations
16 Endoanal Ultrasonography: Use on Adults. - DigitalJane Ann Soxman, Patrice Barsamian Wunsch and Christel M. Haberland.Digital Access Springer 2019
- DigitalThomas E. Johnson, editor.Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
Contributors
Part I: Clinical Foundations
Chapter 1: Introduction and Historical Perspectives
Introduction
Early Historical Perspectives
Extirpation
Enucleation
Evisceration
Exenteration
Conclusion
References
Chapter 2: Clinical Decision-Making
Introduction
Indications for Eye Removal
Infectious
Neoplastic
Traumatic
Palliative
Choice of Surgical Technique
Further Reading
Chapter 3: Sympathetic Ophthalmia
Introduction
Background: Epidemiology and Risk Factors
Reduction of Risk of SO Presentation and Diagnosis
Management
References
Chapter 4: Psychological and Cognitive Adjustment to Vision Loss
References
Chapter 5: History of Ocular Implants
Prehistory/Before Ocular Implants
The First Ocular Implant
The Emergence of Acrylics
In Search of Increased Motility
The Advent of Porous Orbital Implants
Looking to the Future
References
Part II: Surgical Techniques
Chapter 6: Enucleation and Techniques of Orbital Implant Placement
Background
Indications
Surgical Procedure
Types of Implants
Implant Placement Preparation of Implant
Placement of Implant
Peg Placement
Complications
References
Chapter 7: Evisceration
Introduction
Preoperative Considerations
Surgical Technique
Implant Placement
Sympathetic Ophthalmia
References
Chapter 8: Exenteration and Multidisciplinary Approaches
Indications
Preoperative Evaluation
Operative Technique
Healing by Second Intention
Split-Thickness Skin Graft
Dermal Substitute
Myocutaneous Advancement Flap or Free Flap
Potential Complications
Postoperative Care
References Chapter 9: Orbital Implants and Wrapping Materials
Introduction
Implant Size
Special Considerations
Implant Material
Nonporous Implants
Silicone
Polymethyl Methacrylate
Porous Implants
Porous Hydroxyapatite
Porous Polyethylene
Aluminum Oxide
Special Considerations
Wrapping Materials
Pegging
References
Chapter 10: Osseous Integration After Exenteration
Historical Perspective
Definition and Biology of Osseointegration
Factors Influencing Success of Osseointegration
Implant Material
Implant Design and Surface Characteristics Bone Quality
Surgical Technique
Preoperative Evaluation
Procedure Description
Primary Stability
Post-op Care
Success of Orbital Implant Osseointegration
Radiotherapy and Osseointegration
Effect of Radiation on Bone
Dose of Radiotherapy
Success of Osseointegration in Irradiated Bone
Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy
Advantages of Osseointegration [7, 20, 23]
Disadvantages of Osseointegration [7, 20, 23]
Management of Possible Complications
Soft Tissue Reaction and Infection
Soft Tissue Growth Up Against the Bar the Bar
Osseointegration FailureDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalLucia Camara Castro Oliveira, editor.Summary: This is the first comprehensive book exclusively dedicated to anorectal physiology and the importance of diagnostic tools in guiding the evaluation and treatment of anorectal dysfunction. Functional disorders, and specifically fecal incontinence and evacuatory disorders, are prevalent in the general population, affecting up to 20% of individuals. As many of these conditions have extremely complex mechanisms, a thorough understanding of anorectal physiology is a crucial element in the surgeon's "arsenal" to ensure accurate evaluation and to inform treatment. At this time, there is no other title that specifically addresses all aspects of anorectal physiology, as well as anorectal and pelvic floor disorders, including fecal incontinence and defecation disorders. Specifically, the book provides detailed descriptions of diagnostic methods and treatment algorithms for a range of anorectal conditions, including modern treatment modalities such as sacral neuromodulation. A unique and comprehensive reference covering all aspects of the evaluation and treatment of anorectal disorders, Anorectal Physiology - A Clinical and Surgical Perspective will be of significant interest to proctologists and coloproctologists, gastroenterologists, colorectal surgeons, gynecologists and all other professionals interested in anorectal physiology.
Contents:
Anatomy of the anorectal region and pelvic floor
Physiology of Continence and Defecation
New concepts of anorectal anatomy, physiology and surgery according to the Integral System
Clinical Evaluation of Continence and Defecation
Introduction to Methods of Anorectal Physiology Evaluation
Particulars of anal Manometry
Endoanal, endovaginal and transperineal ultrasound
Echodefecography: Technique and Clinical Application
Cinedefecography
MRI Defecography
Neurophysiology of the Pelvic Floor
Electromyography and Pudendal Nerve Terminal Motor Latency
Anal Incontinence: Etiology and Clinical Treatment
Anal incontinence: Minimally Invasive Options
Stem cells: the state of cellular therapy in treatment of fecal incontinence
Surgical Treatment of Fecal Incontinence
Complex Procedures for Fecal Incontinence
Constipation
Obstructed Defecation Syndrome
Defecation disorders in children and adolescents
Anal Manometry and Chagasic colopathy
New Functional Concepts of Chagas Disease
Functional Aspects of Diabetes and Collagenosis
Solitary Rectal Ulcer Syndrome.-Multiple Approaches for the Treatment of Rectoceles
Rectal Prolapse
Enterocele: Diagnosis and treatment
Ventral Rectopexy: Indications, Surgical Considerations and Outcomes
Pudendal neuropathy and pudendal canal decompression
Anorectal and pelvic floor pain syndromes
Neurogenic Bowel and Bladder Dysfunction
Anorectal Physiology in Low Rectal Resection Syndrome
Treatment of the low anterior resection syndrome
Pelvic Floor Rehabilitation
Biofeedback
Sacral neuromodulation
Sacral Neuromodulation for Anorectal Dysfunction
Technical Aspects of Sacral Neuromodulation
Posterior Tibial Nerve Stimulation
Pelvic Floor Dysfunction. - DigitalMatthew Smith.Summary: "To some, food allergies seem like fabricated cries for attention. For others, they pose a dangerous health threat. Food allergies are bound up with so many personal and ideological concerns that it is difficult to determine what is medical and what is myth. This book parses the political, economic, cultural, and genuine health factors of a phenomenon that now dominates our interactions with others and our understanding of ourselves. Surveying the history of food allergy from ancient times to the present, Another Person's Poison also gives readers a clear grasp of new medical findings on allergies and what they say about our environment, our immune system, and the nature of the food we consume. For most of the twentieth century, food allergies were considered a fad or junk science. While many physicians and clinicians argued that certain foods could cause a range of chronic problems, from asthma and eczema to migraines and hyperactivity, others believed that allergies were psychosomatic. Another Person's Poison traces the trajectory of this debate and its effect on public-health policy and the production, manufacture, and consumption of food. Are rising allergy rates purely the result of effective lobbying and a booming industry built on self-diagnosis and expensive remedies? Or should physicians become more flexible in their approach to food allergies and more careful in their diagnoses? Exploring the issue from scientific, political, economic, social, and patient-centered perspectives, this book is the first to engage fully with the history of what is now a major modern affliction, illuminating society's troubled relationship with food, disease, and the creation of medical knowledge."--Book jacket.
Contents:
Introduction: "Witchcraft, a fad, or a racket?"
Food allergy before allergy
Anaphylaxis, allergy, and the food factor in disease
Strangest of all maladies
Panic? or the pantry?
An immunological explosion?
The problem with peanuts.Digital Access eBook Comp Acad 2015 - PrintAmerican National Standard.Contents:
Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities
ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 1: Environmental services/fans/food and drink
ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 2: Inspection of insulated instruments
ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 3: Modification of content pertaining to frequency of cleaning for routine care of sterilizers for sterile processing areas in health care facilities
ANSI/AAMI ST79:2017, Comprehensive guide to steam sterilization and sterility assurance in health care facilities, Amendment 4: Content addressing recording BI lot numbers in sterilizer records for sterile processing in health care facilities. - PrintCatrice M. Jackson.Summary: "Dear White women... In the lives of Black women, women of color, you are an Antagonist, Advocate, or Ally. This is your wake up call; a dramatically sobering reality check to wake you up from the detrimental denial of your White Privilege. Antagonists, Advocates and Allies delivers uncomfortable truths and painful realities about the conscious and unintentional pain you have inflicted on Black women, women of color and shares how you must use your power to eliminate racism and stop the hypocrisy within the feminine movement."--Page 4 of cover.
Contents:
Awakened to difference
The mysterious Western woman
The antagonist
The advocate
The white privileged woman
Intersectionality: the crossroad between race and gender
Misappropriation of culture
Becoming a white ally
Cliques, catfights and colorblindness
So now what? - DigitalIván Gómez, Pirjo Huovinen, editors.Summary: Seaweeds (macroalgae) represent the most striking living components in the Antarctic's near-shore ecosystems, especially across the West Antarctic Peninsula and adjacent islands. Due to their abundance, their central roles as primary producers and foundation organisms, and as sources of diverse metabolically active products, seaweed assemblages are fundamental to biogeochemical cycles in Antarctic coastal systems. In recent years, the imminence of climate change and the direct impacts of human beings, which are affecting vast regions of the Antarctic, have highlighted the importance of seaweed processes in connection with biodiversity, adaptation and interactions in the benthic network. Various research groups have been actively involved in the investigation of these topics. Many of these research efforts have a long tradition, while some "newcomers" have also recently contributed important new approaches to the study of these organisms, benefiting polar science as a whole. This book provides an overview of recent advances and insights gleaned over the past several years. Focusing on a timely topic and extremely valuable resource, it assesses the challenges and outlines future directions in the study of Antarctic seaweeds.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Foreword
Contents
Part I: Introduction
Chapter 1: Antarctic Seaweeds: Biogeography, Adaptation, and Ecosystem Services
1.1 Introduction: The Historical Context
1.2 Antarctic Seaweeds in the Wake of Climate Change
1.3 The Book
1.3.1 Diversity and Biogeography
1.3.2 Environment and Ecophysiology
1.3.3 Ecological Functions
1.3.4 Chemical Ecology
1.4 Gaps, Emerging Challenges, and Future Directions
References
Part II: Diversity and Biogeography
Chapter 2: Diversity of Antarctic Seaweeds
2.1 The Antarctic Environment 2.2 Seaweeds in Antarctica: Definition and Importance
2.3 Seaweed Taxonomic Studies in Antarctica: Toward a New Species Compilation
2.4 Molecular Taxonomy for the Study of Antarctic Seaweed Diversity
2.5 Seaweed Distribution in Antarctica
2.6 Concluding Remarks: Gaps and Prospects for the Future
References
Chapter 3: Biogeographic Processes Influencing Antarctic and sub-Antarctic Seaweeds
3.1 Antarctica's Place in the World: An Isolated Continent?
3.1.1 Adaptations of Terrestrial Organisms to Antarctic Conditions 3.1.2 Adaptations of Marine Organisms to Antarctic Conditions
3.1.3 Evidence for Dispersal of Organisms into the Antarctic
3.2 Physical Oceanographic Processes Influencing Movement of Seaweeds into or out of the Antarctic
3.2.1 Ekman Transport
3.2.2 Eddies
3.2.3 Wave-Driven Stokes Drift
3.2.4 Surface Currents
3.3 Hitch-Hiking to the Antarctic: Passengers on Seaweed Rafts
3.3.1 Characteristics of Rafting Species
3.3.2 Processes Affecting Establishment of New Taxa in the Antarctic
3.4 Concluding Remarks
References 5.3 Seaweed Assemblages: Are Antarctic Seaweed Diversity and Richness Changing?
5.4 The Physiological Bases of Macroalgal Shifts
5.5 Deception Island: A Case Study of Opportunistic, Alien, Cryptic and Cryptogenic Species
5.6 Reevaluating Eco-Regions, Isolation, and Endemism in the Southern Ocean
5.7 Concluding Remarks: Prospects for the Future Marine Flora of the Southern Ocean
References
Chapter 6: Comparative Phylogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds: Genetic Consequences of Historical Climatic Variations
6.1 Historical Isolation of Antarctic Marine Macroalgae Chapter 4: Detached Seaweeds as Important Dispersal Agents Across the Southern Ocean
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Detached Seaweeds in Antarctica
4.3 Abiotic Factors Influencing Floating Seaweeds
4.4 Biotic Factors Affecting Floating Seaweeds
4.5 Physiology of Floating and Drifting Seaweeds: Traspassing Thermal Barriers
4.5.1 Out of Antarctic: Is it Physiologically Feasible?
References
Chapter 5: Biogeography of Antarctic Seaweeds Facing Climate Changes
5.1 The Abiotic Setting of the Southern Ocean
5.2 Biogeographic Patterns - DigitalJeffrey A. Geller, Brian J. McGrory, editors.Summary: The minimally invasive, anterior-based muscle-sparing (ABMS) approach to total hip arthroplasty (THA) is utilized worldwide in select locations as an effective surgical technique. As the name suggests, it is completely muscle-sparing and touts the benefits of anterior-based surgery, including a lower dislocation rate, quicker return to baseline function, and lower narcotic use than many other surgical approaches. However, there is a paucity of collected information on the technique and research associated with this technique. This text serves as a compendium of information for those surgeons interested in utilizing this surgical approach as an all-inclusive reference. As an alternative anterior-based approach to the direct anterior surgical approach, some surgeons may find the technique an improved alternative for anterior hip-based surgery. Opening chapters present the history of the anterolateral approach and how to transition to the ABMS approach, including surgical anatomy. ABMS technique with the patient positioned in both the lateral and supine positions are then presented, including associated video segments. Considerations such as implant selection, fixation, and other tips and tricks are shared, along with comparisons to other approaches, patient-reported outcomes, complications and revision surgery techniques, and rehabilitation strategies. For hip surgeons looking to expand their armamentarium of surgical approaches, The Anterior-Based Muscle-Sparing Approach to Total Hip Arthroplasty is a terrific resource.
Contents:
The idea of "Minimally Invasive Solution" total hip arthroplasty: History and perspective behind the modernization of surgery through the Watson-Jones muscle interval
Transitioning to the ABMS Approach
Surgical anatomy and approach
The ABMS Total Hip Replacement, performed in the Lateral Position
The ABMS Approach to Total Hip Replacement in the Supine Position
Outpatient Total Hip Arthroplasty using an ABMS Approach
Cementless ABMS Total hip replacement
Cemented ABMS Total hip replacement
Implant Selection in ABMS Total Hip Replacement surgery
Tips & Tricks to Overcome the Learning Curve of the ABMS Approach to the Hip
Surgical Navigation in the ABMS Approach to Total Hip Replacement
Comparison of the ABMS Approach to Other Surgical Approaches for Total Hip Replacement
Periprosthetic Joint Infection treatment through the ABMS
How to Avoid Complication in the ABMS Total hip replacement
Acetabular Revision THR using the ABMS approach
Femoral Revision THR using the ABMS approach
Total Hip Replacement for Fragility Fractures Using the ABMS in the Older Adult
Outcomes of ABMS THA
Rehabilitation after THR using the ABMS approach. - Digitaledited by Jiangang Shi.Summary: "Anterior controllable antedisplacement and fusion (ACAF) is becoming globally regarded as the go-to operative technique for the treatment of ossification of spine ligaments (OSL). Suitable for spinal surgeons and rehabilitation physicians at all levels, this timely reference can help make the surgical intervention of OSL much safer, easier, and more effective. It offers thorough case presentations and discussions on the application of ACAF in the treatment of OSL, ossification of posterior longitudinal ligament (OPLL), ossification of ligamentum flavum (OLF), and spinal stenosis"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Principles of the anterior controllable antedisplacement and fusion technique
Procedures of the Anterior controllable antedisplacement fusion technique
Case series.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023] - DigitalRainer Siebold, David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, editors.Summary: This practical and instructional guidebook, written by international experts in anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) reconstruction, covers all challenging aspects of ACL rupture in the acute and chronic setting. It covers the latest, spectacular anatomical findings, treatment of partial ACL tears, various techniques for single- and double-bundle ACL reconstruction, and complex ACL revision surgery. Important surgical steps are clearly described with the help of instructive, high-quality photographs. Important tips, tricks, and pitfalls are highlighted and intra- and postoperative complications, rehabilitation, and prevention of re-rupture are discussed. All authors are prominent and experienced ACL surgeons.
Contents:
Part I. Anatomy
1. Ribbonlike Anatomy of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament from Its Femoral Insertion to the Midsubstance / Robert Śmigielski, Urszula Zdanowicz, Michał Drwięga, Bogdan Ciszek, and Rainer Siebold
2. Anatomic and Histological Analysis of the Midsubstance and Fanlike Extension Fibers of the ACL / Tomoyuki Mochizuki, Akimoto Nimura, Kazunori Yasuda, Takeshi Muneta, and Keiichi Akita
3. Tibial C-Shaped Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament Without Posterolateral Bundle / Rainer Siebold, Peter Schuhmacher, Axel Brehmer, Francis Fernadez, Robert Śmigielski, and Joachim Kirsch
4. Variations of the Tibial Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament: An Anatomical Study / Robert Śmigielski, Urszula Zdanowicz, Michał Drwięga, Bogdan Ciszek, Christian Fink, and Rainer Siebold
5. Arthroscopic Appearance of the “C”-Shaped Insertion of the Anterior Cruciate Ligament / Rainer Siebold and Robert Śmigielski
Part II. Biomechanics
6. Biomechanics of the Knee with Intact Anterior Cruciate Ligament / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
7. Injury Mechanisms of ACL Tear / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
8. Biomechanics of the Knee After Complete and Partial ACL Tear / Milos Dordevic and Michael T. Hirschmann
Part III. ACL Augmentation
9. History, Physical Examination and Imaging / Mark Bergin, Marcus Hofbauer, Bruno Ohashi, and Volker Musahl
10. Arthroscopic Assessment of Partial ACL Tears / Rainer Siebold
11. Conservative versus Operative Treatment / Jürgen Höher and Christoph Offerhaus
12. Reasons for ACL Augmentation / Philippe Colombet and Rainer Siebold
13. Surgical Technique / Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Philippe Colombet, Rainer Siebold, Pooler Archbold, Pierre Chambat, Jacopo Conteduca, and Mathieu Thaunat
14. Literature Results / Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Jacopo Conteduca, Pooler Archbold, and Mathieu Thaunat
Part IV. Single Bundle ACL Reconstruction
15. Diagnostics / Rainer Siebold, Volker Musahl, Yuichi Hoshino, Christopher D. Murawski, and Georgios Karidakis
16. Timing of ACL Surgery: Any Evidence? / Michael E. Hantes and Alexander Tsarouhas
17. Graft Harvest and Preparation / Juan Carlos Monllau, Wolf Petersen, Christian Fink, Sven U. Scheffler, Pablo Eduardo Gelber, and Christian Hoser
18. Tibial Bone Tunnel Placement (Arthroscopically and with Fluoroscopy) / Christophe Hulet, Goulven Rochcongar, and Valentin Chapus
19. Femoral Bone Tunnel Placement (Arthroscopically and with Fluoroscopy) / Tim Spalding, Curtis Robb, and Charles H. Brown Jr.
20. Fluoroscopy for Bone Tunnel Placement / Rainer Siebold and Hans H. Pässler
21. Bone Tunnel Drilling / Wolf Petersen, Rainer Siebold, Bertrand Sonnery-Cottet, Jacopo Conteduca, Pooler Archbold, Mathieu Thaunat, and Pierre Chambat
22. ACL-Footprint Reconstruction with Insertion Site Table / Rainer Siebold and Peter Schuhmacher
23. Tensioning of Grafts: Any Evidence? / Sven U. Scheffler
24. Fixation / Giuseppe Milano, Wolf Petersen, Juergen Hoeher, Hans H. Paessler, Ralph Akoto, Vincenzo Campana, Maristella F. Saccomanno, and Rainer Siebold
25. Remodeling of Hamstring Tendon Grafts After ACL Reconstruction / Rob P.A. Janssen and Sven U. Scheffler
26. Semitendinosus and Gracilis Tendon Regeneration Following Harvest / Martina Åhlén, Mattias Lidén, and Jüri Kartus
27. Long-Term Outcome of ACL Reconstruction / Steven Claes, Rene Verdonk, Johan Bellemans, and Peter C. Verdonk
Part V. Double Bundle ACL Reconstruction
28. Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with Hamstrings / Timo Järvelä and Rainer Siebold
29. "Ribbonlike" Double-Bundle ACL Reconstruction with Restoration of "C"-Shaped Tibial Insertion Site / Rainer Siebold
Part VI. ACL Reconstruction with Extra-articular Stabilisation
30. ACL Reconstruction with Extra-articular Plasty / David Dejour, Stefano Zaffagnini, Panagiotis G. Ntagiopoulos, Alberto Grassi, Giulio Maria Marcheggiani Muccioli, and Maurilio Marcacci
31. Extra-articular Augmentation of Anterior Cruciate Ligament Reconstruction: The Monoloop Procedure / Cathal J. Moran, Peter C. Verdonk, Koen Lagae, and Geert DeClercq
Part VII. ACL and Open Physis
32. ACL Rupture with Open Physis / Karl-Heinz Frosch, Romain Seil, Rainer Siebold, Franck Chotel, Shinya Oka, and Achim Preiss
33. Bony Avulsion with Open Physis / Elisabeth Abermann, Peter Gföller, Christian Hoser, and Christian Fink
Part VIII. One-Stage Revision
34. Systematic Approach from Porto School / Hélder Pereira, Nuno Sevivas, Rogério Pereira, Alberto Monteiro, Ricardo Sampaio, Joaquim Miguel Oliveira, Rui Luís Reis, and João Espregueira-Mendes
35. One-Stage Revision: Danish Approach / Martin Lind
Part IX. Spongiosaplasty and Two-Stage Revision
36. ACL Two-Stage Revision Surgery: Practical Guide / João Espregueira-Mendes, Hélder Pereira, Alberto Monteiro, Joaquim Miguel Oliveira, Rui Luís Reis, Pedro Luís Ripóll, and Neil Thomas
37. Bone Harvest from Iliac Crest and Bone Tunnel Filling / Rainer Siebold and Hans H. Pässler
Part X. ACL + Osteotomy
38. Surgical Technique / Pedro Pessoa
39. Results of Combined High Tibial Osteotomy (HTO) and ACL Reconstruction / Christophe Hulet, Aude Sebilo, and Sylvie Collon
Part XI. Intraoperative Complications
40. Intraoperative Complications: Solutions? / Mohsen Hussein
Part XII. Postoperative Complications
41. Postoperative Complications: Solutions? / Jüri Kartus, Francis Fernandez, and Rainer Siebold
Part XIII. Rehabilitation and Prevention
42. Rehabilitation and Return to Sports / Amelie Stoehr, Hermann Mayr, Barbara Wondrasch, and Christian Fink
43. Prevention of ACL Tear and Rerupture / Amelie Stoehr, Barbara Wondrasch, and Hermann Mayr.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalJoel M. Matta, Alexander P. Sah, editors.Summary: Anterior hip replacement is a surgical approach that has dramatically changed the landscape of modern hip replacement. The approach is common to orthopedic trauma surgery, but it has been rapidly adopted in recent years for hip replacement as well. Its proposed benefits as a muscle-sparing surgery include less tissue trauma, faster recovery, and fewer hip precautions. While the technique can be challenging during initial learning and early adoption, the approach continues to increase in utilization in the U.S. every year because of these benefits. Understanding the initial development of the anterior surgical approach for hip replacement creates the foundation to better understand its modern clinical benefits and possibilities with advanced techniques. Furthermore, a detailed description of the reasoning behind the continued developments of the anterior approach helps in understanding the key elements needed to obtain the most successful outcomes. With the continued adoption of this technically challenging technique, there is a need for a comprehensive resource for newly adopting surgeons and surgeons in training, but also for experienced surgeons looking to enhance their skill sets. Written by experts in the field, this book presents the tips and tricks learned after years of experience by a wide spectrum of surgeons. Parts 1 and 2 describe the origin and background of the anterior approach for hip replacement, with early lessons learned, important tips when training others, and how to master the operating table and c-arm. Parts 3 and 4 cover hip biomechanics and variations on techniques and technologies, respectively, while part 5 is a unique compilation of surgeons' perspectives on managing common aspects of the approach. Revision surgery is described in part 6, and future directions for the technique are discussed in part 7, along with emerging navigation and technologies. Every year, there is an increasing number of orthopedic surgeons learning and adopting the anterior hip approach who would benefit from the resources in this book, which will serve as a critical learning tool for training surgeons and also as the go-to reference for optimizing current use and advancing future possibilities of the approach.
Contents:
Part 1. The Origins of the Anterior Hip Surgical Approach
1. The French Beginning and Judet School of the Anterior Approach
2. My French and American Beginning and Evolution of the Anterior Approach
Part II. The Anterior Approach: An Established and Repeatable Technique
3. The Anterior Approach Surgical Technique for Total Hip Arthroplasty: The "Matta Method" of 2020
4. Understanding the Modern Surgeon's Transition to Anterior Hip Replacement
5. The Learning Curve for the Anterior Approach: Early, Middle, and How It Continues
6. Introducing the Direct Anterior Approach (DAA) at a Swiss University Hospital
7. Challenges in Anterior Approach Education
8. Why I Favor a Standard Incision and Keys to Exposure for the Anterior Approach
9. Anterior Approach to the Hip Through the Oblique "Bikini" Incision
10. My Keys to Getting the Acetabulum Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Position, Stability
11. My Keys to Getting the Femur Right with the Anterior Approach: Exposure, Preparation, Sizing, Depth of Insertion of Stem, Ball Head, Stability
12. Diagnosing and Managing Complications from the Anterior Approach
13. Tips and Tricks for Your First Anterior Hip Replacement
14. OR Efficiency: Radical Time Transparency and Operational Excellence
15. Results of the Direct Anterior Approach for Total Hip Arthroplasty
16. Difficult Cases in Primary Anterior Total Hip Arthroplasty
17. Direct Anterior Approach THA for Treatment of Femoral Neck and Acetabular Fractures
18. Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty Following Previous Femoral and Acetabular Fractures
Part III. Hip Biomechanics: What Are We Trying to Achieve?
19. Normal Hip Biomechanics
20. Key Concepts and Methods for Acetabular Positioning
21. Understanding Leg Length and Offset
Part IV. The Anterior Approach: The Variation of Techniques and Technologies
22. The Anterior Approach: From Robert Judet’s Work to AMISª (Anterior Minimally Invasive Surgery)
23. The History of the Direct Anterior Approach in Innsburck
24. The Direct Anterior Approach on a Standard Table in Zurich
25. A Hybrid Technique with a Standard Table and Mechanical Leg Holder
26. My Continued Evolution of the Anterior Approach
Part V. Controversies in the Anterior Approach: Surgeon Perspectives
27. The Orthopedic Table versus the Standard OR Bed for the Anterior Approach
28. Handling the Hip Capsule with the Anterior Approach: Repair versus Capsulectomy
29. Judging Leg Length and Offset with the Anterior Approach: Clinical Evaluation versus Fluoroscopy
30. Does Pelvic Tilt Change Anything with the Anterior Approach?
31. Getting Correct Cup Position with the Anterior Approach: Bony Landmarks versus X-ray versus Computer Guidance
32. Stem Choice for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty: Surgeon Perspectives
33. Hip Resurfacing Arthroplasty Using the Hueter-Anterior Approach
Part VI. Revision Surgery Using the Anterior Hip Approach
34. Revision Surgery Exposure Techniques for the Anterior Hip Approach, Including Osteotomies
35. Complex Femoral Revision Using the Direct Anterior Hip Approach
36. Femoral Revision Total Hip Arthroplasty Using the Direct Anterior (Hueter) Approach
37. Complex Acetabular Reconstruction Using the Direct Anterior Approach
38. Treatment of Acute and Late Infections Using the Direct Anterior Approach
Part VII. Future Directions in Techniques and Technology for the Anterior Approach
39. Navigation Technologies for the Anterior Approach in Total Hip Arthroplasty
40. Robotic Total Hip Replacement with Direct Anterior Approach
41. Problems to Solve and Potential Future Directions for Anterior Approach Total Hip Arthroplasty. - Digitalvolume editors, Piero Nicolai, Patrick J. Bradley.Summary: "This book covers recent substantial improvements in diagnosis and treatment of anterior skull base tumors. This has been fostered by the introduction and rapid expansion of transnasal endoscopic techniques, in parallel with extraordinary progress made in all the other disciplines (pathology, radiology, neurosurgery, radiation oncology, medical oncology) which are involved in the complex process of managing these tumors. Chapters address nuances of treatment in relation to histology, as well as present views on selection criteria for surgical techniques"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Macroscopic and Endoscopic Anatomy of the Anterior Skull Base and Adjacent Structures / Ferrari M., Mattavelli D., Schreiber A., Nicolai P.
Pathology and Differential Diagnosis of Anterior Skull Base Tumours / Williams M.D., El-Naggar A.K.
The Role of Morphologic and Functional Imaging in Pretreatment Assessment / Maroldi R., Borghesi A., Ravanelli M., Golemi S., Farina D.
Transnasal Endoscopic Surgery : Surgical Techniques and Complications / Battaglia P., Lambertoni A., Castelnuovo P.
Anterior Skull Base Surgery in the 21st Century : The Role of Open Approaches / Abu-Ghanem S., Shilo S., Yehuda M., Abergel A., Safadi A., Fliss D.M.
Update of Radiation Techniques Using Photons for Anterior Skull Base Tumors / Foster C.C., Kim J.K., Melotek J.M., Lee N.Y.
The Evolving Role of Systemic Therapy in the Primary Treatment of Sinonasal Cancer / Licitra L., Resteghini C., Bossi P.
Particle Therapy : Protons and Heavy Ions / Jensen A.D.
Benign Tumors of the Anterior Cranial Base / Snyderman C.H., Lavigne J.P.
Endoscopic Endonasal Approaches for Anterior Skull Base Meningiomas / Todeschini A.B., Beer-Furlan A., Otto B., Prevedello D.M., Carrau R.L.
Squamous Cell Carcinoma and Its Variants / Mani N., Shah J.P.
A Comprehensive Update on Intestinal- and Non-Intestinal-Type Adenocarcinomas / Vander Poorten V., Jorissen M.
Olfactory Neuroblastoma / Veyrat M., Vérillaud B., Fiaux-Camous D., Froelich S., Bresson D., Nicolai P., Herman P.
Neuroendocrine Carcinoma and Sinonasal Undifferentiated Carcinoma / Abdelmeguid A.S., Bell D., Hanna E.Y.
Sinonasal Malignant Melanoma / Lund V.J.
Adenoid Cystic Carcinoma Involving Paranasal Sinuses and the Skull Base / Castelnuovo P., Turri-Zanoni M.
Other Rare Sinonasal Malignant Tumours Involving the Anterior Skull Base / Naga R., Pai P.S.
Post treatment Imaging Surveillance / Farina D., Zorra I., Golemi S., Lombardi D., Borghesi A., Maroldi R., Ravanelli M.
Treatment Options for Recurrent Anterior Skull Base Tumors / Orlandi E., Iacovelli N.A., Ingargiola R., Resteghini C., Bossi P., Licitra L., Ferrari M., Nicolai P.
Future Perspectives in the Management of Tumors of the Anterior Skull Base / Nicolai P., Bradley P.J., Bossi P., Ferrari M.Digital Access Karger 2020 - DigitalAndrea Ferretti, editor.Summary: This book comprehensively discusses anterolateral rotatory instability in the ACL deficient knee, exploring anatomy, biomechanics, diagnostics, clinics, surgical techniques as well as short and long term outcomes. The author also offers an historical perspective ranging from the birth of modern anterior cruciate ligament surgery to the renewed global interest towards the role of secondary restraints and extra-articular reconstructions. Step-by-step guidance throughout each surgical technique further equips the reader to handle this complex condition. Covering all theoretical and practical aspects, as well as future perspectives, this book is a must-read for all orthopedic surgeons and sports physicians wanting to gain insights into this promising field.
Contents:
History of Modern ACL Surgery
Anatomy of Secondary Restraints of ACL
Biomechanics of Anterolateral Instability and Pivot Shift
Surgical Anatomy in ACL Tears
The Segond's Fracture
The Unhappy Triad Revisited
Mechanism of Injury of ACL Tears
Diagnostics in ACL-Deficient Knee
Why the Semitendinosus?
Extra-Articular Reconstructions in ACL-Deficient Knee
Revision ACL Reconstructions
Anterolateral Instability and Osteoarthrosis
Clinical Results in ACL Surgery
Future Directions: ACL Repair vs Reconstruction. - DigitalLauren J. Wallace, Margaret E. MacDonald, Katerini T. Storeng, editors.Summary: This open access edited book brings together new research on the mechanisms by which maternal and reproductive health policies are formed and implemented in diverse locales around the world, from global policy spaces to sites of practice. The authors -- both internationally respected anthropologists and new voices -- demonstrate the value of ethnography and the utility of reproduction as a lens through which to generate rich insights into professionals' and lay people’s intimate encounters with policy. Authors look closely at core policy debates in the history of global maternal health across six different continents, including: Women's use of misoprostol for abortion in Burkina Faso The place of traditional birth attendants in global maternal health Donor-driven maternal health programs in Tanzania Efforts to integrate qualitative evidence in WHO maternal and child health policy-making Anthropologies of Global Maternal and Reproductive Health will engage readers interested in critical conversations about global health policy today. The broad range of foci makes it a valuable resource for teaching in medical anthropology, anthropology of reproduction, and interdisciplinary global health programs. The book will also find readership amongst critical public health scholars, health policy and systems researchers, and global public health practitioners.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction Lauren J. Wallace, Margaret E. MacDonald & Katerini T. Storeng
Part I. Implementation Disconnects and Policy Rhetoric
Chapter 2. Baby (not so) Friendly: Implementation of the Baby-Friendly Hospital Initiative in Serbia Ljiljana Pantović
Chapter 3. The Promise and Neglect of Follow-up Care in Obstetric Fistula Treatment in Uganda Bonnie Ruder & Alice Emasu
Chapter 4. The Domestication of Misoprostol for Abortion in Burkina Faso: Interactions Between Caregivers, Drug Vendors and Women Seydou Drabo
Chapter 5. The 'Sustainability Doctrine' in Donor-Driven Maternal Health Programs in Tanzania Meredith G. Marten
Part II. Policy Ambivalence
Chapter 6. The Place of Traditional Birth Attendants in Global Maternal Health: Policy Retreat, Ambivalence, and Return Margaret E. MacDonald
Chapter 7. Conflicted Reproductive Governance: The Co-existence of Rights-Based Approaches and Coercion in India’s Family Planning Policies Maya Unnithan
Part III. Contesting Authoritative Knowledge and Practice
Chapter 8. Regulating Midwives: Foreclosing Alternatives in the Policy-making Process in West Java, Indonesia Priscilla Magrath
Part IV. The Rise of Evidence and Its Uses
Chapter 9. Making Space for Qualitative Evidence in Global Maternal and Child Health Policy-making Christopher J. Colvin
Chapter 10. The International Childbirth Initiative: An Applied Anthropologist's Account of Developing Global Guidelines Robbie Davis-Floyd
Chapter 11. Selling Beautiful Births: The Use of Evidence by Brazil's Humanised Birth Movement Lucy C. Irvine. - DigitalG. Richard Scott, University of Nevada, Reno ; Christy G. Turner II, Arizona State University ; Grant C. Townsend, University of Adelaide ; María Martinón-Torres, National Research Center on Human Evolution (CENIEH) and University College LondonSummary: All humans share certain components of tooth structure, but show variation in size and morphology around this shared pattern. This book presents a worldwide synthesis of the global variation in tooth morphology in recent populations. Research has advanced on many fronts since the publication of the first edition, which has become a seminal work on the subject. This revised and updated edition introduces new ideas in dental genetics and ontogeny and summarizes major historical problems addressed by dental morphology. The detailed descriptions of 29 dental variables are fully updated with current data and include details of a new web-based application for using crown and root morphology to evaluate ancestry in forensic cases. A new chapter describes what constitutes a modern human dentition in the context of the hominin fossil record
Contents:
Dental anthropology and morphology
Description and classification of permanent crown and root traits
Biological considerations : ontogeny, asymmetry, sex dimorphism, and inter-trait association
Genetics of morphological trait expression
Geographic variation in tooth crown and root morphology
Establishing method and theory for using dental morphology in reconstructions of human population history
Dental morphology and population history
Fossil hominin dental morphology with a focus on Homo sapiensDigital Access Cambridge 2018 - Digitaledited by Delminda Neves.Contents:
Human ageing, a biological view / Henrique de Almeida and Liliana Matos
To eat or not to eat : anti-ageing effects of energy restriction / Delminda Neves, Maria Joao Martins, Emanuel dos Passos and Ines Tomada
Nutrition, epigenetics and ageing / Jill McKay and Luisa A. Wakeling
Nutritional intervention in age-related genetic and epigenetic instability and cancer / Thomas Ong and Ana Paula de Melo Loureiro
Nutraceuticals in immunosenescence / Thea Magrone and Emilio Jirillo
Cardiovascular ageing / Carmen Bras Silva and Delminda Neves
Bone and muscle ageing / Joana Carvalho, Elisa Marques and Pedro Moreira
Nutrition and the ageing eye / Angela Carneiro
Nutrition modulation of skin ageing / Alessandra Marini and Jean Krutmann
Retarding brain ageing and cognitive decline / Jose Paulo Andrade
Science-based anti-ageing nutritional recommendations / Ines Tomada and Jose Paulo Andrade.Digital Access Wiley 2015 - Digitaledited by Atta-ur-Rahman, FRS, and Muhammad Iqbal Choudhary.Summary: The inhibition of angiogenesis is an effective mechanism of slowing down tumor growth and malignancies. The process of induction or pro-angiogenesis is highly desirable for the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, wound healing disorders, and more. Efforts to understand the molecular basis, both for inhibition and induction, have yielded fascinating results. Originally published by Bentham and now distributed by Elsevier, Anti-Angiogenesis Drug Discovery and Development, Volume 2 is an compilation of well-written reviews on various aspects of the anti-angiogenesis process. These reviews have been contributed by leading practitioners in drug discovery science and highlight the major developments in this exciting field in the last two decades. These reader-friendly chapters cover topics of great scientific importance, many of which are considered significant medical breakthroughs, making this book excellent reading both for the novice as well as for expert medicinal chemists and clinicians.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
- DigitalAndreas Stahl, editor.Contents:
Retinal Vascular Development
Retinopathy of Prematurity
Anti-Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor (VEGF) Treatment in Neovascular Age-Related Macular Degeneration: Outcomes and Outcome Predictors
AREDS Supplementation and the Progression Towards Neovascular Exudative AMD
VEGF-Inhibition in Macular Telangiectasia Type 2
Diabetic Retinopathy
Retinal Vein Occlusion
Pharmacokinetics of Intravitreally Applied VEGF Inhibitors
Neovascular Glaucoma
Corneal Neovascular Diseases
Anti-Angiogenic Gene Therapy
Basic Science and Challenges for Translation into the Clinic.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digital/PrintSubash Chandra Gupta, Sahdeo Prasad, Bharat B. Aggarwal, editors.Contents:
Curcumin and its role in chronic diseases / A. Kunwar, K. I. Priyadarsini
Berberine and its role in chronic disease / Arrigo F. G. Cicero, Alessandra Baggioni
Emodin and its role in chronic diseases / B. Anu Monisha, Niraj Kumar, Ashu Bhan Tiku
Ursolic acid and chronic disease: an overview of UA's effects on prevention and treatment of obesity and cancer / Anna M. Mancha-Ramirez, Thomas J. Slaga
Tocotrienol and its role in chronic diseases / Kok-Yong Chin, Kok-Lun Pang, Ima-Nirwana Soelaiman
Indole-3-carbinol and its role in chronic diseases / Barbara Licznerska, Wanda Baer-Dubowska
Sanguinarine and its role in chronic diseases / Pritha Basu, Gopinatha Suresh Kumar
Piperine and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar
Therapeutic potential and molecular targets of piceatannol in chronic diseases / Young-Joon Surh, Hye-Kyung Na
Fisetin and its role in chronic diseases / Harish C. Pal, Ross L. Pearlman, Farrukh Afaq
Honokiol, an active compound of magnolia plant, inhibits growth, and progression of cancers of different organs / Ram Prasad, Santosh K. Katiyar
Celastrol and its role in controlling chronic diseases / Shivaprasad H. Venkatesha, Kamal D. Moudgil
Boswellic acids and their role in chronic inflammatory diseases / H. P. T. Ammon
Natural withanolides in the treatment of chronic diseases / Peter T. White, Chitra Subramanian, Hashim F. Motiwala, Mark S. Cohen
Gambogic acid and its role in chronic diseases / Manoj K. Pandey, Deepkamal Karelia, Shantu G. Amin
Embelin and its role in chronic diseases / Hong Lu, Jun Wang, Youxue Wang, Liang Qiao, Yongning Zhou
Butein and its role in chronic diseases / Ziwei Song, Muthu K. Shanmugam, Hanry Yu, Gautam Sethi
Garcinol and its role in chronic diseases / Amit K. Behera, Mahadeva M. Swamy, Nagashayana Natesh, Tapas K. Kundu
Morin and its role in chronic diseases / Krishnendu Sinha, Jyotirmoy Ghosh, Parames C. Sil
Ellagic acid and its role in chronic diseases / Giuseppe Derosa, Pamela Maffioli, Amirhossein Sahebkar. - DigitalRenato Alberto Sinico, Loïc Guillevin, editors.Summary: This volume, written by well-known experts in the field, covers all aspects of Anti-Neutrophil Cytoplasmic Antibody (ANCA) Associated Vasculitis (AAV). The expression refers to a group of diseases, characterized by destruction and inflammation of small vessels. The clinical signs vary and affect several organs, such as the kidney, lung, skin, nervous system and others. The opening chapters give some historical hints, explain the genetic basis of the disease and provide insights into the pathogenesis derived from recent experimental studies and guides the reader through classification and nomenclature. A large part of the book is then devoted to a detailed description of the specific related diseases and their clinical presentations, the disease course, and potential complications. The advice regarding treatment is based on the best currently available evidence in this constantly evolving area. The book is part of Springer's series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, which presents recently acquired knowledge on pathogenesis, diagnosis, and therapy with the aim of promoting a more holistic approach to these conditions. AAVs are systemic autoimmune diseases of unknown cause that affect small (to medium) sized blood vessels. They include granulomatosis with polyangiitis (formerly Wegener's granulomatosis), microscopic polyangiitis, and eosinophilic granulomatosis with polyangiitis (formerly Churg-Strauss syndrome). This volume will be an invaluable source of up-to-date information for all practitioners involved in the care of patients with these diseases.
- Digitaledited by H. Steven Moffic, John R. Peteet, Ahmed Hankir, Mary V. Seeman.Summary: This book is a high-quality, innovative resource that examines the cross-cultural, psychiatric interaction between anti-Seminitism and clinical mental health, thereby filling the gap in the psychiatry literature on this particular stigma. Written by experts in this area with a variety of cultural and religious backgrounds, the text focuses on what psychiatrists need to know to combat the negative mental health impact that increasingly rise out of this particular phenomenon. This approach has never been taken in a clinical text. The book begins by introducing the history of the problem before examining the intra- and interpersonal, psycho-, and social aspects of anti-Semitism in psychiatry. Chapters cover the key indicators for recognition, treatment of patients who struggle with the stigma, shock, and trauma created by hate toward this community, as well as tactics for prevention and intervention. Anti-Semitism and Psychiatry is the only non-political, clinical resource on this particular stigma and its negative impact on mental health for psychiatrists, psychologists, primary care physicians, pediatricians, geriatricians, hospital administrators, public health officials, counselors, social workers, and all others.
Contents:
A Short History of the Jewish People
A Short History of Anti-Semitism
Prejudice: Intra and Interpersonal Aspects
Biological Determinants of Bigotry and Its Role in the Resurgence of Severe Anti-Semitism
An Artistic View of Anti-Semitism
Anti-Semitism and the Jewish Identity
A Personal Psychiatric History of Anti-Semitism
Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Jewish Psychiatrist
Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Christian Psychiatrist
Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Muslim Psychiatrist
Anti-Semitism: Social, Religious, and Clinical Considerations from a Hindu Psychiatrist
The Psychological Effects of Anti-Semitism on the Perpetrators and Victims
Anti-Semitism: The Jungian Approach
Anti-Semitism: The Psychoanalytic Approach
Jewish Stereotypes in Diagnosis and Treatment
The Treatment of Anti-Semitic Patients
Anti-Semitism, the Holocaust, and Intergenerational Transmission of Trauma
Community Resilience and the Tree of Life Shootings
Judaism and Rural Psychiatry
Anti-Semitism and Anti-Zionism in the Middle East
A Psychiatric Approach to the Prevention and Treatment of Hate Crimes
Harnessing the Power of Film to Challenge Anti-Semitism
The Role of Jewish Agencies in Reducing Anti-Semitism
Leadership for Reducing Anti-Semitism
Can Anti-Semitism be Cured?.Digital Access Springer 2020 - Digitalvolume editors, Gerhard Rogler, Toshifumi Hibi, Hans Herfarth, Ole Haagen Nielsen.Digital Access Karger 2015
- Digitaleditors, Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas, Simon Pacey.Contents:
Antiangiogenesis in cancer therapy / Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas & Simon Pacey
Mechanism of action of approved antiangiogenesis agents : overview for clinicians / Sarah J. Welsh, Tobias Janowitz & Pippa Corrie
Imaging angiogenesis : role in measuring response to treatment / James P.B. O'Connor
Antiangiogensis : focus on renal cancer / Sarah J. Welsh, Tobias Janowitz & Tim Eisen
Antiangiogenesis : focus on colorectal cancer / Sarah Briggs & Rachel Midgley
Angiogenesis inhibitors and vascular disrupting agents for non-small-cell lung cancer / Adam McGeoch
Antiangiogenesis in cancer therapy : focus on ovarian cancer / Muhammad Adnan Khattak, Hilary Laura Martin & Susana Banerjee
Angiogenesis inhibitors in brain cancer treatment / Soma Sengupta & David A Reardon
Ask the experts : learning from failures and successes, and identifying patients that may benefit from antiangiogenesis therapy / Bristi Basu, Swethajit Biswas & Simon Pacey
Multiple choice questions : answers. - Digitaledited by Antoni Martínez-Rubio, Juan Tamargo, Gheorghe- Andrei Dan.Summary: This volume reviews current and potential future therapies for arrhythmias. It is a highly practical guide for the use of pharmaceuticals in the management of the discipline, and has been written in a simple quick-access format. Antiarrhythmic Drugs builds on the current understanding of pathophysiological mechanisms and insights gained from previous studies of therapeutic interventions. It is designed to establish the baseline level of knowledge that a cardiovascular professional needs to know on a day-to-day basis.
Contents:
Introduction: Cardiac arrhythmias a clinical problem
Electrophysiological basis of the arrhythmias
Class I antiarrhythmic drugs (Na+ channel blockers)
Potassium-channel blockers
Betablockers
Modulation of calcium handling/Calcium-channel modulators
Other antiarrhythmic drugs: Novel targets for AADs
Non-antiarrhythmic drugs with antiarrhythmic effects
Clinical management of the arrhythmias.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalIqbal Ahmad, Shamim Ahmad, Kendra P. Rumbaugh, editors.Summary: This book compiles the latest information in the field of antibacterial discovery, especially with regard to the looming threat of multi-drug resistance. The respective chapters highlight the discovery of new antibacterial and anti-infective compounds derived from microbes, plants, and other natural sources. The potential applications of nanotechnology to the fields of antibacterial discovery and drug delivery are also discussed, and one section of the book is dedicated to the use of computational tools and metagenomics in antibiotic drug discovery. Techniques for efficient drug delivery are also covered. The book provides a comprehensive overview of the progress made in both antibacterial discovery and delivery, making it a valuable resource for academic researchers, as well as those working in the pharmaceutical industry.
Contents:
Antibacterial drug discovery: perspective insights
Section A: The Challenge of Antibiotic Resistance and Tolerance
Problematic Groups of Multidrug Resistant Bacteria and their Resistance Mechanisms
Emergence and spread of multi-drug resistance in ocular bacterial pathogens: A current update
Antibiotic resistance in Campylobacter jejuni: mechanism, status and public health significance
Mechanisms of biofilm development, antibiotic resistance & tolerance and their role in persistent infections
Developing in vivo infection models with MDR pathogens for evaluating compound efficacy
Section B. New antibiotic drug discovery approaches and progress
Endophytes: a hidden treasure of novel antimicrobial metabolites
Alternative therapies to antibiotics to combat drug-resistant bacterial pathogens
In silico molecular modeling: key technologies in the drug discovery process to combat multidrug resistance
Computational approaches for antibacterial drug discovery
Efflux pump inhibitors and their role in the reversal of drug resistance
Medicinal plants as a reservoir of new structures for anti-infective compounds
Essential oils: Potential application in disease management
Exploration of soil resistome through a metagenomic approach
Actinomycetes as a continued source of new antibacterial leads
Are Ancient Remedies the New Answer to Fighting Infections?
Section C. Alternative antibiotic resistance treatment strategies
Pre and probiotics: Using functional foods in the fight against microbial resistance to antibiotics
Combination of drugs: an effective approach for enhancing the efficacy of antibiotics to combat drug resistance
Targeted delivery of antibiotics using microparticles to combat multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis
Practical applications of bacteriophage therapy: biofilms to bedside
Inhibition of Quorum sensing; prospects in disease control
Approaches for disrupting tissue-associated biofilms
Nanomedic ine and nanoemulsion in increasing the availability of antibiotics
Nanoparticles as new emerging antibacterials: potential and limitation
Nanomaterials as a novel class of anti-infective agents that attenuate bacterial quorum sensing
Nanoparticle-based drug delivery systems: promising approaches against bacterial infections
Green synthesis of metal nanoparticles: characterization and their antibacterial efficacy. - Digitaledited by Jón Hjaltalín Ólafsson, Roderick James Hay.Summary: This book is an up-to-date practical guide to the treatment of both common and unusual bacterial, fungal, and protozoal skin infections. Antibiotics and other treatment options for common skin diseases such as acne, rosacea, erysipelas, and impetigo are extensively discussed, and a thorough update is provided on therapies for fungal infections in the nails, hair, and skin. Current treatments for skin symptoms associated with sexually transmitted diseases are also explored in detail. As the sulfonamides and tetracyclines have long held a special status in dermatology and venereology, an individual chapter focuses on these drugs and their potential side-effects. A range of mycobacterial infections are discussed, and a further chapter considers the treatment of protozoal infections, including leishmaniasis, which are often unfamiliar to practitioners in the Western world. This handy book, with its helpful graphics and clear lists of symptoms, treatments, and practical tips, will be an ideal quick reference for the busy practitioner.
Contents:
Fungal Infections in Skin
Fungal Infections in Hair
Fungal Infections in Nails
Antibiotics in the Management of Acne
Rosacea
Venereal Diseases I: (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis)
Venereal Diseases II: (Chlamydia, Gonorrhea, Syphilis)
Common Bacterial Skin Infections (Erysipelas, Impetigo...)
Tuberculosis, Leprosy, Buruli Ulcer and "Atypical" Mycobacteria
Treatment of Protozoan Parasites of the Skin (Leishmaniasis)
The Use of Sulfonamides, Dapsone and Tetracyclines in Dermatology. - DigitalAlan Hauser (Departments of Microbiology/Immunology and Medicine, Northwestern University, Chicago, Illinois).Summary: "Popular as a classroom text, for review, and as a clinical quick-reference, this time-saving resource helps medical students master the rationale behind antibiotic selection for common bacterial pathogens and infectious diseases. Updated content reflects the latest antibiotic medications available on the market, and new full-color illustrations strengthen users' understanding of the application of antibiotic drug treatment.New full-color illustrations reinforce comprehension with greater clarity. Updated content familiarizes users with the most relevant antibacterial agents and treatment guidelines. Succinct, practical guidelines simplify challenging content for easier understanding. Additional pearls emphasize mnemonics and enhance retention of critical information. Remember boxes, History boxes, and drug tables save time with fast access to key information for selecting anti-infection agents. Extensive review cases and questions reinforce learning and clinical application."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part I:
Bacterial basics
Part II:
Antibacterial agents
Part III:
Definitive therapy
Part IV:
Empiric therapy
Part V:
Clinical cases
Part VI:
Review questions and answers.Digital Access - Digital[edited by] Kateryna Kon, MD, PhD, Department of Microbiology, Virology, and Immunology, Kharkiv National Medical University, Kharkiv, Ukraine and Mahendra Rai, PhD, Biotechnology Department, SGB Amravati University, Maharashtra, India.Contents:
Antimicrobial Stewardship: Hospital Strategies to Curb Antibiotic Resistance / L. Hsieh and A. Amin
Mechanisms of Antibacterial Resistance: Shedding Some Light on These Obscure Processes? / K. de Sousa Oliveira, L.A. de Lima, N.B. Cobacho, S.C. Dias and O.L. Franco
Signaling Pathways Sustaining Antibiotic Resistance: Lessons From Methicillin-Resistant Staphylococcus auareus / P.F. Seke Etet, A.H. Nwabo Kamdje, L. Vecchio, M. Farahna, and M.F. Mahomoodally
Trends in Antimicrobial Resistance Among Enteric Pathogens: a Global Concern / M. Ballal
Carbapenem-Resistant, Gram-Negative Bacilli: The State of the Art / D.H.Halat, D.K. Sarkis and C.A. Moubareck
Antibiotic Resistance: Can Nanoparticles Tackle the Problem? / M. Rai, K. Kon, A. Gade, A. Ingle, D. Nagaonkar, P. Paralikar and S.S. da Silva
Nanoarchitectonics Used in Antiinfective Therapy / V. Grumezescu, A.M. Holban, I. Barbu, R.C. Popescu, A.E. Oprea, V. Lazar, A.M. Grumezescu and M.C.Chifiriuc
Nanobiocomposites of Metals as Antimicrobial Agents / I.A. Shurygina, M.G. Shurygin and B.G. Sukhov
Can Nitric Oxide Overcome Bacterial Resistance to Antibiotics? / A.B. Seabra, M.T. Pelegrino and P.S. Haddad
Controlling Bacterial Antibiotic Resistance Using Plant-Derived Antimicrobials / A. Upadhyay, D.P. Karumathil, I. Upadhyaya, V. Bhattaram and K. Venkitanarayanan
Essential Oils: A Natural Alternative to Combat Antibiotics Resistance / M.L. Chávez-González, R. Rodríguez-Herrera and C.N. Aguilar
Sensitivity of ESBL-Producing Gram-Negative Bacteria to Essential Oils, Plant Extracts, and Their Isolated Compounds / Gy. Horváth, T. Bencsik, K. Ács and B. Kocsis
Antimicrobial and Antibiotic Potentiating Activity of Essential Oils From Tropical Medicinal Herbs and Spices / Z. Aumeeruddy-Elalfi, A. Gurib-Fakim and M.F. Mahomoodally
Antimicrobial Natural Products Against Bacterial Biofilms / V.G. Beoletto, M. de las Mercedes Oliva, J.M. Marioli, M.E. Carezzano and M.S. Demo
The Potential Use of Bacteriophage Therapy as a Treatment Option in a Post-antibiotic Era / R.R. Bragg, C.E. Boucher, W.A. van der Westhuizen, J.-Y. Lee, E. Coetsee, C. Theron and L. Meyburgh
Bacteriocins and Its Use for Multidrug-Resistant Bacteria Control / G.M. Preciado, M.M. Michel, S.L. Villarreal-Morales, A.C. Flores-Gallegos, J. Aguirre-Joya, J. Morlett-Chávez, C.N. Aguilar and R. Rodríguez-Herrera
Marine Natural Products in Fighting Microbial Infections / G.D. Mogoşanu, A.M. Grumezescu, L.E. Bejenaru and C. Bejenaru
Algae as a Novel Source of Antimicrobial Compounds: Current and Future Perspectives / A. Parsaeimehr and G.A. Lutzu.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016 - DigitalSadhana Sagar, Shilpa Kaistha, Amar Jyoti Das, Rajesh Kumar.Summary: This book summarizes the emerging trends in the field of antibiotic resistance of various gram-negative and gram-positive bacterial species. The ability of different species of bacteria to resist the antimicrobial agent has become a global problem. As such, the book provides a comprehensive overview of the advances in our understanding of the origin and mechanism of resistance, discusses the modern concept of the biochemical and genetic basis of antibacterial resistance and highlights the clinical and economic implications of the increased prevalence of antimicrobial resistant pathogens and their ecotoxic effects. It also reviews various strategies to curtail the emergence and examines a number of innovative therapeutic approaches, such as CRISPR, phage therapy, nanoparticles and natural antimicrobials, to combat the spread of resistance.
Contents:
Module 1_Emergence of antibiotic resistant bacteria
Module 2_Impact of antibiotic resistant bacteria on different field
Module 3_Antibiotic resistance: Pattern and Mechanisms
Module 4_Novel strategies for overcoming of antibiotic resistant mechanisms
Module 5_Future Prospects. - Printvolume editor, E. Tomlinson ; co-editor, A. Regosz.Contents:
v. 1. [Beta]-lactam antibiotics. - Printby H.W. Florey ... [et al.].
- DigitalDaniel Amsterdam, Phd, ABMM, FAAAS, FIDSA, Professor, Department of Microbiology & Immunology, Medicine, and Pathology, School of Medicine and Biomedical Sciences, State University of New York at Buffalo, Chief of Service, Department of Laboratory Medicine, Erie County MEdical Center, Buffalo, New York.Contents:
The breakpoint / Matthew A. Wikler, Franklin R. Cockerill III, and Paul G. Ambrose
Antimicrobial susceptibility on solid media / John D. Turnidge and Jan M. Bell
Susceptibility testing of antimicrobials in liquid media / Daniel Amsterdam
Antimicrobial susceptibility testing of anaerobic bacteria / Anilrudh A. Venugopal and David W. Hecht
Antimycobacterial agents : in vitro susceptibility testing and mechanisms of action and resistance / Clark B. Inderlied and Edward Desmond
Antifungal drugs : mechanisms of action, drug resistance, susceptibility testing, and assays of activity in biologic fluids / George R. Thompson III and Thomas F. Patterson
Antimicrobial susceptibility testing for some atypical microorganisms (Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Coxiella, and Spirochetes) / Jean-Marc Rolain
Applications, significance of, and methods for the measurement of antimicrobial concentrations in human body fluids / Shelly Latte, Emilia Mia Sordillo, and Stephen C. Edberg
Molecular methods for the detection of antibacterial resistance genes : rationale and application / Kristin Hegstad, Törjan Samuelsen, Joachim Hegstad, and Arnfinn Sundsfjord
Molecular mechanisms of action for antimicrobial agents : general principles and mechanisms for selected classes of antibiotics / Charles William Stratton
Antiviral agents for HIV, hepatitis, cytomegalovirus, and influenza : susceptibility testing methods, modes of action, and resistance / Daniel Amsterdam
Disinfectants and antiseptics : modes of action, mechanisms of resistance, and testing regimens / Daniel Amsterdam and Barbara E. Ostrov
Evaluation of antimicrobials in experimental animal infections / D.A. Andes, Alexander J. Lepak, Niels Frimodt-Möller
Extravascular antimicrobial distribution and the respective blood and urine concentrations in humans / David M. Bamberger, John W. Foxworth, Michael Alan Kallenberger, Brian S. Pepito, and Dale N. Gerding
Appendix : antiinfective resistance resource guide / Daniel Amsterdam.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - Digitalby David Schlossberg, Rafik Samuel.Summary: A comprehensive compendium of all commonly used antibiotics, including indications, side effects, dosage information, and drug/food interactions Antibiotics Manual: A Guide to Commonly Used Antimicrobials, Second Edition is a unique, user-friendly guide made for all who prescribe antibiotics. It's the only book available that takes a 100% drug-listed approach to 200 of the most common antibiotics prescribed to patients each day. Presented in full color, it's also a convenient reference for every clinician to consult once the decision to use a particular antibiotic has been reached. This edition of Antibiotics Manual includes newer antibiotics that have been released since the publication of the First Edition and updates prescribing information for the older antibiotics. This all-new Second Edition: -Has a color-coded interior design which provides quick and easy point of care access for the user -Includes 200 of the most commonly prescribed antibiotics, listed by both brand and generic names -Features important recently-released antibiotics such as ceftaroline, tedizolid, and bedaquiline Antibiotics Manual: A Guide to Commonly Used Antimicrobials, Second Edition is a welcome book for physicians in all specialties of medicine who prescribe antibiotics. It is also a handy tool for pharmacists, nurses, nurse practitioners, and physician assistants who want more information on the drugs they administer.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- DigitalJason C. Gallagher, Conan MacDougall ; senior acquisitions editor, Katey Birtcher ; cover design, Michael O'Donnell.Contents:
Part 1. Considerations with antibiotic therapy
Part 2. Antibacterial drugs
Part 3. Antimycobacterial drugs
Part 4. Antifungal drugs
Part 5. Antiviral drugs
Part 6. Antiparasitic Drugs
Appendix 1. Selected normal human flora
Appendix 2. Spectrum of activity
Appendix 3. Empiric regimens for common infections
Index.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2014Limited to 2 simultaneous users - Printedited by Maurizio Zanetti, J. Donald Capra.
- Digitaledited by Kenneth J. Olivier Jr., Sara A. Hurvitz.Contents:
Typical antibody-drug conjugates / John Lambert
Selecting optimal ADC targets using indication-dependent or indication-independent approaches / Robert Hollingsworth and Jay Harper
Antibody drug conjugates : an overview of the CMC and characterization process / Janet Wolfe and Phillip Ross
Linker and conjugation technology and improvements / Riley Ennis and Sourav Sinha
Formulation and stability / Kouhei Tsumoto, Anthony Young, and Satoshi Ohtake
QC assay development / Xiao-Hong Chen and Mate Tolnay
Occupational health and safety aspects of ADCs and their toxic payloads / Robert Sussman and John Farris
Bioanalytical strategies enabling successful ADC translation / Xiaogang Han, Lindsay King, and Steve Hansel
Nonclinical pharmacology and mechanistic modeling of antibody drug conjugates in support of human clinical trials / Brian J. Schmidt, Chin Pan, Heather E. Vezina, Huadong Sun, Douglas D. Leipold, and Manish Gupta
Pharmacokinetics of antibody-drug conjugates / Amrita Kamath
Path to market approval : regulatory perspective of ADC nonclinical safety assessments / Stacey Ricci and Natalie Simpson
Antibody drug conjugates : clinical strategies and applications / Heather E. Vezina, Lucy Lee, Brian J. Schmidt, Manish Gupta
Antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs) in clinical development / Patricia LoRusso and Joseph McLaughlin
ADCs approved for use : Trastuzumab emtansine (Kadcyla, T-DM1) in patients with previously treated HER2-positive metastatic breast cancer / Gail Lewis Phillips, Sanne de Hass, Sandhya Girish, and Ellie Guardino
ADCs approved for use : Brentuximab Vedotin / Sven DeVos and Monica Mead
Radioimmunotherapy / Jeffrey Wong and Savita Dandapani
Radiolabeled antibody-based imaging in clinical oncology / Bart Hendriks and Daniel Gaddy
Antibody-drug conjugates : the next evolution in the cure for cancer
William C. Olson and Amy Q. Han.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalJeffrey Wang, Wei-Chiang Shen, Jennica L. Zaro, editors.Summary: This authoritative volume provides a holistic picture of antibody-drug conjugates (ADCs). Fourteen comprehensive chapters are divided into six sections including an introduction to ADCs, the ADC construct, development issues, landscape, IP and pharmacoeconomics, case studies, and the future of the field. The book examines everything from the selection of the antibody, the drug, and the linker to a discussion of developmental issues such as formulations, bio-analysis, pharmacokinetic-pharmacodynamic relationships, and toxicological and regulatory challenges. It also explores pharmacoecomonics and intellectual properties, including recently issued patents and the cost analysis of drug therapy. Case studies are presented for the three ADCs that have received FDA approval: gemtuzumab ozogamicin (Mylotarg®), Brentuximab vedotin (Adcetris®), and ado-trastuzumab emtansine (Kadcyla®), as well as an ADC in late-stage clinical trials, glembatumumab vedotin (CDX-011). Finally, the volume presents a perspective by the editors on the future directions of ADC development and clinical applications. Antibody-Drug Conjugates is a practical and systematic resource for scientists, professors, and students interested in expanding their knowledge of cutting-edge research in this exciting field.
Contents:
1 Antibody-Drug Conjugates: A Historical Review
2 Payloads of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
3 Selecting an Optimal Antibody for Antibody-Drug Conjugate Therapy
4 Linker Design for Antibody-Drug Conjugates
5 Formulation Development for Antibody-Drug Conjugates
6 Bioanalytical Assay for Characterization of Antibody Drug Conjugates
7 Pharmacokinetics/Pharmacodynamics and Disposition of Antibody-Drug Conjugates
8 Regulatory Considerations
9 Major ADC Companies, Current Clinical Trials, Recent Patents Issued and Patent Applications, and Cost Analysis of Drug Therapy
10 Mylotarg: Revisiting its Clinical Potential Post-Withdrawal
11 ADCETRIS: A Regulatory Case Study of a New Generation Antibody Drug Conjugate
12 Ado-Trastuzumab Emtansine
13 The Antibody-Drug Conjugate Glembatumumab Vedotin (CDX-011) and its Use in Treatment of Breast Cancer
14 Summary and Future Directions.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital/PrintStefan Grimm, editor.Summary: "This book discusses the emergence of a new class of genes with a specific anticancer activity. These genes, recently defined as "Anticancer Genes", are reviewed in individual chapters on their mode of action, the specific cell death signals they induce, and the status of attempts to translate them into clinical application. Anticancer Genes provides an overview of this nascent field, its genesis, current state, and prospect. It discusses how Anticancer Genes might lead to the identification of a repertoire of signaling pathways directed against cellular alterations that are specific for tumor cells."--Publisher's website.
Contents:
1. Introduction / Stefan Grimm
Part I. Viral Anticancer Genes
2. Signalling of Apoptin / Jessica Bullenkamp and Mahvash Tavassoli
3. Apoptin Towards Safe and Efficient Anticancer Therapies / Claude Backendorf and Mathieu H.M. Noteborn
4. Induction of Cancer-Specific Cell Death by the Adenovirus E4orf4 Protein / Tamar Kleinberger
5. Tumor Suppressing Properties of Rodent Parvovirus NS1 Proteins and Their Derivatives / Jürg P.F. Nüesch and Jean Rommelaere
Part II. Cellular Anticancer Genes
6. MDA-7/IL-24: Multifunctional Cancer Killing Cytokine / Mitchell E. Menezes, Shilpa Bhatia, Praveen Bhoopathi, Swadesh K. Das, Luni Emdad, Santanu Dasgupta, Paul Dent, Xiang-Yang Wang, Devanand Sarkar, and Paul B. Fisher
7. Cancer-Selective Apoptosis by Tumor Suppressor Par-4 / Nikhil Hebbar, Tripti Shrestha-Bhattarai, and Vivek M. Rangnekar
8. Tumor-Necrosis-Factor-Related Apoptosis-Inducing Ligand (TRAIL) / Simone Fulda
9. SIRT6: A Promising Target for Cancer Prevention and Therapy / Michael Van Meter, Vera Gorbunova, and Andrei Seluanov
10. An Overview of Brevinin Superfamily: Structure, Function and Clinical Perspectives / Anna Savelyeva, Saeid Ghavami, Padideh Davoodpour, Ahmad Asoodeh, and Marek J. Łos
11. Isolation and Characterization of the Anticancer Gene Organic Cation Transporter Like-3 (ORCTL3) / Ghada AbuAli and Stefan Grimm
Part III. Anticancer Gene Therapy
12. Introduction of Genes via Sonoporation and Electroporation / Christina Kalli, Wey Chyi Teoh, and Edward Leen
13. Anticancer Gene Transfer for Cancer Gene Therapy / Evangelos Pazarentzos and Nicholas D. Mazarakis. - DigitalMohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.Summary: This book summarizes the application of plant derived anticancer compounds as chemopreventives to treat several cancer types, focusing on the molecular mechanisms of action of phytocompounds and providing an overview of the basic processes at the cellular and molecular level that are involved in the progression of the cancer and can be employed in targeted preventive therapies. In addition, it highlights the development of novel anticancer drugs from plant sources using bioinformatics approaches. The compiled chapter data aids readers understanding of issues related to bioavailability, toxic effects and mechanisms of action of phytocompounds, and helps them identify the leads and utilize them against various cancer types effectively. Furthermore, it promotes the use of bioinformatics tools in medicinal plants to expedite their use in plant breeding programs to develop molecular markers to distinguish disease subtypes and predicting mutation, which in turn improves cancer diagnosis and prognosis, and to develop new lead compounds computationally. Thebook provides scientific verifications of plant compounds mechanisms of action against various cancers and offers useful information for students, teachers, and healthcare professionals involved in drug discovery, and clinical and therapeutic research.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Omics- a holistic approach in cancer treatment
Chapter 2. Plant miRNAs and phytomolecules as anticancer therapeutics
Chapter 3. Potential of herbal medicines in colorectal carcinoma and their mechanism of action
Chapter 4. Elucidation of mechanisms of anticancer plant compounds against the tumor cells
Chapter 5. Computational approach towards exploring interaction of target protein-phytocompounds in drug development for breast cancer
Chapter 6. Anticancer Potential of Andrographolide, a diterpenoid lactone from Andrographis paniculata: A nature's treasure for chemoprevention and therapeutics
Chapter 7. Anticancer activity of herbal medicine: Mechanism of action
Chapter 8. Metabolomic study of chemo-preventive phytochemicals and their therapeutic prospects
Chapter 9. CADD studies applied to secondary metabolites in the anticancer drug research
Chapter 10. Anticancerous plant compounds affecting the power house of cancerous cells: A possible herbal mitocan
Chapter 11. Phytoestrogens as a natural source for the possible colon cancer treatment
Chapter 12. Bioinformatics approaches for genomics and post genomics applications of anticancer plants
Chapter 13. Fruits of Rosaceae family as a source of anticancer compounds and molecular innovations
Chapter 14. Mechanism of action of anticancer herbal medicines. - DigitalMohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.Summary: This volume provides summarized scientific evidence of the different classes of plant-derived phytocompounds, their sources, chemical structures, anticancer properties, mechanisms of action, methods of extraction, and their applications in cancer therapy. It also discusses endophyte-derived compounds as chemopreventives to treat various cancer types. In addition, it provides detailed information on the enhanced production of therapeutically valuable anticancer metabolites using biotechnological interventions such as plant cell and tissue culture approaches, including in vitro-, hairy root- and cell-suspension culture; and metabolic engineering of biosynthetic pathways. Anticancer Plants: Natural Products and Biotechnological Implements - Volume 2 explores the natural bioactive compounds isolated from plants as well as fungal endophytes, their chemistry, and preventive effects to reduce the risk of cancer. Moreover, it highlights the genomics/proteomics approaches and biotechnological implementations. Providing solutions to deal with the challenges involved in cancer therapy, the book benefits a wide range of readers including academics, students, and industrial experts working in the area of natural products, medicinal plant chemistry, pharmacology, and biotechnology.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Fungal Endophytes as Novel Sources of Anticancer Compounds
Chapter 2. Gastrointestinal Bezoar Stones: Current Knowledge and Future Pperspective on the Potential of Plant-derived Phytobezoar in Cancer Treatment
Chapter 3. Potential of Natural Products for Prevention of Oral Cancer
Chapter 4. Therapeutic Potential of Cardiac Glycosides Against Cancer
Chapter 5. Conserving Biodiversity of a Potent Anticancer Plant, Catharanthus roseus Through In vitro Biotechnological Intercessions: Substantial Progress and Imminent Prospects
Chapter 6. Medicinal Plants as a Potential Source of Chemopreventive Agents
Chapter 7. Plant Metabolites as New Leads to Anticancer Drug Discovery: Approaches and Challenges
Chapter 8. Terpenes of Genus Salvia: Cytotoxicity and Antitumoral Effects
Chapter 9. Essential Oil with Anticancer Activity: An Overview
Chapter 10. Fungal Endophytes from Anticancer Plants as Producers of the Anti-tumour Agent L-Asparaginase: A Look at Diversity, Ubiquity and Enzyme Production
Chapter 11. Xylooligosaccharides and their Anticancer Potential: An Update
Chapter 12. Phytochemicals Targeting Endoplasmic Reticulum Stress to Inhibit Cancer Cell Proliferation
Chapter 13. Remedy of Targeting Cancer and Cancer Stem Cells with Botanicals
Chapter 14. Therapeutic Strategies of Natural Agents and its Components on Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
Chapter 15. Endophytic Microbes as a Novel Source for Producing Anticancer Compounds as Multidrug Resistance Modulators. Chapter 16. Traditional Medicinal Plants and their Therapeutic Potential Against Major Cancer Types
Chapter 17. Platelet Derived Growth Factor Receptor (PDGF-R) as the Target for Herbal Based Anticancer Agents
Chapter 18. Plant Cell and Organ Culture as an Alternative for the Production of Anticancer Compounds
Chapter 19. Plant Derived Extracts and Compounds: An Alternative Therapy Against Breast Cancer
Chapter 20. Micropropagation and Conservation of Selected Endangered Anticancer Medicinal Plants from the Western Ghats of India
Chapter 21. Biotechnological Approaches for the Propagation of Anticancer Plants and the Production of Vital Compounds
Chapter 22. An Alternative Approach for Anticancer Compounds Production Through Plant Tissue Culture Techniques
Chapter 23. Biotechnological Intervention Through Tissue Culture in Hedychium coronarium: A Potential Anticancer Plant. - DigitalMohd Sayeed Akhtar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, editors.Summary: Cancer is one of the leading death cause of human population increasingly seen in recent times. Plants have been used for medicinal purposes since immemorial times. Though, several synthetic medicines are useful in treating cancer, they are inefficient and unsafe. However, plants have proved to be useful in cancer cure. Moreover, natural compounds from plants and their derivatives are safe and effective in treatment and management of several cancer types. The anticancer plants such as Catharanthus roseus, Podophyllum peltatum, Taxus brevifolia, Camptotheca acuminate, Andrographis paniculata, Crateva nurvala, Croton tonkinensis, Oplopanax horridus etc., are important source of chemotherapeutic compounds. These plants have proven their significance in the treatment of cancer and various other infectious diseases. Nowadays, several well-known anticancer compounds such as taxol, podophyllotoxins, camptothecin, vinblastine, vincristine, homoharringtonine etc. have been isolated and purified from these medicinal plants. Many of them are used effectively to combat cancer and other related diseases. The herbal medicine and their products are the most suitable and safe to be used as an alternative medicine. Based on their traditional uses and experimental evidences, the anticancer products or compounds are isolated or extracted from the medicinally important plants. Many of these anticancer plants have become endangered due to ruthless harvesting in nature. Hence, there is a need to conserve these species and to propagate them in large scale using plant tissue culture. Alternatively, plant cell tissue and organ culture biotechnology can be adopted to produce these anticancer compounds without cultivation. The proper knowledge and exploration of these isolated molecules or products could provide an alternative source to reduce cancer risk, anti-tumorigenic properties, and suppression of carcinogen activities. Anticancer plants: Volume 1, Properties and Application is a very timely effort in this direction. Discussing the various types of anticancer plants as a source of curative agent, their pharmacological and neutraceutical properties, cryo-preservations and recent trends to understand the basic cause and consequences involved in the diseases diagnosis. We acknowledge the publisher, Springer for their continuous inspiration and valuable suggestions to improvise the content of this book. We further extend our heartfelt gratitude to all our book contributors for their support, and assistance to complete this assignment. I am sure that these books will benefit the scientific communities including academics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical practitioners.
Contents:
Current practices and awareness of anticancer plants in the traditional healthcare system
Phytochemical and biological properties of Lippia gracilis
Use of Indian indigenous fruits in cancer prevention and treatment
Potentiality of anticancer plant derived compounds of North-East India
Plant-derived compounds in cancer therapy: Traditions of past and drugs of future
Anticancer plant molecules for Improvement of immune system
Fermented food derived bioactives compounds with anti-carcinogenic properties: Fermented Royal jelly as a novel source for compounds with health benefits
Mass spectrometry based techniques for assessment of pharmacological responses of ayurvedic drugs
Assessment of anticancer properties of betelvine
Analysis of patents filed for the herbal therapeutics against cancer
Appraisal of medicinal plants with anticancer properties in South America
Scientific validation of the usefulness of Withania somnifera Dunal in the prevention and treatment of cancer
Anticancer potential of mangrove plants: Neglected plant species of the marine ecosystem
Piper betel Linn. in cancer: Past, Present and Future
Anticancer properties of curcumin and its efficacy for treating central nervous system neoplasms
Vitamin E: The Nature's Gift to Fight Cancer
Use of plant secondary metabolites as nutraceuticals for treatment and management of cancer: Approaches and challenges
Usefulness of Ocimum sanctum Linn. in cancer prevention: An Update
Phytochemicals with anticancer potential: Methods of extraction, basic structure and chemotherapeutic action
Anticancer plants and their conservation strategies
Anticancer plants: Chemistry, pharmacology and potential applications
Botany, chemistry and pharmaceutical significance of Sida cordifolia- A Traditional medicinal plant
Anticancer properties of natural compounds on prostate cancer
Phytochemicals against cancer stem cells. - DigitalChristopher M. Loftus, editor.Contents:
Part 1. General Principles
Physiology of Hemostasis
Laboratory Assessment of Physiologic and Pathologic Hemostasis
Current Anticoagulation Drugs and Mechanisms of Action
Reversal of Target-Specific Oral Anticoagulants
Overview, Treatment, Measurement, and Modification of Platelet Function
Role of Antiplatelet Therapy in Neurosurgery: Efficacy and Safety Profiles
Part 2. Coagulation Issues Across all Patient Spectrums
Congenital Coagulation Disorders
Acquired Coagulation Disorders
Regulation and Dysregulation of Fibrinolysis
Risks Associated with Administration of Allogeneic Blood Components
Common Coagulation Disorders That May Arise Intraoperatively
Evaluation and Management of Untoward Intraoperative Bleeding
Treatment of Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation (DIC)
Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia (HIT)
Anticoagulation in Cardiovascular Diseases
Workup and Treatment of Pulmonary Embolus
Part 3. Coagulation Issues Specific to Neurosurgery
Classes of Drugs and Blood Products for Acute Reversal of Anticoagulant Effect
Rescue Strategies to Facilitate Emergency Neurosurgery in Patients on Antiplatelet or Anticoagulant Agents
Considerations for Coagulation in the Multi-Trauma Patient
Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis
Coagulation Studies in Preoperative Neurosurgery Patients
Safe Strategies for Gradual Suspension and Re-institution of Anticoagulation to Permit Elective Surgery
Spontaneous Intracerebral Hemorrhage due to Coagulation Disorders
Prophylactic Screening for Venous Thromboembolism in Neurosurgical Patients
Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis in Neurosurgery
Can Patients with Known Intracranial and Intraspinal Vascular Lesions be Anticoagulated?
Intrathecal Access and Devices in Patients on Antiplatelet or Anticoagulant Therapy
Is it Safe to Shunt Anti-coagulated NPH Patients?
Surgical Hemostasis in the Era of Anticoagulation: Guidelines and Recommendations Summary.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalJoe F. Lau, Geoffrey D. Barnes, Michael B. Streiff, editors.Summary: This book presents the latest evidence and guidelines supporting the use of anticoagulant therapy for various clinical scenarios. The field of anticoagulation therapy is evolving rapidly, particularly since the arrival and widespread adoption of direct oral anticoagulants. Organized in two parts, this book reviews the pharmacologic properties of various anticoagulants and details the clinical applications of anticoagulant therapy. Drugs such as warfarin and unfractionated heparin, as well as parenteral and direct oral anticoagulants are discussed in terms of their pharmacokinetics, drug-disease interactions, dosing strategies, and risk considerations. Clinical applications of anticoagulant therapy in disorders such as acute coronary syndromes, atrial fibrillation, and thrombophilia and in special populations such as pregnant women, the elderly, and in the patient with cancer are highlighted. Clinical vignettes, algorithms, clinical pearls, and self-assessment questions are integrated throughout the book. Featuring contributions from authorities in the field, Anticoagulation Therapy is an essential resource for cardiologists, vascular medicine specialists, hematologists, internists, and all other healthcare professionals who prescribe anticoagulants.Digital Access Springer 2018
- PrintContributors: A. Benakis [and others.
- DigitalMatthew Macaluso, Sheldon H. Preskorn, editors.Summary: This volume reviews the known neurobiology of depression and combines classic data on antidepressant treatments with modern theory on the physiology of depression. It also discusses novel mechanism of action drugs.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Impact, Diagnosis, Phenomenology, and Biology; 1
Section 1: Prevalence; 2 Impact; 2.1 Disability and Economic Impact; 2.2 Suicide; 3 Diagnosis; 3.1 History; 3.2 Operational Definitions; 3.3 Subtypes; 4 Measurement; 4.1 Self-Rated Scales; 4.2 Clinician-Rated Scales; 5 Phenomenology; 6 Diagnostic Boundaries; 7 Biology; References; Tricyclic Antidepressants and Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors: Are They Too Old for a New Look?; 1 Historical Background 2 Studies Comparing MAOI and TCA Antidepressants: Do Certain Subtypes of Depression Respond Selectively to One Class of Antide ... 3 More Recent Studies of Tricyclic Antidepressants and Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors; 4 The Under-Prescribing of Monoamine Oxidase Inhibitors and Tricyclic Antidepressants: A Justifiable Phenomenon?; References; Clinical Implications of the STAR*D Trial; 1 Introduction and Overview of STAR*D; 1.1 Participants; 1.2 Treatment Outcomes; 1.3 Treatment Steps; 1.4 Treatment Delivery; 1.5 Continuation Phase Treatment; 2 Who Is Being Treated for Depression in Practice? 2.1 How Comparable Are Depressed Patients in Primary and Psychiatric Care Settings?2.2 Are FDA Registration Trial Participants Representative of Depressed Patients Treated in Practice?; 2.3 Clinical Implications; 3 Treatment Outcomes with the Initial Medication Treatment Step with a Selective Serotonin Reuptake Inhibitor (SSRI); 3.1 When and How Often Does Response and Remission Occur with an SSRI; 3.2 Can Baseline Features Tell Us Who Will Respond or Remit with the Initial SSRI?; 3.3 What Are the Long-Term Outcomes Following a Successful First-Step SSRI? 3.4 Does the Prior Course of MDD Predict Acute or Longer-Term Treatment Outcomes with Citalopram?3.5 Clinical Implications; 4 Treatment Outcomes with the Second Medication Treatment Step; 4.1 Which Second-Step Treatment Options Are Preferred by Which Patients?; 4.2 When the Initial SSRI Fails and a Medication Switch Is Provided, Do Pharmacological Differences Matter?; 4.3 Which Augmentation Strategy Is More Effective, Bupropion-SR or Buspirone?; 4.4 How Did Augmentation with Cognitive Behavior Therapy Compare with Medication Augmentation? 4.5 How Did Switch to Cognitive Therapy Compare with Switch to Medication?; 4.6 Follow-Up After the Second Treatment Step; 4.7 Clinical Implications; 5 Selecting Among Switch Treatments at the Second Medication Treatment Step; 5.1 What Are the Overall and Differential Predictors of Remission (Baseline Sociodemographic, Clinical, and First-Step Treatme ... ; 5.2 What Are the Overall and Differential Predictors (Baseline Sociodemographic, Clinical, and First-Step Treatment Features) ... ; 5.3 Clinical Implications; 6 Treatment Outcomes with the Third Medication Treatment StepDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalMJ Eadie, FJE Vajda.Contents:
1. Introduction
2. Antipileptic drugs and becoming pregnant
3. Antiepileptic drug disposition in pregnancy
4. The older antiepileptic drugs
5. Commonly used newer antiepileptic drugs
6. Antiepileptic drugs sometimes used in pregnancy
7. Antiepileptic drugs, epileptic seizures and the foetus
8. Antiepileptic drugs and foetal malformations: a possible class effect
9. Particular antiepileptic drugs and foetal malformations
10. Antiepileptic drugs, cognition and neurodevelopment
11. Antiepileptic drug therapy: management issues and pregnancy
12. Antiepileptic drugs and pregnancy: the future
Appendix
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalHans Ramløv, Dennis Steven Friis, editors.Summary: This first volume provides a comprehensive overview on evolutionary, environmental and systematic aspects of antifreeze proteins. It shortly explains the physical properties of ice and further intelligibly describes the biology of the antifreeze proteins in different organisms. It offers a detailed insight into their history of evolution. In addition the book discusses the status of the current knowledge and ongoing research and highlights also those parts, where further investigation needs to be done. Together with the second volume on the biochemistry and molecular biology of antifreeze proteins, this book represents a unique, comprehensive work and a must-have for students and scientists in biochemistry, evolution, physiology and physical chemistry.
Contents:
Introduction
Ice and its formation
Ice formation in living organisms
Fish antifreeze proteins
Insect antifreeze proteins
Plant antifreeze proteins
Antifreeze proteins in other species
Molecular origins and mechanisms of fish antifreeze evolution.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalHans Ramløv, Dennis Steven Friis, editors.Summary: This second volume, written in four parts, offers the reader a thorough review on molecular, structural and applied aspects of antifreeze proteins. The first part treats the structure-function relationship and the physicochemical properties of antifreeze proteins; the second part provides insight into molecular mechanisms affected by antifreeze proteins; the third part presents some of the potential applications in various professional sectors and in the last part the book content is summarized and future research directions and ideas are discussed. Together with the first volume on the environment, systematic and evolution of antifreeze proteins, this book represents a unique, comprehensive work and a must-have for students and scientists in biochemistry, molecular biology, biotechnology and physical chemistry.
Contents:
Of volume 2 Antifreeze proteins: Biochemistry, molecular biology and applications
Characteristics of antifreeze proteins
Physicochemical properties of antifreeze proteins
Structure-function of IBPs and their interactions with ice
Interaction of antifreeze protein with water
Thermal hysteresis
Inhibition of recrystallization
Other protective measures of antifreeze proteins
Measuring antifreeze protein activity
Antifreeze proteins in foods
Cell, tissue and organ preservation with insect-derived antifreeze peptides
Antifreeze proteins and gas hydrate inhibition
Antifreeze protein-covered surfaces
Mutational studies on antifreeze proteins
Summary and future directions.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalSummary: Includes information on antimicrobial therapy and alternative therapy when the drug of choice cannot be given. The resource delivers information via review articles, capsule summaries, mini-reviews, and a guided PubMed search to pick up post-publication research.Digital Access DatabaseCanceled with 2015
- DigitalPeter Davey, Mark Wilcox, William Irving, Guy Thwaites.Summary: "A valuable resource for undergraduates and graduates providing a thorough grounding in the scientific basis and clinical application of antimicrobial drugs. The new edition has been thoroughly updated to include the most recently licensed agents, including the treatment of HIV and contains guidance on prescribing and infection control practices." -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part 1. General properties of antimicrobial agents. 1. Mechanisms of action and resistance to modern antibacterial with a history of their development ; 2. Inhibitors of bacterial cell wall synthesis ; 3. Inhibitors of bacterial protein synthesis ; 4. Synthetic antibacterial agents and miscellaneous antibiotics ; 5. Antiviral agents ; 6. Antiretroviral agents ; 7. Drugs used in the treatment of viral hepatitis ; 8. Antifungal agents ; 9. Antiprotozoal and anthelminthic agents
Part 2. Resistance to antimicrobial agents. 10. The problem of resistance ; 11. The genetics and mechanisms of acquired resistance
Part 3. General principles of usage of antimicrobial agents. 12. Laboratory investigations and the treatment of infection ; 13. General principles of the treatment of infection ; 14. Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamics principles ; 15. Prescribing in special groups : effects of age, pregnancy, body weight, hepatic and renal impairment 16: Outpatient parenteral antimicrobial therapy ; 17. Adverse drug reactions and patient safety ; 18. Chemoprophylaxis and immunisation ; 19. Guidelines, formularies, and antimicrobial policies ; 20. Antimicrobial stewardship, surveillance of antimicrobial consumption and its consequences
Part 4. Therapeutic use of antimicrobial agents. 21. Respiratory tract infections ; 22. Topical use of antimicrobial agents ; 23. Urinary tract infections ; 24. Sexually transmitted infections ; 25. Gastrointestinal infections ; 26. Serious bacterial bloodstream infections ; 27. Bone and joint infections ; 28. Infections of the central nervous system ; 29. Skin and soft tissue infections ; 30. Tuberculosis and other mycobacterial diseases ; 31. Infections in immunocompromised patients including HIV/AIDs ; 32. Viral infections ; 33. Management of HIV infection ; 34. Treatment of chronic viral hepatitis ; 35. Parasitic disease ; 36. The development and marketing of antimicrobial drugs.Digital Access Ovid 2015 - DigitalTomás G. Villa, Patricia Veiga-Crespo, editors.Summary: Since penicillin and salvarsan were discovered, a number of new drugs to combat infectious diseases have been developed, but at the same time, the number of multi-resistant microorganism strains is increasing. Thus, the design of new and effective antibacterial, antiviral and antifungal agents will be a major challenge in the next years. This book reviews the current state-of-the-art in antimicrobial research and discusses new strategies for the design and discovery of novel therapies. Topics covered include the use of genetic engineering, genome mining, manipulation of gene clusters, X-ray and neutron scattering as well as the antimicrobial effects of essential oils, antimicrobial agents of plant origin, beta-lactam antibiotics, antimicrobial peptides, and cell-wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics.
Contents:
Strategies for the design and discovery of novel antibiotics using genetic engineering and genome mining
X-ray and Neutron Scattering Foundations for the Research in Antimicrobials
Antibacterial, Antiviral and Antifungal Activity of Essential Oils: Mechanisms and Applications
New antimicrobial agents of plant origin
Advances in beta-lactam antibiotics
The Cornerstone of Nucleic Acid-affecting Antibiotics in Bacteria
Genetic analysis and manipulation of polyene antibiotic gene clusters as a way to produce more effective antifungal compounds
Enzybiotics: The rush towards prevention and control of multi-resistant bacteria (MRB)
New cell wall-affecting antifungal antibiotics
Perspectives in the research on Antimicrobial peptides
Glycopeptides and bacterial cell walls.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalKatsumi Matsuzaki, editor.
- DigitalJürgen Harder, Jens-M. Schröder, editors.Contents:
Antimicrobial peptides in cutaneous wound healing
Antimicrobial peptides as endogenous antibacterials and antivirals at the ocular surface
Function of antimicrobial peptides in lung innate immunity
Role of antimicrobial peptides to prevent infections in the kidney and urinary tract
Antimicrobial peptides in the gut
Metal sequestration: An important contribution of antimicrobial peptides to nutritional immunity
Regulation of antimicrobial peptide gene expression by vitamin D
Dichotomous roles of cationic polypeptides targeting HIV
Antimicrobial peptides in host-defense: functions beyond antimicrobial activity. - Digitaleditor: Sabu Thomas.Summary: Antimicrobial resistance is a major global public health problem. This book focuses on the clinical implications of multi-drug resistant pathogens; tracking AMR and its evolutionary significance; antifungal resistance; and current and alternative treatment strategies for AMR, including antivirulent, antibiofilm and antimicrobial resistance breakers, repurposing of drugs, and probiotic therapy. Advances in antimicrobial stewardship, antibiotic policies from a global perspective and their impacts are also discussed. The book also explores the use of omics approaches to gain insights into antibacterial resistance, and includes chapters on the potential benefits of a 'One Health approach describing the environmental and zoonotic sources of resistant genes and their effects on the global resistance pool.
Contents:
ntro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
About the Editor
The Evolution of Microbial Defence Systems Against Antimicrobial Agents
1 Introduction
2 Bacteria
2.1 The Non-specific Bacterial Defence System
2.1.1 Intrinsic
Outer Membrane of Gram-Negative Bacteria
Porin Channels
Capsular Defences
Bacterial Innate Immunity to Bacteriophages
Defences During Phage Attachment and Entry
Defences During Replication
Defences During Host Cell Lysis
2.1.2 Acquired
Multidrug-Resistant (MDR) Efflux Pumps
Horizontal Gene Transfer; Transformation
Conjugation
2.2 The Specific Bacterial Defence System
2.2.1 Intrinsic Active
Quorum Sensing
Indole
CRISPR/Cas9
Biofilm Formation and Persister Cells
2.2.2 Intrinsic Passive
Horizontal Gene Transfer
Transduction
2.2.3 Acquired Active
Enzymatic Degradation/Destruction
Target Protection by Obstruction/Alteration/Mutation
2.2.4 Acquired Passive
Co-pathogens Conferring Resistance
3 Fungi
3.1 Azoles
3.2 Echinocandins
3.3 Other Mechanisms of Resistance
4 Viruses
4.1 Hepatitis C
4.2 Influenza; 5 Discussion and Therapeutic Strategies for the Future
References
Carbapenem Resistance in Gram-Negative Bacilli: Mechanisms and Challenges
1 Introduction
2 Structure of Carbapenems
3 Mechanism and Epidemiology of Carbapenem Resistance
3.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Enterobacteriaceae (CRE)
3.2 Carbapenemase-Producing CRE (CP-CRE)
3.2.1 Class A Carbapenemases
3.2.2 Class B Carbapenemases
3.2.3 Class D Carbapenemases
4 Noncarbapenemase-Producing CRE (Non-CP-CRE)
4.1 Carbapenem-Resistant Pseudomonas (CRP)
4.2 Carbapenem-Resistant Acinetobacter baumannii (CRAB); 5 Current Resistance Status
6 Antibiotic Resistance Drivers
7 Usage and Side Effects of Carbapenems
8 Laboratory Detection of Carbapenem-Resistant Organism
8.1 Detection of Carbapenemase Activity Directly from the Clinical Specimen
8.1.1 CDC Screening Criteria
8.1.2 Chromogenic Plates
8.2 Detection of Carbapenemase Activity in the Isolated Bacteria
8.2.1 Phenotypic Tests
8.2.2 Molecular Tests
8.2.3 Molecular Test
9 Treatment
10 Role of Infection Control and Antibiotic Stewardship
11 Conclusion
References; Influence of Antimicrobials on the Gut Microbiota
1 Introduction
2 Human Gut Microbiota and Its Ecosystem
3 Role of Gut Microbiota in Human Health
4 Metagenomic Analysis of Gut Microbiota
5 Influence of Antibiotics on Normal Gut Microbiota
6 Human Gut Resistome
7 Infant Gut Microbiota and Antibiotics
8 Therapeutic Interventions of Post-antibiotic Gut Microbiome Reconstitution
9 Conclusion
References
Influence of Abiotic Factors in the Emergence of Antibiotic Resistance
1 Introduction
2 Environmental Factors
2.1 Heavy Metals
2.2 Pesticides. - Digital/PrintWorld Health Organization.Summary: This report examines, for the first time, the current status of surveillance and information on antimicrobial resistance (AMR) at country level worldwide, with particularly attention to antibacterial resistance.Digital Access WHO 2014
- Digitaleditors, Chin-Yi Chen, Xianghe Yan, Charlene R. Jackson.Contents:
1. Introduction to antimicrobial-resistant foodborne pathogens / Patrick Butaye, Maria Angeles Argudín and John Threlfall
2. Antimicrobial resistance of Shiga toxin-producing Escherichia coli / Jinru Chen
3. Antibiotic resistance in pathogenic Salmonella / Steven C. Ricke and Juliany Rivera Calo
4. Antimicrobial resistance and Campylobacter jejuni and C. coli / Mirko Rossi, Satu Olkkola, Mati Roasto, Rauni Kivistö and Marja-Liisa-Hänninen
5. Antimicrobial resistance in Yersinia enterocolitica / Anna Fabrega, Clara Ballesté-Delpierre and Jordi Vila
6. Antimicrobial resistance in Vibrio species / Craig Baker-Austin
7. Antimicrobial resistance in Shigella species / Keith A. Lampel
8. Antimicrobial resistance in Listeria spp. / Nathan A. Jarvis, Philip G. Crandall, Corliss A. O'Bryan and Steven C. Ricke
9. Antibiotic resistance in Enterococci : a food safety perspective / Anuradha Ghosh and Ludek Zurek
10. Clostridium difficile: a food safety concern? / Jane W. Marsh and Lee H. Harrison
11. Methods for the detection of antimicrobial resistance and the characterization of Staphylococcus aureus isolates from food-producing animals and food of animal origin / Kristina Kadlec, Sarah Wendlandt, Andrea T. Fessler and Stefan Schwarz
12. Non-phenotypic tests to detect and characterize antibiotic resistance mechanisms in Enterobacteriaceae / Agnese Lupo, Krisztina M. Papp-Wallace, Robert A. Bonomo and Andrea Endimiani
13. Monitoring and surveillance : the national antimicrobial resistance monitoring system / Emily Crarey, Claudine Kabera and Heather Tate
14. Risk assessment of antimicrobial resistance / H. Gregg Claycamp
15. Food microbial safety and animal antibiotics / Louis Anthony (Tony) Cox
16. Antibiotic-resistant bacteria and resistance genes in the water-food nexus of the agricultural environment / Pei-Ying Hong
17. Development and application of novel antimicrobials in food and food processing / Yangjin Jung and Karl R. Matthews
18. Database resources dedicated to antimicrobial peptides / Guangshun Wang
19. Metabolic network analysis-based identification of antimicrobial drug target in pathogenic bacteria / Vinayak Kapatral
20. Application of metagenomic technologies for antimicrobial resistance and food safety research and beyond / Chin-Yi Chen, Xianghe Yan, Siyun Wang and Charlene R. Jackson.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015 - DigitalI.W. Fong, Karl Drlica, editors.Summary: Antimicrobial resistance is now a general problem. Many of us have elderly relatives who died from a drug-resistant infection, and some of us have suffered from a resistant urinary infection that likely came from intestinal bacteria following antibiotic consumption. Antimicrobial Resistance in the 21st Century provides a broad introduction to the subject in which the situation with problematic pathogens is detailed, the biology of resistance is described, and gaining approval for new antibiotics is discussed. Some topics are immediately practical, such as watching for resistant pathogen sub-populations in cultures taken from patients; other topics point to future research efforts that may lead to new antimicrobials and ways to stimulate the action of existing ones. Overall, Antimicrobial Resistance in the 21st Century provides an update for physicians, serves as a starting point for graduate students interested in solving the resistance problem, and may serve as a text for a course on resistance. Lay readers familiar with microbiology will gain an appreciation for a medical issue that promises to be one of the most important of our time. Ignatius Fong, Department of Medicine, University of Toronto Series Editor - Emerging Infectious Diseases of the 21st Century David Shlaes, Founder, Anti-Infectives Consulting Editor - Antimicrobial Agents and Chemotherapy Karl Drlica, The Public Health Research Institute, New Jersey Medical School, Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey.
- Digital[edited] by Patricia L. Keen, Raphaël Fugère.Contents:
Antimicrobial resistance genes and wastewater treatment / Mehrnoush Mohammadali and Julian Davies
When pathogens and environmental organisms meet : consequences for antibiotic resistance / Jose Luis Martinez and Fernando Baquero
One health : the role wastewater treatment plants play as reservoirs, amplifiers, and transmitters of antibiotic resistance genes and antibiotic resistant bacteria / Marilyn C. Roberts
Assessing the impact of wastewater treatment plants on environmental levels of antibiotic resistance / Jessica Williams-Nguyen, Irene Bueno, and Randall S. Singer
Navigating through the challenges associated with the analysis of antimicrobials and their transformation products in wastewater / Randolph R. Singh, Rachel A Mullen and Diana S. Aga
Metagenomic approaches for antibiotic resistance gene detection in wastewater treatment plants / Ying Yang and Tong Zhang
Antimicrobials and antimicrobial resistant bacteria in Australia / Andrew J. Watkinson and Simon D. Costanzo
The mobile resistome in wastewater treatment facilities and downstream environments / Roberto B.M. Marano and Eddie Cytryn
Bacterial diversity and antibiotic resistance genes in wastewater treatment plant influents and effluents / Veiko Voolaid, Erica Donner, Sotirios Vasileiadis, and Thomas U. Berendonk
The effect of advanced treatment technologies on the removal of antibiotic resistance
Popi karaolia, Stella Michael, and Despo Fatta-Kassinos
Antimicrobial resistance spread mediated by wastewater irrigation: the Mezquital Valley case study / Melanie Broszat and Elisabeth Grohmann
Antimicrobial resistance related to agricultural wastewater and biosolids / Lisa M. Durso and Amy Millmier Schmidt
Environmental antibiotic resistance associated with land application of biosolids / Jean E. Mclain, Channah M. Rock, and Charles P. Gerba
High throughput method for analyzing antibiotic resistance genes in wastewater treatment plants / Johanna Muurinen, Antti Karkman, and Marko Virta
Antibiotic resistance and wastewater treatment process / Thi Thuy Do, Sinéad Murphy, and Fiona Walsh
Antibiotic pollution and occurrence of bacterial antibiotic resistance genes in Latin American developing countries : case study of the Katari watershed in the Bolivian highlands / Denisse Archundia, Celine Duwig, Jean M.F. Martins, Frederic Lehembre, Marie-Christine Morel, and Gabriela Flores
Antimicrobial resistance in hospital wastewaters / Judith Isaac-Renton and Patricia L. Keen
Curbing the resistance movement : examining public perception of the spread of antibiotic resistant organisms / Agnes V. Macdonald and Patricia L. keen
Public health consequences of antimicrobial resistance in the wastewater treatment process / Patricia L. Keen, Raphaël Fugère, and David M. Patrick.Digital Access Wiley 2018 - Digitaledited by Matthew Laundy, Mark Gilchrist, Laura Whitney.Contents:
Section 1. Setting the scene and starting up
Section 2. Components of an antimicrobial stewardship programme
Section 3. Special areas in antimicrobial stewardship.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - Digitaledited by Céline Pulcini, Onder Ergonul, Füsun Can, Bojana Beović.Contents:
Section 1: The global picture of antimicrobial use and resistance
Section 2: AMS Strategies
Section 3: AMS in specific clinical settings
Section 4: AMS experience around the world
Section 5: Research and perspectives.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - DigitalFlavia Marinelli, Olga Genilloud, editors.Summary: Reports on the emergence and prevalence of resistant bacterial infections in hospitals and communities raise concerns that we may soon no longer be able to rely on antibiotics as a way to control infectious diseases. Effective medical care would require the constant introduction of novel antibiotics to keep up in the "arms race" with resistant pathogens. This book closely examines the latest developments in the field of antibacterial research and development. It starts with an overview of the growing prevalence of resistant Gram-positive and Gram-negative pathogens, including their various resistance mechanisms, prevalence, risk factors and therapeutic options. The focus then shifts to a comprehensive description of all major chemical classes with antibacterial properties, their chemistry, mode of action, and the generation of analogs; information that provides the basis for the design of improved molecules to defeat microbial infections and combat the emerging resistances. In closing, recently developed compounds already in clinical use, those in preclinical or first clinical studies, and a number of promising targets to be exploited in the discovery stage are discussed.Digital Access Springer 2014
- DigitalDaniel Lednicer.Summary: "Antineoplastic Drugs: Organic Syntheses is written to appeal to organic and medicinal chemists in industry and academia. It is beneficial to those composing grant proposals for NCI and related organizations"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Wiley 2015
- DigitalDharmendra K. Gupta, José M. Palma, Francisco J. Corpas, editors.Summary: This book provides an overview of antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes and their role in the mechanisms of signaling and cellular tolerance under stress in plant systems. Major reactive oxygen species (ROS)-scavenging/modulating enzymes include the superoxide dismutase (SOD) that dismutates O2 into H2O2, which is followed by the coordinated action of a set of enzymes including catalase (CAT), ascorbate peroxidase (APX), glutathione peroxidase (GPX) and peroxiredoxins (Prx) that remove H2O2. In addition to the ROS scavenging enzymes, a number of other enzymes are found in various subcellular compartments, which are involved in maintaining such redox homeostasis either by directly scavenging particular ROS and ROS-byproducts or by replenishing antioxidants. In that respect, these enzymes can be also considered antioxidants. Such enzymes include monodehydroascorbate reductase (MDAR), dehydroascorbate reductase (DHAR), glutathione reductase (GR), alternative oxidases (AOXs), peroxidases (PODs) and glutathione S-transferases (GSTs). Some non-enzymatic antioxidants, such as ascorbic acid (vitamin C), carotenes (provitamin A), tocopherols (vitamin E), and glutathione (GSH), work in concert with antioxidant enzymes to sustain an intracellular steady-state level of ROS that promotes plant growth, development, cell cycles and hormone signaling, and reinforces the responses to abiotic and biotic environmental stressors. Offering a unique compilation of information on antioxidants and antioxidant enzymes, this is a valuable resource for advanced students and researchers working on plant biochemistry, physiology, biotechnology, and signaling in cell organelles, and those specializing in plant enzyme technology.
Contents:
Plant superoxide dismutases: Function under abiotic stress conditions
Studies of catalase in plants under abiotic stress
Ascorbate peroxidase functions in higher plants: The control of the balance between oxidative damage and signaling
Glutathione reductase: Safeguarding plant cells against oxidant damage
Function of the various MDAR isoforms in higher plants
Peroxiredoxins: Types, characteristics and functions in higher plants
Redox protein thioredoxins: Function under salinity, drought and extreme temperature conditions
Biosynthesis and regulation of ascorbic acid in plants
Glutathione metabolism and its function in higher plants adapting to stress
Revisiting carotenoids and their role in plant stress responses: From biosynthesis to plant signaling mechanisms during stress. Abiotic stress response in plants
the relevance of tocopherols
Role of flavonoids in plant stress. Class III peroxidases: isoenzymes functions, localization and redox regulation. - Digital[edited by] Hordur G. Kristinsson and Sivakumar Raghavan.Contents:
1. Oxidation in aquatic foods and analysis methods / Magnea G. Karlsdottir, Holly T. Petty, and Hordur G. Kristinsson
2. Protein oxidation in aquatic foods / Caroline P. Baron
3. Influence of processing on lipids and lipid oxidation in aquatic foods / Sivakumar Raghavan and Hordur G. Kristinsson
4. Strategies to minimize lipid oxidation of aquatic food products post harvest / Huynh Nguyen Duy Bao and Toshiaki Ohshima
5. Antioxidative strategies to minimize oxidation in formulated food systems containing fish oils and omega-3 fatty acids / Charlotte Jacobsen, Anna Frisenfeldt Horn, Ann-Dorit Moltke Sorensen, K.H. Sabeena Farvin, and Nina Skall Nielsen
6. Methods for assessing the antioxidative activity of aquatic food compounds / Holmfridur Sveinsdottir, Patricia Y. Hamaguchi, Hilma Eidsdottir Bakken, and Hordur G. Kristinsson --7. Influence of fish consumption and some of its individual constituents on oxidative stress in cells, animals, and humans / Britt Gabrielsson, Niklas Andersson, and Ingrid Undeland
8. Marine antioxidants: polyphenols and carotenoids from algae / Kazuo Miyashita
9. Fish protein hydrolysates: production, bioactivities, and applications / Soottawat Benjakul, Suthasinee Yarnpakdee, Theeraphol Senphan, Sigrun M. Halldorsdottir, and Hordur G. Kristinsson
10. Antioxidant properties of marine macroalgae / Tao Wang, Rosa Jonsdottir, Gudrun Olafsdottir, and Hordur G. Kristinsson.Digital Access Wiley 2014 - DigitalGiancarlo Balercia, Loredana Gandini, Andrea Lenzi, Francesco Lombardo, editors.Summary: This book focuses on the use of various molecules with antioxidant properties in the treatment of major male genital tract disorders, especially male infertility, erectile dysfunction, and accessory gland infection. The coverage also includes discussion of pathophysiology, the molecular basis of male infertility, and the rationale for use of antioxidants, with particular attention to coenzyme Q10 and carnitine. Oxidative stress occurs when the production of reactive oxygen species, including free radicals, exceeds the body's natural antioxidant defences, leading to cellular damage. Oxidative stress is present in about half of all infertile men, and reactive oxygen species can produce infertility both by damaging the sperm membrane, with consequences for sperm motility, and by altering the sperm DNA. There is consequently a clear rationale for the use of antioxidant treatments within andrology, and various in vitro and in vivo studies have indicated that many antioxidants indeed have beneficial impacts. In providing a detailed and up-to-date overview of the subject, this book will be of interest to both practitioners and researchers in andrology, endocrinology, and urology.
Contents:
Biochemistry of coenzyme Q10
Coenzyme Q10 in male infertility
Carnitine in male infertility
Free radicals in andrology
Antioxidants in male sexual disorders
Antioxidants in major accessory gland infections.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalPier Luigi Meroni, editor.Summary: This book, part of the series Rare Diseases of the Immune System, offers comprehensive, up-to-date coverage of the pathophysiology and management of the antiphospholipid syndrome (APS). Immunologic and genetic aspects are discussed and the pathogenic mechanisms responsible for such phenomena as APS-mediated thrombosis and pregnancy loss or complications are explained. The main clinical manifestations and classification criteria are described and diagnostic tools, identified. Close attention is paid to the nature of the involvement of other organs or organ systems in APS, including the nervous, endocrine, hematologic, cardiovascular, and gastrointestinal systems, the kidney, the skin, and the eye. Specific chapters describe the treatment of the different symptoms, the preventive therapies of value in avoiding recurrences, and innovative treatment approaches. The authors are senior experts in the field who are aided by younger fellows, ensuring that the book is also educationally oriented. This handy volume will be a valuable tool for postgraduates in training and professionals wishing to extend their knowledge of this specific syndrome
Contents:
Foreword
Preface
1 APS: Introductory notes
2 Immunology and Genetics of APS
3 The paradox of the lupus anticoagulant
4 The pathogenic mechanism(s) for APS-mediated thrombosis
5 The pathogenic mechanism(s) for APS-mediated pregnancy loss
6 Classification criteria
7 Non-classification criteria
8 Obstetric APS
9 APS and the nervous system
10 APS and renal involvement
11 Non-thrombotic hematologic manifestations in APS
12 Heart and APS
13 Skin and APS
14 Additional organs involved in APS (eye, ENT, GI, endocrine)
15 Treatment of thrombosis
16 Treatment of pregnancy complications
17 Asymptomatic carries of APS
18 New treatments
19 Secondary APS
20 Catastrophic APS. - DigitalDoruk Erkan, Michael D. Lockshin, editors.Contents:
Part I. Historical aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
1. History of antiphospholipid antibody
Part II. Basic Science Aspects of Antiphospholipid Syndrome
2. Natural proteins involved in antiphospholipid syndrome
3. Origin of antiphospholipid antibodies
4. Recent advances in understanding of the genetics of antiphospholipid syndrome
5. Mechanisms of antiphospholipid antibody-mediated thrombosis
6. Mechanisms of antiphospholipid antibody-mediated prenancy morbidity
Part III. Clinical and diagnostic aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
7. Definition and epidemiology of antiphospholipid syndrome
8. Clinical and prognostic significance of non-criteria antiphospholipid antibody tests
9. Disease and risk measurement criteria in antiphospholipid syndrome
10. Neurophyschiatric manifestations of antiphospholipid syndrome
Part IV. Therapeutic aspects of antiphospholipid syndrome
11. Prevention and treatemnt of obstetric antiphospholipid syndrome
13. Treatment of non-criteria manifestations in antiphospholipid syndrome
14. Antiphospholipid syndrome alliance for clinical trials and international networking (APS ACTION)
Part V. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipiid Antibodies Task Force reports
15. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Antiphospholipid Syndreome Classification Report
16. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Pediatric Antiphospholipid Syndrome Report
17. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Catastrophic Antiphospholipid Syndrome Report
18. 15th International Congress on Antiphospholipid Antibodies Task Force on Antiphospholipid Syndrome Treatment Trends Report
Part VI. Antiphospholipid syndrome for patients
19. Antiphospholipid syndrome: what should patients know?
20. Obstetric antiphospholipid syndrome: what should patients know?
Index.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Ricard Cervera, Gerard Espinosa, Munther Khamashta.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
- Digitaledited by Peter Haddad, Tim Lambert, and John Lauriello.Summary: Antipsychotic Long-acting Injections (LAIs) were introduced in the 1960s to improve treatment adherence in schizophrenia. This work brings together clinical and research findings on second generation LAIs in a comprehensive volume with chapters written by international experts.Digital Access Oxford 2016
- Digital/PrintThema Bryant, PhD, Edith G. Arrington, PhD.Summary: "An antiracist society starts with you. That's the message in this powerful-yet practical-handbook. Using evidence-based interventions and exercises, two psychologists and experts in race, identity, equity, and inclusion empower readers to make their own personal contribution to creating an antiracist society. By shifting thought patterns and behaviors to cultivate an antiracist mindset, readers can actively change their community-and the world-by changing themselves"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Part 1. Laying the foundation for antiracism
Chapter 1. Reflecting on race and racism as the first steps to antiracism
Chapter 2. Educating yourself-taking responsibility
Chapter 3. What's power (and privilege) got to do with it?
Part 2. Addressing barriers, shifting perspectives, and liberating our minds
Chapter 4. "I just can't think about it": overcoming avoidance
Chapter 5. Freeing our minds from being stuck in guilt
Chapter 6. Challenging victim-blaming and respectability politics: moving past stereotypes and biases
Chapter 7. Confronting fear: just do it
Part 3. Taking action to cultivate an antiracist life
Chapter 8. Navigating people, places, and spaces from an antiracist perspective
Chapter 9. Changing our communities through antiracist practices and policies
Chapter 10. Antiracism parenting: cultivating courage and a love for justice
Chapter 11. Faith works: cultivating antiracism in sacred spaces
Part 4. Refilling your well: being antiracist is a long-term commitment
Chapter 12. Sustainability: the marathon continues.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2022Print - DigitalLee L. Swanstrom, Christy M. Dunst, editors.Summary: This volume provides a comprehensive, state-of-the-art overview of the major issues specific to the field of antireflux surgery. It provides exceptional instructional detail regarding performance of antireflux surgery from leading esophageal surgeons around the world. This volume represents the only resource of its kind dedicated specifically to the issues unique to antireflux surgery. It is rich in detail and helpful illustrations that instruct surgeons in proper technique as well as presenting the reasoning behind various techniques. Written by experts in the field, Antireflux Surgery is of great value to practicing surgeons who perform gastrointestinal surgery, medical students, surgical residents, and fellows.
Contents:
1. Surgical Anatomy of the Esophageal Hiatus
2. Effects of Reflux on the Esophageal Mucosa.- 3. Epidemiology and Socioeconomics of Reflux Disease
4. Medical Therapy for GERD.- 5. Indications for Antireflux Surgery. 6. The Relation of Hiatal Hernia to Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.- 7. The Lower Esophageal Sphincter
8. Preoperative Evaluation and Testing for GERD.- 9. Complete Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
10. Posterior Partial Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
11. Anterior Partial Fundoplications: Indications and Technique
12. Paraesophageal Hernia: indications and technique
13. The Hill Antireflux Operations Repair and its Variants
4. Endoscopic Therapies for Reflux Disease
15. Magnetic LES Augmentation: The LINX Procedure
16. GERD Treatment in the Bariatric Population
17. Perioperative Complications and their Management.- 18. The Use of Mesh in Hiatal Hernia Repair.- 19. The Short Esophagus
20. Poor Esophageal Motility: A Tailored Approach?
21. Delayed Gastric Emptying and Reflux Disease.- 22. Reoperative Antireflux Surgery
23. Side Effects of Fundoplication and How to Deal with Them.- 24. Outcomes of Antireflux Surgery. - DigitalPhilip N. Patsalos.Summary: This significantly revised fourth edition provides a practically orientated guide to interactions associated with antiseizure medications. It describes pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic antiseizure medication (ASM) interactions, including details of the magnitude and mechanism of interactions, and also of drug combinations that are not associated with interactions and therefore can be co-prescribed without undue concern. Presented in alphabetical order and by drug class, drug interactions that occur between ASMs and also between ASMs and non- ASMs are described in three sections: Drug interactions between ASMs; Drug interactions between ASMs and non- ASM Drugs: Interactions affecting ASMs; Drug interactions between ASMs and non ASM Drugs: Interactions affected by ASMs. The latest data on all drug interactions is presented. New agents discussed include cannabidiol, cenobamate, everolimus and fenfluramine,. Antiseizure Medication Interactions: A Clinical Guide, 4th Edition concisely presents the most recent developments and data available on the topic. Therefore, enabling physicians and allied health professionals to make more rational choices when ASM polytherapy regimens are required. It will be of interest to medical professionals in disciplines including neurology, psychiatry and pediatrics.
Contents:
Section 1. Introduction
Section 2. Drug Interactions Between AEDs
Acetazolamide
Cannabidiol
Carbamazepine
Clobazam
Clonazepam
Ethosuximide
Eslicarbazepine acetate
Felbamate
Fenfluramine
Gabapentin
Lacosamide
Lamotrigine
Levetiraceta
Methsuximide
Oxcarbazepine
Perampanel
Phenobarbital
Phenytoin
Piracetam
Pregabalin
Primidone
Rufinamide
Stiripentol
Tiagabine
Topiramate
Valproic Acid
Vigabatrin
Zonisamide
Section 3. Drug Interactions between AEDs and non-AED drugs: Interactions Affecting AEDs
Acetazolamide
Cannabidiol
Carbamazepine
Clobazam
Clonazepam
Ethosuximide
Eslicarbazepine acetate
Felbamate
Fenfluramine
Gabapentin
Lacosamide
Lamotrigine
Levetiracetam
Methsuximide
Oxcarbazepine
Perampanel
Phenobarbital
Phenytoin
Piracetam
Pregabalin
Primidone
Rufinamide
Stiripentol
Tiagabine
Topiramate
Valproic Acid
Vigabatrin
Zonisamide
Section 4. Drug Interactions between AEDs and non-AED drugs: Interactions Affected by AEDS
Analgesics
Antimicrobials
Antineoplastic agents
Antiulcer drugs
Cardiovascular drugs
Immunosuppressants
Neuromuscular Blocking Agents
Psychotropic Drugs
Steroids
Miscellanea. - DigitalGerald E. McDonnell.Contents:
Introduction
Physical Disinfection
Chemical Disinfection
Antiseptics and antisepsis
Physical sterilization
Chemical sterilization
Mechanisms of action
Mechanisms of microbial resistanceDigital Access Wiley [2017] - DigitalGünter Kampf.Summary: "Various antiseptic agents, such as chlorhexidine, are used for different applications, e.g. in healthcare, veterinary medicine, animal production and household products, including cosmetics. However, not all antiseptic agents provide significant health benefits, especially in some products used in human medicine (alcohol-based hand rubs, antimicrobial soaps). While some products (antimicrobial soaps, surface disinfectants, instrument disinfectants, wound antiseptics) may contain one or more biocidal agents with a comparable antimicrobial efficacy but large differences in their potential for microbial adaptation and tolerance. An increased bacterial resistance has been described for various antimicrobial agents, sometimes including a cross-resistance to antibiotics. The book is the first comprehensive reference resource on antiseptic agents, including their efficacy, natural and acquired resistance, adaptation, and cross-resistance. It also discusses their and appropriate use in terms of a balance between their efficacy and the risk of acquired bacterial resistance / tolerance. Focusing on human and veterinary medicine and household products, it helps readers make informed decisions concerning against antiseptic products based on their composition. The book contributes to reduce any unnecessary selection pressure towards emerging pathogens and to keep the powerful antiseptic agents for all those applications that have a clear benefit (e.g. reduction of healthcare-associated infection)."-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Ethanol
Propan-1-ol
Propan-2-ol
Peracetic acid
Hydrogen peroxide
Glutaraldehyde
Sodium hypochlorite
Triclosan
Benzalkonium chloride
Didecyldimethylammonium chloride
Polihexanide
Chlorhexidine digluconate
Octenidine dihydrochloride
Silver
povidone iodine
Antiseptic stewardship for alcohol-based hand rubs
Antiseptic stewardship for skin antiseptics
Antiseptic stewardship for surface disinfectants
Antiseptic stewardship for instrument disinfectants
Antiseptic stewardship for antimicrobial soaps
Antiseptic stewardship for wound and mucous membrane antiseptics. - DigitalXinyong Liu, Peng Zhan, Luis Menéndez-Arias, Vasanthanathan Poongavanam, editors.Summary: This book summarizes state-of-the-art antiviral drug design and discovery approaches starting from natural products to de novo design, and provides a timely update on recently approved antiviral drugs and compounds in advanced clinical development. Special attention is paid to viral infections with a high impact on the world population or highly relevant from the public health perspective (HIV, hepatitis C, influenza virus, etc.). In these chapters, limitations associated with adverse effects and emergence of drug resistance are discussed in detail. In addition to classical antiviral strategies, chapters will be dedicated to discuss the non-classical drug development strategies to block viral infection, for instance, allosteric inhibitors, covalent antiviral agents, or antiviral compounds targeting proteinprotein interactions. Finally, current prospects for producing broad-spectrum antiviral inhibitors will be also addressed. The book is distinctive in providing the most recent update in the rapidly evolving field of antiviral therapeutics. Authoritative reviews are written by international scientists well known for their contributions in their topics of research, which makes this book suitable for researchers not only within the antiviral research community but also attractive to a broad audience in the drug discovery field. This book covers molecular structures and biochemical mechanisms mediating the antiviral effects, while discussing various ligand design strategies, which include traditional medicinal chemistry, computational chemistry, and chemical biology approaches. The book provides a comprehensive review of antiviral drug discovery and development approaches, particularly focusing on current innovations and future trends.
Contents:
1 Antiviral Drugs Against Herpesviruses
2 An Update on Antiretroviral Therapy
3 Structural Insights to Human Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV-1) Targets and their Inhibition
4 LEDGINs, Inhibitors of the Interaction between HIV-1 Integrase and LEDGF/p75, are Potent Antivirals with a Potential to Cure HIV Infection
5 Moving Fast Towards Hepatitis B Virus Elimination
6 Discovery and Development of Antiviral Therapies for Chronic Hepatitis C Virus Infection
7 Phytoconstituents as Lead Compounds for Anti-dengue Drug Discovery
8 Anti-influenza Drug Discovery and Development: Targeting the Virus and its Host by all
9 Search, Identification and Design of Effective Antiviral Drugs against Pandemic Human Coronaviruses
10 Peptide Based Antiviral Drugs
11 Covalent Antiviral Agents
12 Safe-in-Man Broad Spectrum Antiviral Agents
13 Exploiting Ubiquitin ligases for Induced Target Degradation as an Antiviral Strategy. . - DigitalYong-Ku Kim, editor.Summary: This book reviews all important aspects of anxiety disorders with the aim of shedding new light on these disorders through combined understanding of traditional and novel paradigms. The book is divided into five sections, the first of which reinterprets anxiety from a network science perspective, examining the altered topological properties of brain networks in anxiety disorders. The second section discusses recent advances in understanding of the neurobiology of anxiety disorders, covering, for example, gene-environmental interactions and the roles of neurotransmitter systems and the oxytocin system. A wide range of diagnostic and clinical issues in anxiety disorders are then addressed, before turning attention to contemporary treatment approaches in the context of novel bio-psychosocial-behavioral models, including bio- and neurofeedback, cognitive behavioral therapy, neurostimulation, virtual reality exposure therapy, pharmacological interventions, psychodynamic therapy, and CAM options. The final section is devoted to precision psychiatry in anxiety disorders, an increasingly important area as we move toward personalized treatment. Anxiety Disorders will be of interest for all researchers and clinicians in the field.
Contents:
Part 1. Brain network concepts
Chapter 1. Task MRI-based functional brain network of anxiety
Chapter 2. Phenotype network and brain structural covariance network of anxiety
Chapter 3. linear/nonlinear micro-and-macro state EEG-based functional networks for anxiety
Chapter 4. White matter-based structural brain network of anxiety
Chapter 5. Resting state abnormalities in anxiety disorders and spatiotemporal psychopathology
Part 2. Neurobiological Aspects
Chapter 6. Gene-environmental interactions and role of epigenetics in anxiety disorders
Chapter 7. The role of the oxytocin system in anxiety disorders
Chapter 8. Translational studies in the complex roles of neurotransmitter systems in anxiety and anxiety disorders
Chapter 9. The role of early life stress in HPA axis dysfunction in anxiety disorders
Chapter 10. Immune-kynurenine pathways and the gut-microbiota-brain axis in anxiety disorders
Chapter 11. Experimental anxiety model for anxiety disorders: relevance to drug discovery
Part 3. Diagnostic and clinical Issues
Chapter 12. Anxiety disorders in DSM-5: changes, controversies, and future directions
Chapter 13. Biological markers to differentiate the type of anxiety disorders
Chapter 14. Comorbid anxiety and depression: clinical and conceptual consideration, transdiagnostic treatment
Chapter 15. Anxiety disorders and medical comorbidity: treatment implications
Part 4. Therapeutic Issues
Chapter 16. Biofeedback and Neurofeedback for Anxiety Disorders: A Quantitative and Qualitative Systematic Review
Chapter 17. Cognitive Behavioral Therapy, Mindfulness-Based Cognitive Therapy and Acceptance Commitment Therapy for Anxiety Disorders: Integrating Traditional with Digital Treatment Approaches
Chapter 18. Neurostimulation in anxiety disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder and obsessive-compulsive disorder
Chapter 19. Current and novel psychopharmacological drugs for anxiety disorders
Chapter 20. Role of benzodiazepines in anxiety disorders
Chapter 21. Virtual Reality for Anxiety Disorders: Rethinking a Field in Expansion
Chapter 22. Current research on complementary and alternative medicine (CAM) in the treatments of anxiety disorders: evidence based review
Chapter 23. Contemporary Psychodynamic Approaches to Treating Anxiety: Theory, Research, and Practice
Chapter 24. Well-being therapy in anxiety disorders
Part 5. Anxiety and precision psychiatry
Chapter 25. Personalized clinical approaches to anxiety disorders
Chapter 26. The role of hormonal and reproductive status in the treatment of anxiety disorders in women
Chapter 27. Risk factors and prevention strategies for anxiety disorders in childhood and adolescence
Chapter 28. Anxiety disorders in the elderly.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalDan J. Stein, Bavi Vythilingum, editors.Contents:
Foreword by Donna Stewart (Toronto) and Helen Herman (Australia)
Introduction
Generalised Anxiety Disorder
Panic Disorder
Social Anxiety Disorder
Obsessive-compulsive and Related Disorders
Trauma and Stressor-Related Disorders
Anxiety disorders during pregnancy and lactation
Anxiety and related disorders in women
Anxiety and related disorders in men.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalRichard E. Buckley, Christopher G. Moran, Theerachai ApivatthakakulContents:
Vol. 1. Principles
v. 2. Specific fractures.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2017 - DigitalDigital Access Silverchair 2015-
- DigitalFrank W. Sellke, editor-in-chief ; Joseph S. Coselli, Thoralf M. Sundt. Joseph E. Bavaria, Neel R. Sodha, editors.Summary: This book comprehensively covers aortic dissection and acute aortic syndromes. Topics covered include the pathology, genetics, diagnosis, medical treatment and surgical management of uncomplicated and complicated aortic dissection, including endovascular stenting. In addition, imaging and follow-up procedures after initial surgical treatment are reviewed along with acute and chronic type A and type B dissection. Potential complications that can be encountered at various treatment stages and management strategies are also detailed. Aortic Dissection and Acute Aortic Syndromes comprehensively reviews aortic dissection in an easy to read, illustration-rich book. It is therefore an essential resource for both trainee and experienced cardiologist, cardiac surgeon and any other medical professionals involved in the management of these patients. .
Contents:
Overview and History of Aortic Dissection and other Acute Aortic Syndromes
Aortic anatomy and the pathophysiology of acute aortic syndromes
Histopathology of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Genetically-Triggered Aortic Dissections
Presentation of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Classification Systems of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Medical conditions predisposing to aortic dissection and preventive strategies
What do the Guidelines say for the Treatment of Acute Aortic Syndromes?
Initial Medical Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Imaging of Aortic Dissection: CT, MRI, and Angiography
Imaging of Intramural Hematoma and Penetrating Atherosclerotic Ulcer by CT and MRI
Echocardiography for the Diagnosis and Management of Acute Aortic Syndromes
Long-term imaging of the aorta - considerations and comparison of modalities
Blunt Traumatic Aortic Injury: Etiology, Diagnosis, and Management
Catheter-Induced Aortic Dissection
Aortic Intramural Hematoma
Penetrating Atherosclerotic Ulcer: Presentation and Management
Endovascular treatment of type A aortic dissections
Valve Sparing Aortic Root Replacement for Aortic Valve Insufficiency in type A Aortic Dissection
Basic Approaches for the Surgical Management of Acute Type A Aortic Dissection - Safe Management Strategies for the General Cardiac Surgeon
Valve Repair for Aortic Valve Insufficiency in the Setting of Acute Aortic Dissection
Management of the Aortic Arch in Acute Aortic Dissection Type A
Frozen Elephant Trunk for Aortic Dissection
One-stage Repair of Extensive Chronic Thoracic Aortic Dissection
Management of Complicated Type A Aortic Dissection
Management of Complicated Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
Management of Type B Aortic Dissection
Subacute and Chronic Type A Aortic Dissection
Management of chronic descending thoracic and thoracoabdominal dissection and aneurysm-stent grafting, debranching
Management of Chronic Dissection of the Descending Thoracic and Thoracoabdominal Aorta
Diagnosis and Management of Ruptured Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
Monitoring and medical treatment of chronic thoracic, abdominal, and thoracoabdominal aortic aneurysms
External Aortic Support and Other Alternative Strategies in the Management of Aortic Pathology of Patients with Connective Tissue Disorders
Management of Operative Complications after Type A aortic dissection repair
Neuroprotection during dissection repair
Acute Type A Aortic Dissection: When Not to Operate
Delayed Surgery for Acute Aortic Dissection
Anesthetic Management of Acute Aortic Dissection
Coagulopathy and bleeding management for aortic dissection surgery
Monitoring After Surgery for Acute Aortic Syndromes
Medical Management of Uncomplicated Type B Acute Aortic Syndromes
Symptomatic Thoracic Aortic Aneurysms
Future Considerations for Acute Aortic Syndromes. - DigitalJan Vojacek, Pavel Zacek, Jan Dominik, editor.Summary: This title is a comprehensive resource of aortic regurgitation suitable for both the novice and experienced practitioner. Detailed attention is given to the recently growing field of aortic valve-sparing surgery and aortic valve repair. Guidelines are also provided for general practitioners on how to treat patients after various aortic procedures. Also included are many operative photos, original medical illustrations and schematics. Aortic Regurgitation synthesizes current knowledge of aortic valve repair into an easy-to-follow, illustration-rich text. It is therefore an indispensable guide suitable for use by cardiologists and trainees in cardiology, cardiac surgeons, echocardiographers, general practitioners and radiologists.
Contents:
Foreword
Terminology and list of abbreviations
Intermezzo I: Leonardo
Clinical and surgical anatomy of the aortic root
Living anatomy of the aortic root
Intermezzo II: Eponyms related to aortic regurgitation
Functional anatomy of the aortic valve and dynamics of the aortic root
Congenital anomalies of the aortic valve
Intermezzo III: Dominic John Corrigan (1802-1880)
Aortic regurgitation: from diagnosis towards indication
Connective tissue disorders
Echocardiography of the aortic valve
Intermezzo IV: Alfred de Musset (1810-1857)
Computed tomography and magnetic resonance of the aortic valve and ascending aorta
Therapy
Intermezzo V: Lincoln sign
Longterm results of aortic valve replacement and repair
Intermezzo VI: Taliesin Golesworthy, the inventor of treatment of his own disease
Recommendations for out-patient care after aortic valve surgery. - DigitalAmr E. Abbas, editor.Contents:
1. General considerations and etiologies of aortic stenosis
2. Clinical assessment of the severity of aortic stenosis
3. Physiological basis for area and gradient assessment: hemodynamic principles of aortic stenosis
4. Different classifications of aortic stenosis
5. Invasive evaluation of aortic stenosis
6. Echocardiographic evaluation of aortic valve stenosis
7. Complimentary role of CT/MRI in the assessment of aortic stenosis
8. Area and gradient mismatch: the discordance of a small valve area and low gradients
9. Reverse area and gradient mismatch: the discordance of a large valve area and high gradients
10. Prosthetic aortic valves and diagnostic challenges
11. Risk prediction models, guidelines, special populations, outcomes
12. Surgical management of aortic valve stenosis
13. Balloon aortic valvuloplasty
14. Imaging for transcatheter aortic valve replacement
15. Transcatheter aortic valve replacement
Index.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalTakashi Kunihara, Shuichiro Takanashi, editors.Summary: This book provides comprehensive, state-of-the art insights into aortic valvuloplasty. Aortic valve repair is a relatively new procedure. Since first being successfully performed in the 1990s was objectively assessed in the 2000s, this procedure has now become standardized, reproducible, and popular around the globe. Written by experts in surgery and cardiology and richly illustrated, it discusses the aspects of anatomy, pathophysiology, diagnosis and surgical procedure that are essential for successful repair. Contributing to the popularization and development of aortic repair, it is a valuable resource for surgeons, cardiologists, cardio-anesthetists and paramedical staff interested in the field and will be good resource for popularizing and developing aortic valve repair.
Contents:
Part I. Introduction
1. Anatomy of the Aortic Valve and its Morphological Characteristics
2. Pathophysiology and Natural History of Aortic Regurgitation
3. Ultrasound Measurement of Aortic Valves
4. Computed Tomographic Measurements of Aortic Valves
5. Optimizing Aortic Valve Repair Techniques with Computational Models
6. Aortoscopy to Evaluate Cusp Configuration after Aortic Valvuloplasty
7. Indications and Contraindications for Aortic Valve Repair
8. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Significance of Aortic Valvuloplasty in the Valve-in-Valve Era
9. Trends in Aortic Valve-sparing Surgery
Part II. Concepts and Approaches
10. Bicuspid Aortic Valve
11. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Tricuspidization of a Bicuspid Valve
12. Tricuspid Aortic Valve
13. Others ? Unicuspid valve and Quadricuspid valve
14. ONE-POINT ADVICE: The Limitations and Potential of MICS during Aortic Valvuloplasty
15. Aortic Valve Reconstruction to Treat Aortic Stenosis Using Autologous Pericardium ? Ozaki Procedure
16. ONE-POINT ADVICE: Creating a Morphological Template for Autologous Pericardial Cusps
17. ONE-POINT ADVICE : Experimental Comparison Between the Reimplantation Method and Remodeling Method
18. History, Techniques, and Outcomes of the Reimplantation Method
19. History, Techniques, and Outcomes of the Remodeling Method
20. Variations and Outcomes of Annuloplasty
21. ONE-POINT ADVICE : Other Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement Techniques
22. ONE-POINT ADVICE : The Advantages and Disadvantages of Valsalva Grafts
23. Valve Surgery to Treat Connective Tissue Disease ? Comparison Between Valve Replacement and Aortic Root Replacement
24. Significance of Aortic Valvuloplasty in the Elderly
25. Valve-sparing Aortic Root Replacement to Treat Acute Type A Aortic Dissection
26. Pediatric Valvuloplasty
27. The Significance of Performing Aortic Valvuloplasty in Young Patients
Part III. Case Study ? What to Do in Each Particular Case?
28. How to Manage Patients with Low Geometric Cusp Height
29. How to Manage a Stenosed Bicuspid Valve
30. How do I Manage a Case with Borderline Dilatation of the Sinus of Valsalva?
31. How do I Manage Perforation and Fenestration?
32. How to Manage Moderate Aortic Regurgitation in the Context of Combined Valvular Disease
33. When is Partial Rremodeling Possible?
34. Aortic Valvuloplasty to Treat Aortic Regurgitation Accompanied by a Ruptured Sinus of Valsalva Aneurysm
35. Valvuloplasty to Treat Aortic Regurgitation Associated with a Ventricular Septal Defect
36. Valvuloplasty for Aortic Regurgitation Associated with Infective Endocarditis
37. Valvuloplasty to Treat Traumatic Aortic Regurgitation
38. How to Manage Aortic Regurgitation from an Allograft
Part IV. Aortic Valve Repair: Specialists in the World
39. Leaders in Valvuloplasty around the World
Part V. Closing Remarks
40. Cardiologists? Expectations of Aortic Valvuloplasty.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Marco Zimarino, Ron Waksman, Ignacio J. Amat-Santos, Corrado Tamburino.Contents:
Cover
Title Page
Copyright Page
Contents
List of Contributors
Foreword
Chapter 1 Introduction
References
Part I General Complications
Chapter 2 Vascular Complications
Introduction
Preventing and Managing Vascular Complications
Conclusions
References
Chapter 3 Annular Rupture
Introduction
Anatomy of the Aortic Valvar Complex
Pathophysiology of Annular Rupture
Sites and Classification of Annular Rupture
MDCT Assessment of the Aortic Annulus
Management of Annular Rupture
Prevention of Aortic Rupture
Conclusions
References Chapter 4 Coronary Obstruction
Introduction
Risk Factors and Mechanism
Clinical Presentation
Preventive Measures and Treatment
Take Home Message
References
Chapter 5 Cerebrovascular Events
Introduction
Definition of Stroke and Epidemiology
Silent Stroke
Postprocedural Stroke Predictors
Predictors of Stroke in the Acute Phase
Predictors of Tardive Stroke
Postprocedural Stroke Prevention
Conclusions
References
Chapter 6 Ventricular Perforation
Introduction
General Mechanisms and Clinical Presentation of VP Risk Factors for Ventricular Perforation
Clinical Factors
Anatomical Factors
Procedural Factors
Aortic Valve Crossing
Wire Exchange
THV Pre-deployment and Deployment
Right Ventricular Perforation
Management of Ventricular Perforation
LV Perforation and Surgical Repairing Techniques
Outcomes of Ventricular Perforations
Prevention of Ventricular Perforations
Conclusions
References
Chapter 7 Valve Migration
Introduction
Clinical Relevance
Monitoring
Treatment
Conclusion
Acknowledgements
References
Chapter 8 Paravalvular Leaks Clinical Relevance
Prevention
Monitoring
Treatment
Valve-In-Valve Implantation (ViV)
Conclusion
References
Chapter 9 Conduction Disturbances
Introduction
Mechanism
Incidence
Predictors
Predictors of New-Onset LBBB
Role of Electrophysiology Studies and Management of Conduction Disturbances After TAVI
Summary
References
Chapter 10 Leaflet Thrombosis
Background
Diagnosis
Incidence
Predictors
Clinical Consequences
Management
Conclusions
References
Chapter 11 Bleeding
Introduction
Clinical Relevance
Prevention Treatment
References
Chapter 12 Renal Dysfunction
Clinical Relevance
Prevention
Monitoring
Treatment
References
Part II Specific Complications
Chapter 13 Bicuspid Valve
Clinical Relevance
Prevention
Monitoring
Treatment
References
Chapter 14 Degenerated Aortic Bioprosthesis
Introduction
Definition of Structural Valve Degeneration
Diagnosis of SVD
Durability of Bioprosthesis
Transcatheter Bioprosthesis
Management of SVD
References
Chapter 15 Low-Flow Low-Gradient Aortic Stenosis
Introduction
ReferencesDigital Access Wiley 2021 - DigitalKoichiro Niwa, Harald Kaemmerer, editors.Summary: This is the first textbook to focus on Aortopathy, a new clinical concept for a form of vasculopathy. The first section of the book starts from discussing general concept and history of Aortopathy, and then deals with its pathophysiology, manifestation, intrinsic factor, clinical implication, management and prevention. The second part closely looks at various disorders of the Aortopathy such as bicuspid aortic valve and coarctation of aorta. The book editors have published a lot of works on the topic and have been collecting relating data in the field of congenital heart disease for the past 20 years, thus present the book with confidence. The topic - an association of aortic pathophysiological abnormality, aortic dilation and aorto-left ventricular interaction - is getting more and more attention among cardiovascular physicians. This is the first book to refer for cardiologists, pediatric cardiologists, surgeons, ACHD specialists, etc. to acquire thorough knowledge on Aortopathy.
Contents:
Part I Overview
1 History of Aortopathy
2 Pathological Background
3 Physiological Background
4 Aortopathies: Clinical Manifestation
5 Genetics of Marfan Syndrome, Related Disorders and Bicuspid Aortic Valve
Part II Diagnosis and Management
6 Imaging in Aortopathy: Echo, CT and MRI
7 Pulse Wave Velocity and Augmentation Index
8 Comprehensive Assessment of Aortopathy Using Catheterization
9 Aortopathy in Pregnancy and Delivery
10 Medications
11 Clinical Diagnosis and Surgical Therapy of the Ascending Aorta and the Aortic Arch
12 Surgery (Bentall, Valve Sparing, Ross Procedure etc.)
13 Stenting
Part III Various Disorders That Represent Aortopathy
14 The Marfan Syndrome.-15 Bicuspid aortic valve
16 Aortic Coarctation.-17 Tetralogy of Fallot and pulmonary atresia with ventricular septal defect
18 Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome
19 Aortopathy in Transposition of the Great Arteries after Arterial Switch Operation
20 Aortopathy in Patients after the Fontan Operation
21 Future Research Project in Aortopathy. - Digitalguest editors, Ziya Gokaslan, Charles Fisher, Stefano Boriani.Contents:
Evaluation and decision making for metastatic spine tumors / Yan Michael Li, Michael S. Dirks, Claudio E. Tatsui, and Laurence D. Rhines
Neoplastic spinal instability / Daryl R. Fourney and Charles G. Fisher
Major complications associated with stereotactic ablative radiotherapy (SABR) for spinal metastasis / Simon S. Lo, Arjun Sahgal, and Eric L. Chang
En bloc resection in the treatment of spinal metastases : technique and indications / Ilya Laufer, Jean-Paul Wolinksy, and Mark H. Bilsky
Region specific approaches / Daniel Sciubba
Spinal reconstruction and fixation/fusion / Rajiv Saigal and Dean Chou
Minimally invasive surgery for metastatic spine disease / Meic H. Schmidt
Vertebral augmentation for metastatic disease / Ehud Mendel, Eric Bourekas, and Paul Porensky
Surgical complications and avoidance / Michelle J. Clarke.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2014 - Digitalguest editors, Ziya Gokaslan, Charles Fisher, Stefano Boriani.Contents:
Evaluation and decision making / Stefano Boriani and Charles Fisher
Safety and efficacy of surgery for primary tumors of the spine / Daryl R. Fourney, Charles Fisher, and Stefano Boriani
Interventional options for primary tumors / Sudhir Kathuria
Radiation therapy for primary bone tumors / Brent Y. Kimball and Yoshiya Yamada
Medical oncology principles for the spine oncology surgeon / Scott H. Okuno, Steven Robinson and Shreyaskumar Patel
Spinal osteoid osteoma and osteoblastoma / Melissa Nadeau and Christian DiPaola
ABC, giant cell / Stefano Boriani, Stefano Bandiera, Riccardo Ghermandi, Simone Colangeli, Luca Amendola, and Alessandro Gasbarrini
Chordoma / Jackson Sui, Patricia L. Zadnik, Mari L. Groves, and Ziya L. Gokaslan
Chondrosarcoma / Stefano Boriani, Stefano Bandiera, Riccardo Ghermandi, Simone Colangeli, Luca Amendola, and Alessandro Gasbarrini
Osteogenic and ewing sarcomas of the spine / Derek G. Ju, Patricia L. Zadnik, and Daniel M. Sciubba
Margins in spine tumor resection : how much is enough? is planned
Transgression okay? / Ilya Laufer, Mari Groves, and Jean-Paul Wolinsky
Principles behind determining the right approach / Nicolas Dea and Rowan Schouten
Spino-pelvic reconstruction/fixation and fusion / Peter Paul Varga
Structural graft selection and wound closure techniques
Complications and avoidance: how to plan primary tumor resection to minimize complications and maximize outcome / Michael C. Oh, Vedat Deviren, and Christopher P. Ames.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery 2014 - Digitalguest editors: Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran, Rishi M. Kanna, Giuseppe Barbagallo.Contents:
Epidemiology, microbiology, and pathology of spinal infections / Abdulrazzaq Alobaid and Abdulaziz Al-Mutair
Risk stratification and prevention of postoperative spinal infections / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman
Imaging in spinal infections / Anupama Maheswaran and Alberto Zerbi
Instrumentation and spinal infections / Hisam Muhamad Ariffin, Yoshiharu Kawaguchi and ChungChek Wong
Pyogenic spondylodiskitis : pathogenesis and clinical features / Mauro Antonio Fernandes, Luiz Roberto Vialle, and Phelipe de Souza Menegaz
Pyogenic spondylodiskitis : diagnosis and management / Joost P.H.J. Rutges, Diederik Hendrik Ruth Kempen, and F. Cumhur Oner
Spinal epidural abscess / Frank Kandziora, Klaus John Schnake, and Christoph-H. Hoffmann
Spinal tuberculosis : pathogenesis, clinical features, and investigations / Rishi M. Kanna, Ajoy Prasad Shetty, and S. Rajasekaran
Drug therapy for spinal tuberculosis / Mathew Varghese
Surgical management of spinal tuberculosis / Ajoy Prasad Shetty, Rishi M. Kanna, and S. Rajasekaran
Pediatric spinal infections / S. Rajasekaran, Rishi M. Kanna, and Ajoy Prasad Shetty
Infectious lesions in the craniovertebral junction (suboccipital region) / Alexsander Yu Mushkin and Alexander V. Gubin
Minimally invasive surgery in spinal infections / Moritz Perrech and Roger Hartl
Human immunodeficiency virus and spinal infections / Robert Dunn
Postoperative spondylodiskitis / Mayan Lendner, Jeffrey Green, Kris E. Radcliff, Joseph S. Butler, Hamadi Murphy, and Alexander R. Vaccaro
Postoperative peri-implant infections / Claudio Lamartina, Alex Vesnaver, and Carlotta Martini
Spinal infections in geriatric patients / Yoshiharu Kawaguchi
Spinal infections and pseudoarthrosis / Sigurd Berven.Digital Access - Digitaleditors: Luiz Roberto Vialle, K. Daniel Riew, and Manabu Ito.Contents:
Laminoplasty for multilevel myelopathy and radiculomyelopathy / Kazuhiro Chiba
Anterior cervical decompression and fusion techniques : anterior cervical decompression and fusion, corpectomy, and foraminotomy / Han Jo Kim, John M. Rhee, and K. Daniel Riew
Indications and techniques of cervical pedicle screws c3-7 for degenerative conditions / Kuniyoshi Abumi and Manabu Ito
Laminectomy and fusion for cervical spondylotic myelopathy / Kristian Dalzell, Aria Nouri, and Michael G. Fehlings
Posterior cervical minimally invasive microendoscopic foraminotomy / Albert P. Wong, Tarek Y. El Ahmadieh, Zachary A. Smith, Nader S. Dahdaleh, and Richard G. Fessler
Navigation for cervical reconstruction surgery / Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran and Ajoy Prasad Shetty
Cervical disk arthroplasty / Justin W. Miller and Rick C. Sasso
Cervical sagittal balance : what is normal and what is the effect on reconstruction outcomes / Peter L. Cohn, William Ryan Spiker, Kris E. Radcliff, and Alexander R. Vaccaro
Complications of anterior surgery : vertebral artery injury, esophageal perforation, dysphagia / Luiz Roberto Vialle, Samuel Conrad, and Emiliano Vialle
Adjacent segment pathology of the cervical spine / Babak Khamsi, Sandeep N. Gidvani, and Jeffrey C. Wang
Upper cervical screw-fixation techniques : how to avoid complications / Han Jo Kim and Jin Sup Yeom.Digital Access - Digitalguest editors, Lawrence G. Lenke, Kenneth M.C. Cheung.Contents:
Preoperative evaluation and optimization for surgery / Scott C. Wagner, Daniel G. Kang, Ronald A. Lehman, Jr., and Lawrence G. Lenke
Decision making in adult deformity surgery : decompression versus short or long fusion / Kenneth M.C. Cheung and Jason P.Y. Cheung
The use of osteotomies for rigid spinal deformities / Stephen J. Lewis and Simon A. Harris
Indications and techniques for sacral-pelvic fixation in adult spinal deformity / Kristen E. Jones, Robert A. Morgan, and David W. Polly, Jr.
Instrumentation strategies in osteoporotic spine : how to prevent failure? / Ahmet Alanay and Caglar Yilgor
The incidence and management of acute neurologic complications following complex adult spinal deformity surgery / Joseph S. Butler and Lawrence G. Lenke
Postoperative coronal decompensation in adult deformity / Yong Qiu
Measuring outcome and value in adult deformity surgery / Robert Waldrop and Sigurd Berven
Junctional issues following adult deformity surgery / Han Jo Kim, Sravisht Iyer, and Christopher I. Shaffrey, Sr.
Biomechanics and material science for deformity correction / Manubu Ito, Yuichiro Abe, and Remel Alingalan Salmingo
Pseudarthrosis and infection / Michael P. Kelly and Sigurd Berven.Digital Access - Digitalseries editor, Luiz Roberto Vialle ; guest editors, F. Cumhur Oner, Alexander R. Vaccaro.Contents:
Anatomy of the cervical spine / Ronald L.A.W. Bleys
Biomechanics of the cervical spine : from the normal state to the injury state / Ahmer K. Ghori, Dana Leonard, and Thomas Cha
Evaluation of an injured cervical spine / Richard Assaker, Fahed Zairi, and Xavier Demondion
Nonoperative management of cervical spine trauma / Melvin D. Helgeson and Peter Formby
Occipital condyle fractures and occipitocervical dissociation / Philipp Schleicher, Matti Scholz, and Frank Kandziora
Atlas injuries / Matti Scholz, Philipp Schleicher, and Frank Kandziora
Odontoid fractures, hangman's fractures, and C2 body fractures / Wilco C. Peul and Carmen L.A. Vleggeert-Lankamp
Compression (AO type-A injuries) / Nuno Neves
Subaxial cervical spine injuries : distraction (AO type-B injuries) / William A. Robinson, Kevin P. McCarthy, Alexander R. Vaccaro, and C. Chambliss Harrod
Facet and lateral mass fractures / Maximo-Alberto Diez-Ulloa
Cervical dislocations (AO type-C injuries) / William Munoz, Michael J. Vives, and Saad B. Chaudhary
Cervicothoracic junction injuries / Ripul Rajen Panchal
Cervical trauma in combination with ankylosing spondylitis or diffuse idiopathic skeletal hyperostosis / Jorrit-Jan Verlaan and F. Cumhur Oner
Rheumatoid arthritis and osteoporosis / David T. Anderson
Pediatric cervical spine / Ahmet Alanay and Caglar Yilgor.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Luiz Roberto Vialle, Carlo Bellabarba, Frank Kandziora.Contents:
The AO spine thoracolumbar injury classification / Adam J. Bevevino, Alexander R. Vaccaro, and Robyn Rubenstein
Radiographic assessment of thoracolumbar fractures / S. Rajasekaran, Rishi Mugesh Kanna, Anupama Maheswaran, and Ajoy P. Shetty
Posterior minimally invasive surgery in thoracolumbar fractures / Matti Scholz, Philipp Schleicher, and Frank Kandziora
Anterior minimally invasive surgery in thoracolumbar fractures / Phillipp Schleicher and Frank Kandziora
Cervicothoracic spine fractures / Rod J. Oskouian and Jens R. Chapman
Transpedicular and costotransversectomy approaches for trauma : indications and techniques / Richard Jackson Bransford, Alireza K. Anissipour, Zachary A. Child and Carlo Bellabarba
Short or long posterior fusion : determining the extent of fixation / Luiz Roberto Vialle, Emiliano Vialle, Joana B.C .R. Guasque and Luiz Gustavo Dal Oglio Rocha
Burst fracture treatment / F. Cumhur Oner and J.J. Verlaan
Differentiating lumbar fractures from thoracolumbar fractures / Jonathan Belding, Darrel S. Brodke, and Brandon D. Lawrence
Thoracolumbar fracture fixation in the osteoporotic patient / Theodore J. Choma
Correction of posttraumatic deformity / Klaus John Schnake and Robert Morrison
Fractures in ankylosing conditions / Zachary A. Child and Richard Jackson Bransford
Spinopelvic fixation / Carlo Bellabarba and Richard Jackson Bransford.Digital Access - Digitaleditors, Luiz Roberto Vialle, Michael G. Fehlings, Norbert Weidner.Contents:
Pathobiology of spinal cord injury / Hiroaki Nakashima, Narihito Nagoshi, and Michael G. Fehlings
Assessment of functional status and outcomes of individuals with traumatic spinal cord injury / Christian Schuld and Norbert Weidner
Serum and CSF biomarkers to predict functional recovery after spinal cord injury / Seth S. Tigchelaar and Brian K. Kwon
Magnetic resonance imaging of the injured spinal cord : the present and the future / Allan R. Martin, Julien Cohen-Adad, and Michael G. Fehlings
Acute nonoperative management of traumatic spinal cord injury : state of the art / Joshua S. Catapano, Gregory W.J. Hawryluk, and Michael G. Fehlings
Role and timing of surgery for traumatic spinal cord injury : what do we know and what should we do? / Christopher D. Witiw and Michael G. Fehlings
Methylprednisolone as a valid option for acute spinal cord injury : a reassessment of the literature / Michael G. Fehlings and Newton Cho
Neuroprotection of the injured spinal cord : what does the future hold? / Michael G. Fehlings and Christopher S. Ahuja
Hydrogel biomaterials in spinal cord repair and regeneration / Manuel Ingo Gunther, Thomas Schackel, Norbert Weidner, and Armin Blesch
Neural stem cell transplantation for spinal cord repair / Ina Simeonova, Beatrice Sandner, and Norbert Weidner
Strategies to overcome the inhibitory environment of the spinal cord / Elizabeth J. Bradbury and Emily R. Burnside
Functional electrical stimulation and neuromodulation approaches to enhance recovery after spinal cord injury / Cesar Marquez-Chin, Emilie Sagripanti, and Milos R. Popovic
Advanced rehabilitation strategies for individuals with traumatic spinal cord injury / William Z. Rymer, Sheila Burt, and Arun Jayaraman
Brain-computer interfaces to enhance function after spinal cord injury / Rudiger Rupp.Digital Access - Digitalguest editors, Jeffrey C. Wang, Claudio Lamartina.Contents:
Economic issues, risk factors, and litigation / Marco Brayda-Bruno
Decision making and flag systems / Gustavo Zanoli
The supremacy of the clinical evaluation / Roberto Chapa Sosa and Neil N. Patel
Imaging in back pain / Alberto Zerbi
Myth and reality of sacroiliac joint pathology / Kristen E. Jones and David W. Polly, Jr.
State of the art of biology, genetics, and mechanics of the disk / Mauro Alini, Sibylle Grad, Hans-Joachim Wilke, Fabio Galbusera, and Alessandra Colombini
Neurologic back pain : myopathies, neuromuscular disease, Parkinson, and dystonia / Asdrubal Falavigna and Carlo Domenico Marrone
Back pain in children and adolescents / Katherine M. Schroeder, Erica E. Gonzalez, and John P. Dormans
Back pain in adults / Max Aebi
Back pain in spinal infections / Rishi Mugesh Kanna, Ajoy Prasad Shetty, Emiliano Vialle, and Shanmuganathan Rajasekaran
Conservative treatment : drugs, physiotherapy, and alternative medicine / Christopher C. Ornelas and Mona Zall
Outcome evaluation in back pain patients / Martin H. Pham, Andre M. Jakoi, Neil N. Patel, and Jeffrey C. Wang
Role of minimally invasive surgery in back pain for degenerative spine / Roberto Bassani and Elena Serchi
Back pain and sagittal alignment / Pedro Berjano
Patients with multiple surgeries / Claudio Lamartina and Carlotta Martini
Chronic back pain, failed surgery, and what to do when all options are exhausted / Lawrence G. Lenke.Digital Access - Digitaledited by Argye Elizabeth Hillis, Julius Fridriksson.Summary: Aphasia, Volume 185 covers important advances in our understanding of how language is processed in the brain and how lesions or degeneration in the left hemisphere affect language processing. This new release reviews research regarding how language recovers from brain injury, along with new interventions developed to enhance recovery, including language rehabilitation, noninvasive brain stimulation and medications. Sections cover neuroanatomy and neurophysiology of language networks, focus on mechanisms of recovery (and decline) of language, and include chapters on intervention, including recently developed behavioral therapies, brain stimulation, medications, and a review of studies of treatment for both post-stroke aphasia and primary progressive aphasia.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
- Digital[edited by] Leonard L. LaPointe, Julie A.G. Stierwalt.Contents:
Brain basics
Humanistic basics : accommodation, adjustment, and aristos
Aphasia theory, models, and classification
Neuroimaging and brain-based communication disorders
Care for people with aphasia and related neurogenic communication disorders in acute hospital settings
Multicultural and multilinguistic issues
General principles of assessment
Naming and word retrieval impairments
Comprehension
Acquired impairments of reading and writing
Syntax and linguistic-based approaches
pragmatics and discourse
Social and life participation approaches to aphasia intervention
Assistive technology
Treatment effectiveness and evidence-based practice
Telepractice
Digital and electronic advances in the management of aphasia and related neurogenic language disorders
Resources for families and clinicians
Funding and reimbursement of speech-language services
Primary progressive aphasia
Communication disorders associated with right hemisphere brain damage
Dementia
Traumatic brain injury, blast injuries, and multisystem injuries
Communication and cognition.Digital Access Thieme MedOne ComSci [2018] - DigitalJ. de Graaf, P. Couture and A.D. Sniderman.Contents:
1. The life history of ApoB lipoprotein particles
2. Diagnosis of the ApoB dyslipoproteinemias: the ApoB algorithm
3. The primary ApoB dyslipoproteinemias
4. Secondary ApoB dyslipoproteinemias
5. ApoB in cardiovascular risk prediction
6. ApoB lipoprotein particles: the preferred treatment target in primary and secondary prevention
7. The future of ApoB: moving from the risk prediction paradigm to the casual exposure paradigm.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital/PrintChristopher D. Gregory, editor.Contents:
Foreword
Preface
1. Molecular Cell Biology of Apoptosis and Necroptosis in Cancer
2. Clearance of Dying Cells by Phagocytes: Mechanisms and Implications for Disease Pathogenesis
3. Micro-environmental Effects of Cell Death in Malignant Disease
4. Apoptotic Caspases in Promoting Cancer: Implications from Their Roles in Development and Tissue Homeostasis
5. Axl and Mer Receptor Tyrosine Kinases: Distinct and Non-overlapping Roles in Inflammation and Cancer?
6. Immunogenic Apoptotic Cell Death and Anti-cancer Immunity
7. Cancer Cell Death-inducing Radiotherapy
Impact on Local Tumour Control, Tumour Cell Proliferation and Induction of Systemic Anti-tumour Immunity
8. Novel Approaches to Apoptosis-inducing Therapies
9. Killing Is Not Enough: How Apoptosis Hijacks Tumor-associated Macrophages to Promote Cancer Progression
Index.Digital Access Springer 2016 - PrintShigekazu Nagata, Hiroyasu Nakano, editors.Summary: This volume focuses on apoptotic and non-apoptotic programmed cell death, including necroptosis, pyroptosis, and ferroptosis, and presents recent findings in the field. It discusses the crucial role that apoptotic and non-apoptotic cell death play in various pathological conditions, such as skin diseases, inflammatory bowel diseases, and virus infections. Further, it highlights the mechanisms underlying the recognition and clearance of dead cells, and the subsequent biological responses triggered by phagocytosed macrophages and factors released from dying cells. Offering insights into cell death, it is a valuable resource for researchers and clinicians developing novel strategies to treat various diseases that are closely associated with cell death.
Contents:
Prix fixe: Efferocytosis as a four-course meal
Emerging roles for RIPKs in pathogen-induced cell death and host immunity
Epithelial cell death and inflammation in skin
IAPs and cell death
Cellular FLICE-inhibitory protein regulates tissue homeostasis
Lipid peroxidation dependent cell death regulated by GPx4 and ferroptosis
Immune regulation by dead cell clearance. - DigitalNicola Brew-Sam.Summary: Patient empowerment is examined as a multi-dimensional factor influencing the use of diabetes self-management apps. The research design includes three studies conducted in Singapore. Study 1 examines how features of diabetes self-management apps correspond with theoretical indicators of empowerment, as well as app quality. Study 2 uses semi-structured face-to-face interviews with diabetes patients to draw first conclusions about the relevance of empowerment for diabetes app use. Study 3 includes an online patient survey, and uses cluster analytical methods to test the preliminary Study 2 results (typology of app use), as well as binary logistic regression to compare the strength of influence of various anteceding factors on the likelihood of diabetes app use. The studies show that especially the support by private social patient networks and the medical specialties of supervising physicians play a crucial role for technology-supported self-management. Contents Defining and Categorizing Diabetes Apps for Self-Management Anteceding Factors of Diabetes App Use Empowerment and its Relevance for Diabetes Management Target Groups Researchers, students and practitioners in the fields of Public Health, Medicine, Health Communication, Endocrinology, Diabetes Care, Epidemiology, Health Management The Author Dr. Nicola Brew-Sam holds an MA in health communication (UZH Zurich) and a Ph.D. from University of Erfurt (Germany) in cooperation with Nanyang Technological University (Singapore).
Contents:
Intro
Acknowledgements
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
List of Abbreviations
Abstract
1 Introduction
1.1 The Urgency of Self-Management in Diabetes Care
1.2 Research Interest: Empowerment as an Anteceding Factor of Diabetes App Use for Self-Management
1.3 Chapter Overview
2 Background on Diabetes Self-Management
2.1 What is Diabetes?
Types of Diabetes Mellitus
2.2 Diabetes Self-Management
Definition and Development
2.3 Factors Influencing Diabetes Self-Management 3 Defining and Categorizing Diabetes Apps for Self-Management
3.1 Diabetes Apps for Self-Management as Second Generation mHealth Tools
3.2 Purpose, Types and Features of Diabetes Apps for Self-Management
3.3 Shortcomings of Diabetes Apps and Diabetes App Quality
4 Diabetes App Use
Previous mHealth Research
4.1 Defining Diabetes App "Use"
4.2 Categorizing Studies on Diabetes App Use: The Inputs-Mechanisms-Outputs Pathway
4.2.1 Input: Feasibility and Accessibility Studies
4.2.2 Output: Diabetes App Usage Effect Studies 4.2.3 Mechanisms: Lacking Research on Antecedents of Health App Use
5 Anteceding Factors of Diabetes App Use
5.1 Defining "Antecedents" of mHealth Use
5.2 The Relevance of Studies Looking into Antecedents of mHealth Use
5.3 Previous Studies Looking into Antecedents of mHealth Use
5.4 Antecedents of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use of Technology
5.5 Shortcomings of the Unified Theory of Acceptance and Use
6 Summarizing mHealth Research Gaps I: Alternative Theory is Needed
7 Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use 7.1 The Empowerment Approach in Psychology and Management Research
7.1.1 Psychological Empowerment
7.1.2 Behavioral Empowerment
7.1.3 Empowerment as a Motivational Approach
7.1.4 Empowerment and Self-Determination
7.2 Empowerment and its Relevance for Diabetes Self-Management
7.3 Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
7.3.1 Research on Empowerment and Diabetes App Use: Outcome Perspectives
7.3.2 Understanding the Overall Process of Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
7.3.3 Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use 8 Summarizing mHealth Research Gaps II: Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
8.1 Empowerment as a Multi-Dimensional Antecedent of Diabetes App Use
8.2 Two Research Perspectives on Empowerment as an Antecedent of Diabetes App Use
9 Summarizing Model on Empowerment and Diabetes App Use
10 Research Questions and Hypotheses
11 Overview of the Research Design
11.1 mHealth Research on Diabetes App Use in Singapore
11.2 Research Procedure
12 Study 1
Diabetes App Features Corresponding to Indicators of Empowerment: An App Feature and Quality Analysis
12.1 Method
12.1.1 OperationalizationDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalCarl E. Zipper, Jeff Skousen, editors.Summary: This book collects and summarizes current scientific knowledge concerning coal-mined landscapes of the Appalachian region in eastern United States. Containing contributions from authors across disciplines, the book addresses topics relevant to the region's coal-mining history and its future; its human communities; and the soils, waters, plants, wildlife, and human-use potentials of Appalachia's coal-mined landscapes. The book provides a comprehensive overview of coal mining's legacy in Appalachia, USA. The book describes the resources of the Appalachian coalfield, its lands and waters, and its human communities - as they have been left in the aftermath of intensive mining, drawing upon peer-reviewed science and other regional data to provide clear and objective descriptions. By understanding the Appalachian experience, officials and planners in other resource extraction- affected world regions can gain knowledge and perspectives that will aid their own efforts to plan and manage for environmental quality and for human welfare. Appalachia's Coal-Mined Landscapes: Resources and Communities in a New Energy Era will be of use to natural resource managers and scientists within Appalachia and in other world regions experiencing widespread mining, researchers with interest in the region's disturbance legacy, and economic and community planners concerned with Appalachia's future.
Contents:
Part 1: Introduction to Appalachian Coalfield Landscape and Resources
Appalachian coalfield landscapes, ecosystems, and economy
Geology and mineral resources
Coal Mining and Reclamation in Appalachia
Part 2: Land
Landscape Alteration
Mine soils
Hydrology
Terrestrial plant communities
Terrestrial wildlife
Management options for mining-affected landscapes
Underground mining
Part 3: Water
Acid drainage: Origins, effects, and treatment
Other water contaminants
Aquatic biota and response to mining
Part 4: Human Ecology of Appalachian Mined Landscapes
Cultural & Economic issues
Human Health
Concluding Chapter: Synthesis. - Digital/PrintDigital Access
- DigitalSudip Paul, editor.Summary: This book focuses on interdisciplinary research in the field of biomedical engineering and neuroscience. Biomedical engineering is a vast field, ranging from bioengineering to brain-computer interfaces. The book explores the system-level function and dysfunction of the nervous system from scientific and engineering perspectives. The initial sections introduce readers to the physiology of the brain, and to the biomedical tools needed for diagnostics and effective therapies for various neurodegenerative and regenerative disorders. In turn, the book summarizes the biomedical interventions that are used to understand the neural mechanisms underlying empathy disorders, and reviews recent advances in biomedical engineering for rehabilitation in connection with neurodevelopmental disorders and brain injuries. Lastly, the book discusses innovations in machine learning and artificial intelligence for computer-aided disease diagnosis and treatment, as well as applications of nanotechnology in therapeutic neurology.
Contents:
Module 1_ Introduction to Human Physiology
Module 2_ Neural engineering
Module 3_ Introduction to Neurodegenerative and regenerative Disorders
Module 4_ Brain images and it`s classifications
Module 5_ EEG, EOG and their significance
Module 6_ Artificial Intelligence and Computer Aided diagnosis
Module 7_ Nanomaterials involved in therapeutic strategy
Module 8_ Emotion, Stress and other Neurological dysfunctions
Module 9_ Emotion, Stress and other Neurological dysfunctions.Digital Access Springer 2019 - Digitaledited by Xiangdong Wang, Christian Baumgartner, Denis C. Shields, Hong-Wen Deng, Jacques S Beckmann.Contents:
The Era of Big Data: From Data-driven Research to Data-driven Clinical Care
Biostatistics, data mining and computational modeling
Gene expression and profiling
The next generation sequencing and applications in clinical research
Clinical epigenetics and epigenomics
Proteomic profiling: Data mining and analyses
Targeted metabolomics: the next generation of clinical chemistry!?
Clinical bioinformatics for biomarker discovery in targeted metabolomics
Metagenomic Profiling, Interaction of Genomics with Meta-genomics
Clinical Epigenetics and Epigenomics
Integrative Biological Databases
Standards and Regulations for (Bio)Medical Software
Clinical applications and systems biomedicine
Key Law and Policy Considerations for Clinical Bioinformaticians
Challenges and Opportunities in Clinical Bioinformatics
Heterogeneity of Hepatocellular Carcinoma. - DigitalHelvi Kyngäs, Kristina Mikkonen, Maria Kääriäinen, editors.Summary: This book provides principles on content analysis and its application into development of nursing theory. It offers clear guidance to students, lecturers and researchers to gain a deeper understanding of the method of content analysis, its implementation into their own research and criteria of trustworthiness evaluation. The book is written in user-friendly language with provided research examples and cases, and the content is illustrated by figures and tables. The authors offer their expertise in providing a well thought through explanation of content analysis in didactical style, which will enhance university education. The book includes highly experienced researchers who have published articles on content analysis and the trustworthiness of the method with more than 10 000 citations. Divided into two parts, this book explores the application of content analysis into nursing science. The first part presents the philosophical position of content analysis, inductive and deductive methods of using content analysis, trustworthiness of the method, and ethical consideration of using content analysis. The second part informs on the theory development based on content analysis, conceptualization of the concepts of content analysis into generation of items and instrument development, and statistical testing of a hypothetical model. The last chapter shows a new approach to using content analysis in systematic reviews and quality evaluation of methodology within systematic review process. The book is an essential tool for nursing science, providing instruction on key methodological elements in order to provide rigorously conducted empirical research for clinical practice and nursing education.
Contents:
PART I. CONTENT ANALYSIS
1. Qualitative research and content analysis
2. Inductive content analysis
3. Deductive content analysis
4. Content analysis in mixed methods research
5. The trustworthiness of content analysis
6. Qualitative research
ethical considerations
PART II. INTEGRATING CONTENT ANALYSIS INTO THEORY DEVELOPMENT
7. Theory development from the results of content analysis
8. Instrument development based on content analysis
9. Statistical testing of a theory
10. Content analysis in systematic review. - Digital[edited by] Carolyn Sipes.Summary: Designed to provide a foundation for nursing informatics knowledge and skills required in today's data-driven healthcare environment, this text examines the impact and implementation of technology in nursing practice. "Application of Nursing Informatics" addresses the foundations of nursing informatics competencies, streamlined for the unique experience of practicing nurses. This text features numerous case scenarios of real-life applications to engage the reader and reinforce content. Chapters cover informatics competencies, knowledge, and skills in a concise manner that recognizes the value of prior nursing experience and builds upon the reader's existing knowledge base. -- From publisher's description.
Contents:
Informatics defined, evolution, guiding principles, expectations / Carolyn Sipes
Roles, professional organizations, and theories / Carolyn Sipes
First things first
hardware / Carolyn Sipes
First things first -software / James Sipes, Carolyn Sipes
Project management / Carolyn Sipes
Application and integration of research into practice / Carolyn Sipes
Applications to support educational initiatives / Taryn Hill, Karen West
Data standardization applications
capturing data / Lisa Blair, Lynda Hardy
Big data applications to inform practice / Lynda Hardy, Lisa Blair
Maintaining quality of data and information, data and data quality / Toni Hebda, Kathleen (Kathy) Hunter
Assessment and evaluating outcomes / Cheryl D. Parker, Melinda Hermanns, and Christy Gibson
Ethics, privacy, security, other technology challenges / Cheryl D. Parker, Christine S. Gipson
Life-long learning : advancing own education / Carolyn Sipes.Digital Access R2Library 2019Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalMichele Battle-Fisher.Summary: This book looks at health policy through the lens of public versus private: population health versus the somatic, social, or emotional experiences of a patient. Rather than presenting policy/ethics as overly technical, this book takes a novel approach of framing public and private health in terms of political philosophy, ethics, and popular examples. Each chapter ties back to the general ethics or political literature as applicable, which are not customarily parts of the current public health curriculum. The author's work on the Orgcomplexity blog has touched on this subject by systemically exploring public policy issues, and the tone of this book mimics the blog with an extension of the arguments.
Contents:
Introduction
The Justice League of Health: Flexing Policy's Muscle
Health Systems and Policy as the "Price is Right"
Public versus Private: Stop Stepping on My Toes
The Sting of Public Health
Is it Yours, Mine and Ours?
Building on What We've Started
Conclusion. . - DigitalMonica M. Taylor.Contents:
Rural health disparities: the political economy
Rural health disparities: the economic argument
Social disorganization in rural communities
Political economy in the era of Trump politics
Conclusion : Political economy: an era of institutional cynicism? - DigitalNeeta Raj Sharma, Karupppasamy Subburaj, Kamalpreet Sandhu, Vivek Sharma, editors.Summary: This book focuses on applications of three-dimensional (3D) printing in healthcare. It first describes a range of biomaterials, including their physicochemical and biological properties. It then reviews the current state of the art in bioprinting techniques and the potential application of bioprinting, computer-aided additive manufacturing of cells, tissues, and scaffolds to create organs in regenerative medicine. Further, it discusses the orthopedic applications of 3D printing in the design and fabrication of dental implants, and the use of 3D bioprinting in oral and maxillofacial surgery and in tissue and organ engineering. Lastly, the book examines the 3D printing technologies that are used for the fabrication of the drug delivery system. It also explores the current challenges and the future of 3D bioprinting in medical sciences, as well as the market demand.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Introduction to Biomaterials
Chapter 2. Different approaches used for conversion of biomaterials to feedstock
Chapter 3. Bioprinting
Chapter 4. 3D Printed Implants for Joint Replacement
Chapter 5. Design of Patient-Specific Maxillofacial Implants and Guides
Chapter 6. Design and Development of surgical guide for dental implant surgery
Chapter 7. Three Dimensional printed drugs and related technology : a potential review
Chapter 8. Product Sustainability Assessment
Chapter 9. Successful Stories of 3D Printing in Healthcare Applications: A Brief Review. - DigitalKewal K. Jain.Summary: Applications of Biotechnology in Oncology collects key writings by Kewal K. Jain on the most important contributions of biotechnology to cancer research, particularly to the molecular diagnosis of cancer and drug delivery in cancer for personalized management of patients. Basics of various -omics technologies and their application in oncology are described as oncogenomics and oncoproteomics. This detailed volume also explores molecular diagnostics, nanobiotechnology, cell and gene therapies, as well as personalized oncology. With approximately one thousand selected references from recent literature on this topic and numerous tables and figures, Applications of Biotechnology in Oncology serves as an ideal reference for oncologists, scientists involved in research on cancer biology, and physicians in various specialties who deal with cancer.
Contents:
1. Molecular biology of cancer
2. Oncogenomics
3. Sequencing in cancer
4. Oncoproteomics
5. Biomarkers of cancer
6. Molecular diagnosis of cancer
7. Cancer immunotherapy : vaccines
8. Monoclonal antibodies and cancer
9. Nanooncology
10. Cell therapy of cancer
11. Gene therapy of cancer
12. Role of RNAi in cancer
13. Role of microRNAs in cancer
14. Biotechnology in drug discovery and development for cancer
15. Role of biotechnology in drug delivery for cancer
16. Personalized cancer therapy.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalHirofumi Fujii, Hiroyuki Nakamura, Seiei Yasuda, editors.Summary: This book provides up-to-date guidance on the use of FDG PET to assess the biological activity and treatment response of a wide range of malignancies, including, for example, lung cancer, breast cancer, head and neck cancer, gastrointestinal cancer, and malignant lymphoma. In the era of precision medicine, numerous new anticancer agents, such as molecular targeted agents and immune checkpoint inhibitors, have been developed to improve outcomes in cancer patients. FDG PET plays a key role in evaluating the effects of these novel treatments because it can detect changes in the metabolic activity of tumors before any reduction in their size is visible on other imaging modalities. Accordingly, FDG PET is of prognostic as well as diagnostic value, and allows prompt changes in patient management. The book is written by expert clinicians from Japan, where the universal public health insurance system ensures that FDG PET is widely used in routine oncological practice and cancer screening. It represents an unrivaled and comprehensive resource that will be of value for all healthcare professionals in the field of clinical oncology.
Contents:
1 Overview.-2 Lung cancer.-3 Breast cancer
4 Head and neck cancer.-5 Gastrointestinal cancer including GIST
6 Pancreatic cancer
7 Urological cancer
8 Malignant bone and soft tissue tumors
9 Skin cancer including malignant melanoma
10 Malignant lymphoma. - DigitalInamuddin, editor.Summary: This book presents the applications of ion-exchange materials in the biomedical industries. It includes topics related to the application of ion exchange chromatography in determination, extraction and separation of various compounds such as amino acids, morphine, antibiotics, nucleotides, penicillin and many more. This title is a highly valuable source of knowledge on ion-exchange materials and their applications suitable for postgraduate students and researchers but also to industrial R & D specialists in chemistry, chemical, and biochemical technology. Additionally, this book will provide an in-depth knowledge of ion-exchange column and operations suitable for engineers and industrialists.
Contents:
Separation and Purification of Amino acids
Ion exchange chromatography for enzyme immobilization
Determination of morphine in urine
Chromatographic Separation of Amino Acids
Applications of ion exchange chromatography in pharmaceutical analysis
Thermodynamic Kinetics and Sorption of Bovine Serum Albumin with Different Clay materials
Sorbitol demineralization by ion exchange
Separation and purification of nucleotides, nucleosides, purine and pyrimidine bases by ion exchange
Separation and purification of vitamins: vitamin B1, B2, B6, C, and K1
Colour removal from sugar syrups. - DigitalInamuddin, Abdullah M. Asiri, editors.Summary: Traditional methods in synthetic chemistry produce chemical waste and byproducts, yield smaller desired products, and generate toxic chemical substances, but the past two centuries have seen consistent, greener improvements in organic synthesis and transformations. These improvements have contributed to substance handling efficiency by using green-engineered forerunners like sustainable techniques, green processes, eco-friendly catalysis, and have minimized energy consumption, reduced potential waste, improved desired product yields, and avoided toxic organic precursors or solvents in organic synthesis. Green synthesis has the potential to have a major ecological and monetary impact on modern pharmaceutical R&D and organic chemistry fields. This book presents a broad scope of green techniques for medicinal, analytical, environmental, and organic chemistry applications. It presents an accessible overview of new innovations in the field, dissecting the highlights and green chemistry attributes of approaches to green synthesis, and provides cases to exhibit applications to pharmaceutical and organic chemistry. Although daily chemical processes are a major part of the sustainable development of pharmaceuticals and industrial products, the resulting environmental pollution of these processes is of worldwide concern. This edition discusses green chemistry techniques and sustainable processes involved in synthetic organic chemistry, natural products, drug syntheses, as well various useful industrial applications.
Contents:
Preface
Sustainable Organic Synthesis in Ionic Liquids
Industrial Applications of Green Solvents in Organic and Drug Synthesis for Sustainable Development of Chemical Process and Technologies
Applications of Ionic Liquids in Organic Synthesis
Water-Mediated Catalyst-Free Organic Transformations
Modifications on Polymeric Membranes for Isopropanol Dehydration Using Pervaporation: A Review
Environmentally Benign Organic Synthesis
Green Aspects of Scale-Up Synthesis of some APIs, Drug Candidates Under Development, or Their Critical Intermediates
Green Approaches to Synthesize Organic Compounds and Drugs
Selective Conversion of Glycerol to Lactic Acid Using Porous Multi-Functional Mixed Oxide Catalysts Under Alkaline Environment
Green Biological Synthesis of Nanoparticles and their Biomedical Applications
Silver Nanostructures, Chemical Synthesis Methods, and Biomedical Applications
The Role of Heterogenous Catalysts in Converting Cellulose to Platform Chemicals
Production of Reduced Graphene Oxide (rGO) from Battery Waste: Green and Sustainable Synthesis and Reduction
Bio-Catalysis as a Green Approach for Industrial Waste Treatment
Green Synthesis of Biodiesel Using Microbial Lipases
Industrial Applications of Green Solvents for Sustainable Development of Technologies in Organic Synthesis
Index.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalErick Suárez, Cynthia M. Pérez, Roberto Rivera, and Melissa N. Martínez.Contents:
Basic Concepts for Statistical Modeling
Introduction to Simple Linear Regression Models
Matrix Representation of the Linear Regression Model
Evaluation of Partial Tests of Hypotheses in a MLRM
Selection of Variables in a Multiple Linear Regression Model
Correlation Analysis
Strategies for Assessing the Adequacy of the Linear Regression Model
Weighted Least-Squares Linear Regression
Generalized Linear Models
Poisson Regression Models for Cohort Studies
Logistic Regression in Case-Control Studies
Regression Models in a Cross-Sectional Study
Solutions to Practice Exercises. - Digitaledited by David H. Barlow and Todd Farchione.Contents:
The unified protocol for transdiagnostic treatment of emotional disorders : an introduction / Katherine A. Kennedy and David H. Barlow
Transdiagnostic assessment and case formulation : rationale and application with the unified protocol / Hannah Boettcher and Laren R. Conklin
The unified protocol for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin, Todd J Farchione, and Steven Dufour
The unified protocol for obsessive-compulsive and related disorders / Johanna Thompson-Hollands
The unified protocol for major depressive disorder / James F. Boswell, Laren R. Conklin, Jennifer M. Oswald, and Matteo Bugatti
The unified protocol for bipolar and comorbid disorders / Kristen K. Ellard, Emily Bernstein, Andrew A. Nierenberg, and Thilo Deckersbac
The unified protocol for posttraumatic stress disorder / Matthew W. Gallagher
The unified protocol for comorbid alcohol use and anxiety disorders / Todd J Farchione, Tracie M. Goodness, and Katelyn M.E. Williams
The unified protocol for eating disorders / Christina L. Boisseau and James F. Boswell
The unified protocol for insomnia disorder / Jacqueline R. Bullis and Shannon Sauer-Zavala
The unified protocol for nonsuicidal and suicidal self-injury / Kate H. Bentley, Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Clair Cassiello-Robbins, and Stephanie Vento
The unified protocol for borderline personality disorder / Shannon Sauer-Zavala, Kate H. Bentley and Julianne G. Wilner
The unified protocol for chronic pain / Laura A. Payne
The unified protocol for complex, highly comorbid cases / Heather Murray Latin and Clair Cassiello-Robbins
Group treatment applications of the unified protocol / Jacqueline R. Bullis, Kate H. Bentley and Katherine A. Kennedy
Cross-cultural applications of the unified protocol : examples from japan and colombia / Amantia Ametaj, Nina Wong Sarver, Obianujunwa Anakwenze, Masaya Ito, Michel Ratner and Ramya Potluri
The unified protocol : future directions / Clair Cassiello-Robbins, Heather Murray Latin, and Shannon Sauer-Zavala.Digital Access Oxford [2018] - DigitalW.Y. Lau.Summary: This book has 20 chapters which cover a full range of knowledge about liver anatomy before one embarks on carrying out a liver operation on a patient. The knowledge ranges from external to internal anatomy of the liver, from pure anatomy to its application in liver operations, from vascular infiow/outflow of the liver to techniques used in reducing intraoperative blood loss, from Couinaud's liver segments to segment- based liver resection, and from the different approaches to liver resectional techniques to the different types of liver transplantation. The particular feature of this book is the heavy use of diagrams which makes reading easier. Surgeons in liver resection and liver transplantation in will find this book of value as a reference book. Editor W.Y. Lau is a surgeon and professor of surgery at the Chinese University of Hong Kong, and an Academician of Chinese Academy of Sciences, China. Professor Lau was President of the International Hepato-Pancreato-Biliary Association from 2002 to 2004. He is also the book editor of Hilar Cholangiocarcinoma, Springer 2013, ISBN 978-94-007-6472-9.
Contents:
Applied Anatomy of the Liver
Hemi-livers, Sections (Sectors), Segments
Caudate Lobe
Hepatic Hilar Plate System
Anatomy of the Hepatic Hilar Region
Intrahepatic Glissonian Triad: Anatomy Relevant to Liver Resection and Liver Transplantation
Anatomy of the Abdominal Inferior Vena Cava and Its Suprarenal Branches
Five Important Anatomical Structures in Right or Left Hepatectomy
Anatomy Relevant to Liver -Transplantation
Defining the Couinaud's Liver Segments Clinically
The 3-Dimensional Body Visible System in Liver Surgery
Low Central Venous Pressure in Liver Resection Surgery
Hepatic Vascular Inflow and Outflow Occlusions
Liver Transection Techniques and Haemostasis on the Raw Surface of the Remnant Liver
Different Approaches to Liver Resection
Laparoscopic Liver Surgery
Laparoscopic Liver Resection Using the Lowering of Hilar Plate Approach
Robotic Liver Surgery
Liver Transplantation
Associating Liver Partition and Portal Vein Ligation for Staged Hepatectomy (ALPPS). - Digitaledited by James K. Luiselli.Contents:
Section I: Supervision, Training, and Service Delivery
1. Behavior Analytic Supervision
2. Competency-Based Staff Training
3. Functional Behavior Assessment (FBA)
4. Social Validity Assessment
5. Behavoral Risk Assessment
6. Incentive-Based Performance Improvement
7. Technology and Telehealth Applications
Section II: Consultation Practices
8. Consultation Practices: School-Based Instructional Support
9. Consultation Practices: School-Based Behavior Support
10. Consultation Practices: Training to Parents and Families
11. Consultaton Practices: Organizations
12. Consultation Practices: Multidisciplinary Settings
Section III: Professional Development
13. Continuing Education: Accessing the Peer-Reviewed Literature
14. Practice Dissemination: Writing for Publication
15. Practice Dissemination: Public Speaking
16. Licensure and Certification
17. Ethical and Competent Practices in Applied Behavior Analysis: Perspective, Requirements, and Dilemmas.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitalby Paul M. Selzer, Richard J. Marhöfer, Oliver Koch.Summary: This book introduces readers to the basic principles of bioinformatics and the practical application and utilization of computational tools, without assuming any prior background in programming or informatics. It provides a coherent overview of the complex field and focuses on the implementation of online tools, genome databases and software that can benefit scientists and students in the life sciences. Training tutorials with practical bioinformatics exercises and solutions facilitate the understanding and application of such tools and interpretation of results. In addition, a glossary explains terminology that is widely used in the field. This straightforward introduction to applied bioinformatics offers an essential resource for students, as well as scientists seeking to understand the basis of sequencing analysis, functional genomics and protein structure predictions.
Contents:
The Biological Foundations of Bioinformatics
Biological databases
Sequence Comparisons and Sequence-Based Database Searches
The decoding of eukaryotic genomes
Protein Structures and Structure-Based Rational Drug Design
The Functional Analysis of Genomes
Comparative genome analyses. - Digitaleditors, Leon Shargel, Andrew B.C. Yu.Summary: The landmark textbook on the theoretical and practical applications of biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics-now fully updated.
Contents:
Introduction to biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetics
Mathematical fundamentals in pharmacokinetics
Biostatistics
One-compartment open model : intravenous bolus administration
Multicompartment models : intravenous bolus administration
Intravenous infusion
Drug elimination, clearance, and renal clearance
Pharmacokinetics of oral absorption
Multiple-dosage regimens
Nonlinear pharmacokinetics
Physiologic drug distribution and protein binding
Drug elimination and hepatic clearance
Pharmacogenetics and drug metabolism
Physiologic factors related to drug absorption
Biopharmaceutic considerations in drug product design and in vitro drug product performance
Drug product performance, in vivo : bioavailability and bioequivalence
Biopharmaceutical aspects of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and pharmaceutical equivalence
Impact of biopharmaceutics on drug product quality and clinical efficacy
Modified-release drug products and drug devices
Targeted drug delivery systems and biotechnological products
Relationship between pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics
Application of pharmacokinetics to clinical situations
Application of pharmacokinetics to specific populations : geriatric, obese, and pediatric patients
Dose adjustment in renal and hepatic disease
Empirical models, mechanistic models, statistical moments, and noncompartmental analysis.Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2016 - Digitaledited by Donald Huddler, Edward R. Zartler.Summary: "This book is a guide to new techniques and approaches to identifying and characterizing small molecules in early drug discovery. Biophysical methods are reasserting their utility in drug discovery and through a combination of the rise of fragment-based drug discovery and an increased focus on more nuanced characterisation of small molecule binding, these methods are playing an increasing role in discovery campaigns"--Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction
Thermodynamics in drug discovery
Tailoring hit identification and qualification methods for targeting protein-protein interactions
Hydrogen-deuterium exchange mass spectrometry in drug discovery - theory, practice and future
Microscale thermophoresis in drug discovery
SPR screening: applying the new generation of SPR hardware
Weak affinity chromatography (WAC)
1D NMR methods for hit identification
Protein-based NMR methods applied to drug discovery
Applications of ligand and protein-observed NMR in ligand discovery
Using biophysical methods to optimize compound residence time
Applying biophysical and biochemical methods to the discovery of allosteric modulators of the AAA ATPase p97
Driving drug discovery with biophysical information: application to Staphylococcus aureus Dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR)
Assembly of fragment screening libraries: property and diversity analysis.Digital Access Wiley 2017 - DigitalLarry A. Bauer, Professor, Department of Pharmacy School of Pharmacy, Adjunct Professor, Department of Laboratory Medicine School of Medicine, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington.Contents:
Clinical pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic concepts
Clinical pharmacokinetic calculations and equations
Drug dosing in special populations : renal and hepatic disease, dialysis, heart failure, obesity, and drug interactions
Aminoglycoside antibiotics
Vancomycin
Digoxin
Lidocaine
Procainamide/N-acetyl procainamide (NAPA)
Quinidine
Phenytoin/fosphenytoin
Carbamazepine
Valproic acid
Phenobarbital/primidone
Ethosuximide
Lamotrigine
Levetiracetam
Oxcarbazepine/eslicarbazepine
Cyclosporine
Tacrolimus
Sirolimus
Lithium
Theophylline.Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014 - DigitalMichael W. Jann, Scott R. Penzak, Lawrence J. Cohen, editors.Contents:
Section 1. General Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles of Psychopharmacological Agents
1. Pharmacokinetic Properties
2. Pharmacodynamic Properties
3. PET Scan and Other Biomarkers
4. Population Pharmacokinetics
5. Drug Transporters (esp. Blood Brain Barrier)
6. Pharmacogenomics
Section 2. Clinical Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics of Psychopharmacological Drug Classes
7. Antipsychotics
oral typical agents, oral atypical agents, and long-acting injectable (LAI) antipsychotics
8. Mood Stabilizers
9. Antidepressants
tricyclics, selective serotonergic reuptake inhibitors, serotonergic noradrenergic reuptake inhibitors, monoamine oxidase inhibitors, and other antidepressants
10. Benzodiazepines and Other Sedative Hypnotics/Anxiolytics
11. Opioid Analgesics
12. Stimulants and Other Non-Stimulants for ADHD
13. Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Other Antidementa Agents
14. Anti-Addiction Agents
15. Anesthetics
Section 3. Clinically Significant Drug Interactions With Psychopharmacological Agents
16. Antipsychotics
17. Mood Stabilizers
18. Antidepressants
19. Benzodiazepines and Other Sedative Hypnotics/Anxiolytics
20. Opioid Analgesics
21. Stimulants and Other Non-Stimulants for ADHD
22. Cholinesterase Inhibitors and Other Antidementa Agents
23. Anti-Addiction Agents
24. Anesthetics. - DigitalGuilherme Carvalhal Ribas.Summary: This book is the first to offer a comprehensive guide to understanding the brain's architecture from a topographical viewpoint. Authored by a leading expert in surgical neuroanatomy, this practical text provides tri-dimensional understanding of the cerebral hemispheres, and the relationships between cerebral surfaces and the skull's outer surfaces through detailed brain dissections and actual clinical cases with operative photographs and correlative neuroimaging. For neurosurgeons, neuroradiologists and neurologists at all levels, this book emphasises the anatomy of the sulci and gyri of the cerebral surface. It is an essential resource for the general neurosurgery practice, and more particularly for planning surgical access routes for intracranial tumors.Digital Access Cambridge 2018
- DigitalElie M. Ferneini, Michael T. Goupil, Margaret A. McNulty, Christine E. Niekrash, editors.Summary: In an era of high demand for aesthetic procedures, this text provides a practical and comprehensive look at facial cosmetic surgery to ensure practitioners have the best information available for treating their patients. The editors have extensive academic experience and have authored multiple scientific publications, while the contributions included in the text have been written by experts and leaders in the field. Applied Head and Neck Anatomy for the Facial Cosmetic Surgeon is for a multi-disciplinary audience including oral & maxillofacial surgeons, plastic surgeons, otolaryngologists, cosmetic surgeons, and dentists. Divided into three distinct sections for ease of use, the first section focuses exclusively on localized anesthesia for each region of the head and neck. Chapters focus on the techniques that best affect these regions with a chapter closing the first section, on managing potential anesthetic complications. The second section covers the regional anatomy of the face by offering high definition photos of cadaver dissections and anatomic illustrations to highlight pertinent muscle and bone structures. The third and final section combines the skills detailed in the first two sections and applies them to a variety of surgical, cosmetic procedures.
Contents:
Section One: Local Anesthesia for Cosmetic Procedures
Chapter 1: Overview of Local Anesthesia
Chapter 2: Intraoral Maxillary Local Anesthetic Techniques
Chapter 3: Intraoral Mandibular Techniques
Chapter 4: Extraoral Facial Techniques
Chapter 5: Cervical Techniques
Chapter 6: Management of Local Anesthetic Complications
Section Two: Regional Anatomy
Chapter 7: Anatomy of the Integumentary System
Chapter 8: Anatomy of the Periorbit
Chapter 9: Anatomy of the Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
Chapter 10: Anatomy of the Auricle
Chapter 11: Anatomy of the Neck
Chapter 12: Anatomy of the Chin and Neck
Chapter 13: Anatomy of the Superficial Face: Muscles of Face and Scalp, Superficial Vessels and Nerves, Major Salivary Glands
Chapter 14: Muscles of Mastication and the Temporomandibular Joint
Section Three: Surgical Anatomy
Chapter 15: Neuromodulators
Chapter 16: Facial Fillers
Chapter 17: Facial Resurfacing
Chapter 18: Forehead and Eyebrow Lift Techniques
Chapter 19: Facelift
Chapter 20: Applied Anatomy in Blepharoplasty
Chapter 21: Otoplasty
Chapter 22: Chin Augmentation
Chapter 23: Neck Lift
Chapter 24: Hair Restoration. - DigitalMartin Hewitt and Roshan Adappa.Summary: Closely aligned to the Royal College of Paediatrics and Child Health (RCPCH) theory examination syllabus and also reflective of current UK practice. Applied Knowledge in Paediatrics will leave the reader with a sound knowledge of all the core topics relevant to paediatrics and child health. It will also provide a useful study aid for those undertaking the MRCPCH Applied Knowledge in Practice examination. The book covers how and why illnesses develop in children and young people, the appropriate investigations and treatment required, the urgency of implementation and the impact of the disease process on the child and their family.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digitaledited by Victor G. Carrión, and John Rettger.Summary: Applied Mindfulness: Approaches in Mental Health for Children and Adolescents starts from the premise that mental health clinicians must have their own mindfulness practice before teaching the tenets and techniques of mindfulness to others, including young people. To that end, the book offers readers clear instructions on how to first practice mindfulness in their own lives and then extend their personal practice outward to others. Once this knowledge is internalized, the clinician can focus on mindfulness in terms of its application to specific clinical diagnoses, such as anxiety and depression, attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder, and substance abuse. Because many mental health professionals work in multiple settings, such as in schools, in clinics, and online, the contributors, representing a wide range of creative and authoritative voices, explain how to skillfully tailor mindfulness interventions for effective application across diverse contexts. Drs. Carrion and Rettger, as Director of the Stanford Early Life Stress and Pediatric Anxiety Program (SELSPAP) and Director of SELSPAP's Mindfulness Program, respectively, have been engaged in ongoing community-based work delivering mindfulness and yoga programming to underserved youth and their helpers.
Contents:
Developing a personal mindfulness practice / John P. Rettger
Mindful self-compassion / Karen Bluth, Christine Lathren, Lorraine Hobbs
State of the research on youth mindfulness / Sarah Zoogman, Eleni Vousoouram, Mari Janikian
Measuring mindfulness / Matthew S. Goodman, Laila A. Madni, Randye J. Semple
Anxiety and depression / Laila A. Madni, Matthew S. Goodman, Randye J. Semple
Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder / Mari Kurahashi
Grief and loss / Susan Delaney
Substance abuse / Sam Himelstein, Alejandro Nunez
Autism spectrum disorders / Allison Morgan, Erik Jacobson
Immigrant youth / Kristina C. Mendez, Celeste H. Poe, Sita G. Patel
Mindfulness with incarcerated youth / Sharon Simpson, Stewart Mercer, Sally Wyke, Michael Bready
Trauma-informed yoga with incarcerated youth / Pamela Lozoff
Mindfulness at home / Amy Saltzman, Celeste H. Poe
Mindfulness in schools / Lisa Flook, Meena Srinivasan
Mindful nature practices / Nicole Ward
Mindful movement in schools / Catherine Cook-Cottone
Mindfulness online / Tara Cousineau, Bridget Key, Zev Schuman-Olivier
Mindfulness and creativity / Sayyed Mohsen Fatemi, Ellen J. Langer.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2019 - Digitaledited by Kewal K. Jain.Contents:
An Overview of Methods Used in Neurogenomics and Their Applications
Gene Expression-Based Approaches to Understanding Huntington{u2019}s Disease and New Tools for the Interpretation of Expression Datasets
Location Analysis and Expression Profiling Using Next Generation Sequencing for Research in Neurodegenerative Diseases
RNA Sequencing from Laser Capture Microdissected Brain Tissue to Study Normal Aging and Alzheimer{u2019}s Disease
Targeted Re-Sequencing in Psychiatric Disorders
Role of Neurogenomics in the Development of Personalized Neurology. - DigitalRobin Wilding.Summary: "Applied Oral Physiology: The Integration of Sciences in Clinical Dentistry by prosthodontist, biologist, and educator Robin Wilding integrates basic science topics traditionally taught separately, enabling readers to understand the interconnected relationship between the scientific and clinical aspects of dentistry. On the broadest level, this well-researched, readable, and easy-to-study book brings together related elements of anatomy, physiology, microbiology, and biochemistry. Integration of these areas helps students comprehend the different elements of dental science, thereby improving their ability to understand and treat patient problems. For example, understanding how saliva influences oral health is vital information every dentist needs to know"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The Origins of Teeth
Dental Hard Tissues
Oral Mucosa and Periodontium
The Ecology of the Oral Cavity
Cell Differentiation in Embryology and Repair
The Extracellular Matrix
The Physiology of Bone
Eruption, Occlusion, and Wear
The Temporomandibular Joint
Oral Sensations and Functions
Aging.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2020 - DigitalAnjay Rastogi, Edgar V. Lerma, Joanne M. Bargman, editors.Summary: This book offers a comprehensive guide to peritoneal dialysis (PD). Home dialysis, and more specifically PD, is growing in popularity in the US. By conservative estimates, experts suggest that 45 percent of dialysis patients in the US can be on home dialysis. However, the current penetration rate is only 10 percent. This is changing with an expected major increase in the next 5 years. One of the reasons for the low uptake is that many nephrologists lack comfort and confidence in using PD as a dialysis modality. This book addresses those concerns by covering all aspects of PD. Chapters include its history, patient selection, implementation options, comorbidities, quality of life concerns, and developing approaches to treatment. This comprehensive resource fills the unmet need for a practical, hands-on book that is both detailed and can work as a quick reference. This is an ideal guide for academic nephrologists, private practice nephrologists, NPs, PAs, nurses, fellows, and residents.
Contents:
History of peritoneal dialysis
Physiology of peritoneal dialysis
Patient selection and training for PD
Peritoneal dialysis solutions
Peritoneal dialysis equipment/machines
PD catheters
Adequacy of peritoneal dialysis
Techniques of peritoneal dialysis
Peritoneal dialysis in acute kidney injury: prescribing acute peritoneal dialysis therapy
Prescribing chronic peritoneal dialysis therapy
Urgent Start PD
Infectious complications related to peritoneal dialysis
Non- infectious complications during peritoneal dialysis
Common ESRD complication in PD, and the differences with HD
Peritoneal dialysis in the diabetic patients
Peritoneal dialysis in special situations
Survival in peritoneal dialysis population
Quality of life in PD patients
Continuous ambulatory peritoneal dialysis vs. automated dialysis: are there differences in the outcome?
Peritoneal dialysis in children
Intraperitoneal chemotherapy
Commonly asked questions
How to build a successful PD program
Peritoneal dialysis in developing countries. - DigitalStephan Schmidt, Hartmut Derendorf, editors.Summary: This comprehensive volume provides an update on the current state of pharmacometrics in drug development. It consists of nineteen chapters all written by leading scientists from the pharmaceutical industry, regulatory agencies and academia. After an introduction of the basic pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic concepts of pharmacometrics in drug development, the book presents numerous examples of specific applications that utilize pharmacometrics with modeling and simulations over a variety of therapeutic areas, including pediatrics, diabetes, obesity, infections, psychiatrics, Alzheimer?s disease, and dermatology, among others. The examples illustrate how results from all phases of drug development can be integrated in a more timely and cost-effective process. Applying pharmacometric decision tools during drug development can allow objective, data-based decision making. At the same time, the process can identify redundant or unnecessary experiments as well as some costly clinical trials that can be avoided. In addition to cost saving by expedited development of successful drug candidates, pharmacometrics has an important economic impact in drug product selection. Unsuccessful drug candidates can be identified early and discontinued without expending efforts required for additional studies and allocating limited resources. Hence, pharmacometric modeling and simulation has become a powerful tool to bring new and better medications to the patient at a faster pace and with greater probability of success.
Contents:
1 Introduction to Pharmacometrics and Quantitative Pharmacology with an Emphasis on Physiologically Based Pharmacokinetics
2 Personalized Medicine ? Integrating Individual Exposure and Response Information at the Bedside
3 Pharmacometrics in Pediatrics
4 Pharmacometrics in Chronic Kidney Disease
5 Drug-Disease Model-Based Development of Therapeutic Agents for Treatment of Diabetes
6 Applied Pharmacometrics in the Obese Population
7 Pharmacometrics in Cardiovascular Safety
8 Pharmacometrics in Bacterial Infections
9 Pharmacometrics in Viral Infections
10 Applied Antifungal Pharmacometrics: Fluconazole and Echinocandins in the Treatment of Candidemia and Invasive Candidiasis
11 Pharmacometrics and Tuberculosis
12 Pharmacometrics in Pulmonary Diseases
13 State-of-the-Art Pharmacometric Models in Osteoporosis
14 Pharmacometrics in Psychiatric Diseases
15 Clinical Trial Simulation in Alzheimer?s Disease
16 Pharmacometric Applications in Inflammation
17 Pharmacometrics in Dermatology
18 Pharmacometrics in Pain Management
19 Pharmacometrics of Hyperlipidemia. - Digitaleditors, Mansoor M. Amiji, PhD, RPh, Distinguished Professor and Chairman, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, Director, Laboratory of Biomaterials and Advanced Nano-Delivery Systems (BANDS), School of Pharmacy, Bouve College of Health Sciences, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Cook, PhD, RPh, Director of Program Assessment, Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutical and Biomedical Sciences Touro College of Pharmacy, New York, New York, W. Cary Mobley, PhD, RPh, Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceuticals, University of Florida, College of Pharmacy, Gainesville, Florida.Summary: This book explores the fundamental physicochemical properties and processes important for understanding how drugs are transformed into usable and stable drug products that release their drug upon administration, and for understanding the different processes that the released drug may encounter on its way to its pharmacological target prior to being eliminated by the body.... The book concludes with an overview of the principles of kinetics that are essential to understanding the rates at which many of the processes discussed in previous chapters occur.
Contents:
States of matter related to pharmacuetical formulations / Beverly J. Sandmann, Ann Newman, and Gregory T. Knipp
Physical properties of solutions / Beverly Sandmann, Antoine Al-Achi, Robert Greenwood
Ionic equilibria and buffers / Beverly Sandmann, Alekha K. Dash, Antoine Al-Achi, Robert Greenwood
Solubility, dissolution, and partitioning/ Beverly J. Sandmann and Mansoor M. Amiji
Mass transport / Mansoor M. Amiji
Complexation and protein binding / Mansoor M. Amiji
Dispersed systems / W. Cary Mobley
Interfacial phenomena / Maria Polikandritou Lambros and Shihong Li Nocolaou
Rheology / Maria Polikandritou Lambros
Chemical kinetics of pharmaceuticals / Thomas J. Cook.Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2014 - Digitaleditors, W. Cary Mobley, PhD, RPh, Clinical Associate Professor, Department of Pharmaceutics, College of Pharmacy, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida, Mansoor M. Amiji, PhD, RPh, Distinguished Professor and Chairman, Department of Pharmaceutical Sciences, School of Pharmacy, Bouve College of Health Sciences, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts, Thomas J. Cook, PhD, RPh, Freelance Medical and Scientific Writer, New York, New York.Summary: "Designed as the core textbook for the required physical pharmacy or pharmaceutics course within the pharmacy school curriculum. With a focus on examples from pharmacy practice, this book presents the chemical and physical chemical principles fundamental to the development of medication dosage forms. Numerous case studies present relevant examples of physical chemical principles in current pharmacy practice.
Contents:
Introduction to biopharmaceutics
States of matter related to pharmaceutical formulations
Physical properties of solutions
Ionic equilibria and buffers
Solubility, dissolution, and partitioning
Mass transport
Complexation and protein binding
Dispersed systems
Interfacial phenomena
Rheology
Chemical kinetics of pharmaceuticals
Appendix : basic mathematical concepts.Digital Access AccessPharmacy 2019 - DigitalSeiji Masuda, Shingo Izawa, editors.Summary: The focus of this book is to introduce up-to-date information on applications and practical use of RNA for agriculture, biotechnology and medicine. It provides unique ideas, tools, and methods in detail from a variety of scientific and technical disciplines. RNA science has progressed enormously in recent decades, and vast amounts of information on RNA functions and their regulatory mechanisms are becoming available. Such a progress opened the door to an age of practical application of RNA in many fields including agriculture, plant science, medical science, brewing and fermentation technology, and material production. This book inspires its readership and contributes to not only expansion in application of RNA but also to basic research.
Contents:
Intro; Contents;
Chapter 1: Improvement of Yeast Fermentation Efficiency Utilizing mRNAs Preferentially Translated Under Translational Repression; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Translational Repression and Formation of Cytoplasmic mRNP Granules; 1.3 HSP26 Is Preferentially Translated Under Glucose Depletion; 1.4 Translational Repression and Induction of mRNP Granule Formation Due to Ethanol Stress; 1.5 BTN2 Is Preferentially Translated Under Translation Repression Due to High Concentrations of Ethanol; 1.6 Improve Ethanol Tolerance and Fermentability by BTN2 Promoter. 1.7 ADH7 and BDH2 Are Preferentially Translated Under Translational Repression Due to Vanillin1.8 Improvement of Tolerance Against Biomass Conversion Inhibitors Using ADH7 Promoter; 1.9 Characteristics of the Promoters that Enable the Preferential Translation Under the Repression of Overall Protein Synthesis; 1.10 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: Constructing Mutant Ribosomes Containing Mutant Ribosomal RNAs; 2.1 Function and Structure of the Ribosome; 2.2 Constructing Mutant Ribosomes Containing Modified rRNAs; 2.2.1 The Use of Non-model Microorganisms. 5.2.5 In Vitro Selection for Structure-Switching Signaling Aptamers5.2.6 Other Types of Modified SELEX; 5.2.6.1 Modified SELEX Using Improved Libraries; 5.2.6.2 Modified SELEX with Improved Aptamer Separation Process; 5.2.6.3 Modified SELEX for Cell Surface or Whole-Cell Targets; 5.3 Biosensor Application of Aptamers for Natural Toxins; 5.3.1 Sensor Types; 5.3.2 Aptasensors for Natural Toxins; 5.4 Conclusions and Future Prospects; References;
Chapter 6: Rational Design of Artificial Riboswitches; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Research Initiation; 6.3 Bacterial ON-Riboswitches Modulating mRNA Cleavage.
Chapter 4: Reprogramming of Cells by Lactic Acid Bacteria4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Microbial Communities; 4.3 Modulation of Cellular Homeostasis, Cell Lineage Fate, and Stem Cell Development by Endosymbiotic Microbial Community; 4.4 Cell Reprogramming by Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB); 4.5 Cell Reprogramming by Members of Mycobacteriaceae; 4.6 Conclusions; References;
Chapter 5: Generation of Aptamers Against Natural Toxins and Their Application as Biosensors; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Strategies for Aptamer Generation; 5.2.1 Classic SELEX; 5.2.2 Allosteric Selection; 5.2.3 CE-SELEX; 5.2.4 GO-SELEX. - DigitalDavid Culliford.Summary: This essential book details intermediate-level statistical methods and frameworks for the clinician and medical researcher with an elementary grasp of health statistics and focuses on selecting the appropriate statistical method for many scenarios. Detailed evaluation of various methodologies familiarizes readers with the available techniques and equips them with the tools to select the best from a range of options. The inclusion of a hypothetical case study between a clinician and statistician charting the conception of the research idea through to results dissemination enables the reader to understand how to apply the concepts covered into their day-to-day clinical practice. Applied Statistical Considerations for Clinical Researchers focuses on how clinicians can approach statistical issues when confronted with a medical research problem by considering the data structure, how this relates to their study's aims and any potential knock-on effects relating to the evidence required to make correct clinical decisions. It covers the application of intermediate-level techniques in health statistics making it an ideal resource for the clinician seeking an up-to-date resource on the topic.
Contents:
Introduction
Preliminaries
Design
Planning
Data Acquisition
Data Manipulation Analysis
Inferencesty
Dissemination
A Case Study
Conclusions. - DigitalAriel Alonso, Theophile Bigirumurame, Tomasz Burzykowski, Marc Buyse, Geert Molenberghs, Leacky Muchene, Nolen Joy Perualila, Ziv Shkedy, Wim Van der Elst.Contents:
I. Introductory material
II. Contemporary surrogate endpoint evaluation methods : multiple-trial methods
III. Software tools
IV. Additional considerations and further topics.Digital Access TandFonline 2017 - Print[edited by] Caroline S. Zeind, Michael G. Carvalho, Judy W. Cheng, Kathy Zaiken, Trisha LaPointe.Summary: "Continually revised and updated for 50 years, Applied Therapeutics: The Clinical Use of Drugs is the gold standard for patient centered drug therapeutics. With its acclaimed case-based approach, it promotes mastery and application of the fundamentals of drug therapeutics. Featuring contributions from more than 200 experienced clinicians, every chapter reflects our ever-changing knowledge of drugs and the application of this knowledge to the individualized therapy of patients. As students progress from the General Principles section to chapters on specific diseases, they will benefit from practical problem-solving techniques that help devise effective evidence-based drug treatment plans"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Section 1: General principles. Medication therapy management and assessment of therapy ; Interpretation of clinical laboratory tests ; Drug interactions ; Pharmacogenomics and personalized medicine ; Managing drug overdoses and poisonings ; End-of-life care ; Interprofessional practice and education
Section 2: Cardiac and vascular disorders. Dyslipidemias, atherosclerosis, and coronary heart disease ; Essential hypertension ; Peripheral vascular disorders ; Thrombosis ; Chronic stable angina ; Acute coronary syndrome ; Heart failure ; Cardiac arrhythmias ; Hypertensive crises ; Shock
Section 3: Pulmonary disorders. Asthma ; Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease ; Acute and chronic rhinits ; Cystic fibrosis
Section 4: Gastrointestinal disoders. Nausea and vomiting ; Upper gastrointestinal disorders ; Lower gastrointestinal disorders ; Complications of end-stage liver disease
Section 5: Renal disorders. Acid-base disturbances ; Fluid and electrolyte disorders ; Chronic kidney disease ; Acute kidney injury ; Dialysis treatment for chronic kidney failure ; Dosing of drugs in kidney failure
Section 6: Immunologic disorders. Drug hypersensitivity reactions ; Systemic lupus erythematosus ; Kidney and liver transplantation
Section 7: Nutrition issues. Basics of nutrition and patient assessment ; Obesity ; Adult enteral nutrition ; Adult parenteral nutrition
Section 8: Dermatologic disorders. Dermatotherapy and drug-induced skin disorders ; Acne ; Psoriasis ; Photosensitivity, photoaging, and burn injuries
Section 9: Rheumatic and musculoskeletal diseases. Osteoarthritis ; Rheumatoid arthritis ; Gout and hyperuricemia ; Connective tissue disorders
Section 10: Women's health. Contraception ; Infertility ; Obstetric drug therapy Disorders related to the menstrual cycle ; The transition through menopause
Section 11: Endocrine disorders. Thyroid disorders ; Diabetes mellitus. Section 12: Eye disorders. Eye disorders
Section 13: Neurologic disorders. Pain and its management ; Care of the critically ill adult ; Mutiple sclerosis ; Headache ; Parkinson disease and other movement disorders ; Seizure disorders ; Acute ischemic and hemorrhagic stroke
Section 14: Infectious diseases. Principles of infectious diseases ; Antimicrobial prophylaxis for surgical procedures ; Vaccinations ; Central nervous system infections ; Endocarditis ; Respiratory tract infections ; Tuberculosis ; Infectious diarrhea ; Intra-abdominal infections ; Urinary tract infections ; Sexually transmitted diseases ; Osteomyelitis and septic arthritis ; Skin and soft tissue infections ; Prevention and treatment of infections in neutropenic cancer patients ; Pharmacotherapy of human immunodeficieny virus infection ; Opportunistic infections in patients living with HIV ; Fungal infections ; Viral infections ; Viral hepatitis ; Parasitic infections ; Tick-borne diseases
Section 15: Psychiatric disorders and substance abuse. Anxiety disorders ; Sleep disorders ; Schizophrenia ; Depressive disorders ; Bipolar disorders ; Developmental disorders ; Attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder in children, adolescents, and adults ; Substance use disorders ; Tobacco use and dependence
Section 16: Hematology and oncology. Anemias ; Neoplastic disorders and their treatment: general principles ; Adverse effects of chemotherapy, immunotherapy, and targeted agents ; Pediatric malignancies ; Adult hematologic malignancies ; Breast cancer ; Lung cancer ; Colorectal cancer ; Prostate cancer ; Hematopoietic stem cell transplantation
Section 17: Pediatrics. Pediatric pharmacotherapy ; Pediatric fluid, electrolytes, and nutrition ; Common pediatric illnesses ; Neonatal therapy ; Care of the critically ill child
Section 18: Geriatric therapy. Geriatric drug use ; Geriatric neurocognitive disorders ; Geriatric urologic disorders ; Osteoporosis. - DigitalCarl V. Asche, editor.Contents:
1. Introduction to Comparative Effectiveness Research
2. Randomized Controlled Trials
3. Observational Studies
4. Evaluating Published CER Evidence
5. Epidemiological Principles Applied to CER
6. The Question of Value
7. Medical Decision Making: When Evidence and Medical Culture Clash
8. The Value of Prevention.Digital Access Springer 2016 - Digitaledited by Hooman Keshavarzi, Fahad Khan, Bilal Ali, Rania Awaad.Summary: "This text outlines for the first time a structured articulation of an emerging Islamic orientation to psychotherapy, a framework presented and known as Traditional Islamically Integrated Psychotherapy (TIIP). TIIP is an integrative model of mental health care that is grounded in the core principles of Islam while drawing upon empirical truths in psychology. The book introduces the basic foundations of TIIP, then delves into the writings of early Islamic scholars to provide a richer understanding of the Islamic intellectual heritage as it pertains to human psychology and mental health. Beyond theory, the book provides readers with practical interventional skills illustrated with case studies as well as techniques drawn inherently from the Islamic tradition. A methodology of case formulation is provided that allows for effective treatment planning and translation into therapeutic application. Throughout its chapters, the book situates TIIP within an Islamic epistemological and ontological framework, providing a discussion of the nature and composition of the human psyche, its drives, health, pathology, mechanisms of psychological change, and principles of healing. Mental health practitioners who treat Muslim patients, Muslim clinicians, students of the behavioral sciences and related disciplines, and anyone with an interest in spiritually oriented psychotherapies will greatly benefit from this illustrative and practical text"-- Provided by publisher.
- Digitaledited by David Hui, Alexander A. Leung, Raj Padwal ; with assistance from Christopher Ma.Digital Access Springer 2016
- Digitaledited by David Hui, Alexander A. Leung, Christopher Ma ; assisted by Anwar Saifal, Caitlyn Collins.Summary: The fully updated fifth edition of this highly successful textbook provides an integrated symptom- and issue-based approach to internal medicine with easily accessible, high-yield clinical information. For each topic, carefully organized sections on different diagnoses, investigations, and treatments are designed to facilitate patient care and examination preparation. Numerous clinical pearls and comparison tables are provided to help enhance learning, and international units (US and metric) are used to facilitate application in everyday clinical practice. In addition to the central tenets of internal medicine, the book covers many highly important, rarely discussed topics in medicine, including: palliative care, obstetrical medicine, transfusion reactions, needle stick injuries, interpretation of gram stain, depression and code status discussion. This fifth edition additionally includes new coverage of the coronavirus-19 and cancer survivorship while being fully updated throughout. Authors present this information in a streamlined fashion, preserving the books pocket-sized, quick reference format. Approach to Internal Medicine continues to serve as an essential reference primarily for medical students, residents, and fellows -- with practicing physicians, nurses, and advanced practice providers also finding the text of value as a point of care reference. .
Contents:
Pulmonary Medicine
Cardiology
Nephrology
Critical Care
Gastroenterology
Hematology
Oncology
Infectious Diseases
Rheumatology
Neurology
Endocrinology
Dermatology
Geriatrics
Palliative Care
Nutrition
Toxicology and Addiction
Obstetric Medicine
General Internal Medicine
Common Drug Classes
Appendix I. Advanced Cardiac Life Support
Appendix II. List of Common Abbreviations
Index. - DigitalSatyendra K. Tiwary, editor.Summary: The book covers all aspects of lower limb oedema including aetiology, pathophysiology, clinical approach, investigations, differential diagnosis and management. It presents all the medical and surgical aspects of lower limb oedema in a well-illustrated manner for better understanding. It covers the lower limb oedema of different origins separately to highlight the different spectrums in their presentation and management. Separate chapters include special conditions like pregnancy, trauma and vascular malformations. The book augments the learning and knowledge for lower limb oedema management by illustrating all aspects of it. It suggests proceeding with every possible aetiology with a better understanding of pathophysiology and adequate designated investigations. It also includes clinical guidelines that help to solve the diagnostic dilemma in lower limb oedema management with infused points to reach a consensus in each and every possible cause. The book includes recent scientific literature and accepted guidelines adopted from the publications during the last ten years to provide latest knowledge in the field. The approaches discussed in the book with specific importance to clinical workup and meticulous investigation protocols will help the surgeons, physicians, primary care workers as well as surgical resident trainees to reach the correct diagnosis and proper management.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Foreword
Preface
Contents
1: Introduction of Lower Limb Edema
1.1 Background
1.2 Introduction
1.3 Etiology and Classification
1.4 Pathophysiology
1.5 Diagnosis
1.6 Management and Outcome
1.7 Deep Vein Thrombosis
1.8 Lymphedema
1.9 Conclusion
References
2: Anatomy of Lower Limb
2.1 Anatomy of Venous System of the Lower Extremity
2.2 Embryological Development of Veins of the Lower Extremity: Clinical Aspects of Atypical Anatomy
2.3 Anatomical Routes Connecting Pelvic Veins with Those of the Lower Extremity 2.4 Anatomy of Lymphatic System of Lower Extremity
References
3: Physiological Basis of Lower Limb Edema
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Architecture of Microcirculation Unit
3.3 Myogenic Autoregulation of Capillary Microcirculation
3.4 Capillary Endothelium as Regulator of Microcirculation
3.5 Transcapillary Exchange Across Endothelium
3.6 Diffusion Across Capillary Endothelium
3.7 Capillary Filtration as Regulated by Pressure Gradients
3.8 Lymphatic Circulation
3.9 Pathophysiology of Edema
3.10 Thermodynamical Considerations in Edema Therapeutics 3.11 Various Physiological Conditions Affecting Edema Formation
3.11.1 Effect of Gravity
3.11.2 Effect of Diet and Nutrition
3.11.3 Effect of Physical Activity and Posture
3.11.4 Edema in Pregnancy
3.11.5 Effect of Altitude Changes
3.12 Pathological Conditions Presenting with Edema
3.12.1 Heart Failure
3.12.2 Hepatic Cirrhosis
3.12.3 Constrictive Pericarditis and Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
3.12.4 Renal Diseases
3.12.5 Medications
3.12.6 Thyroid Disease
3.12.7 Lymphatic Obstruction
3.12.8 Venous Incompetence or Deep Vein Thrombosis 3.12.9 Dermatitis and Lipedema
3.13 Conclusion
References
4: Aetiopathogenesis in Lower Limb Oedema
4.1 Introduction
4.2 Pathogenesis
4.3 Starling Forces
4.4 Etiology
4.5 Heart Diseases
4.6 Liver Diseases
4.7 Renal Diseases
4.8 Venous (or Lymphatic) Drainage Obstruction
4.9 Deep Vein Thrombosis
4.10 Chronic Vein Insufficiency
4.11 Reflex Sympathetic Dystrophy
4.12 Lymphedema
4.13 Inflammatory Edema
4.14 Summary and Conclusion
References
5: Clinical Examination in Lower Limb Edema
5.1 Introduction
5.2 Clinical History 5.3 Physical Examination
5.3.1 Distribution
5.3.2 Tenderness
5.3.3 Pitting
5.3.4 Skin changes
5.4 Diagnostic Studies
5.4.1 Laboratory Tests
5.4.2 Noninvasive Quantitative Methods to Assess Lower Limb Edema
5.4.3 Water Displacement (Volume Measurements) [16]
5.4.4 Perometer [17]
5.4.5 Circumferential Method (with a Tape Measure) [18]
5.4.6 Bioimpedance (BIA)
References
6: Investigations of Lower Limb Edema
6.1 Introduction
6.2 Static Leg Circumference Measurements
6.3 Static Leg Volume Measurements - DigitalJerry McCauley, Seyed Mehrdad Hamrahian, Omar H. Maarouf, editors.Summary: Chronic kidney disease (CKD) is a major global public health problem, affecting nearly one in seven adults in the United States alone. It is a disease that integrates chronic illness at several levels, and the progressive condition is associated with high rates of co-morbidity. This text provides a comprehensive, current state-of-the art review of this field, serving as a valuable resource for primary care providers and non-nephrology clinicians that treat patients with CKD. It is comprised of 24 chapters focused on specific aspects of the disease. The first 2 chapters provide a bit of background on the disease, describing the anatomy and physiology of the kidney as well as the definition and epidemiology of the disease. The following 3 chapters discuss the detection, prevention and progression of the disease. The next 6 chapters describe the relationship of the disease with other conditions and most common co-morbidities such as diabetes and hypertension. The chapters, that follow focus on the CKD associated complications and the CKD within special populations such as the elderly and minorities as well as dietary restrictions and drug dosing. The book concludes with discussion on preparation for renal replacement therapy and preemptive organ transplantation as an alternative to dialysis in the management of the advanced CKD. Written by experts in the field, Approach to Chronic Kidney Disease is a comprehensive guide for clinicians, especially primary care providers including residents and fellows in training, who take care of chronic kidney disease patients. It is also a useful tool for researchers dealing with this challenging field. .
Contents:
Renal Physiology for Primary Care Clinicians
State of the Care Definition and Epidemiology of CKD
Screening Tests for CKD Detection
Prevention of CKD and Retarding the Progression of CKD
Progression of CKD and Uremic Symptoms
Diabetic Kidney Disease
Hypertensive Kidney Disease
Infection Related Kidney Disease
Hepatorenal Syndrome
Lupus Nephritis
Onco-Nephrology
Complications of Chronic Kidney Disease: Electrolyte and Acid Base Disorders
Anemia in chronic kidney disease
CKD Mineral and Bone Disorder
Hypertension and Cardiovascular Disease in Patients with Chronic Kidney Disease
CKD in Elderly: Do old kidneys behave differently
CKD in Non-Renal Solid Organ Transplantation
CKD and Pregnancy
CKD in Minorities: Non-Hispanic blacks, Hispanics Asians Indian Americans
Nutrition in CKD
Drug Dosing in CKD: Polypharmacy and Nephrotoxicity
Use of Iodinated and Gadolinium Containing Contrast Media in CKD
Preparation for Renal Replacement Therapy
Pre-emptive Kidney Transplant: An Alternative to Dialysis. - Digitaleditors, Manish Srivastava, Neha Srivastava, Pramod W. Ramteke and Pradeep Kumar Mishra.Summary: Cellulase is a key enzyme of industrial interest and plays a crucial role in the hydrolysis of cellulose, a prime component of plant cell walls. Cellulase covers a broad area in the global market of industrially important enzymes and it is considered as the third largest industrial enzyme globally. Additionally, cellulase contributes about 20% of the total enzyme market globally because of its massive demand in various industries such as in biofuel production, pulp, paper, textile, food, and beverages, as well as in detergent industries. Among these, the demand of cellulase may become frequently selected in the commercial production of biofuels in the future and thus will further increase demand of cellulase in the biofuel industry. Because biofuel production is still not realized in a cost-effective, practical implementation due to its high cost (the higher cost of biofuels is due to higher production costs of enzymes), there is a need to introduce these types of approaches, which will help to lower the cost of enzyme production for developing overall economic biofuel production.
Contents:
Intro; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; About the Editors;
Chapter 1: Fungal Cellulases: New Avenues in Biofuel Production; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Classification, Production, and Mode of Action; 1.3 Cellulase as Biofuels; 1.3.1 Bioethanol; 1.3.1.1 Stages/Processing Route; Pretreatment; Hydrolysis; Fermentation; 1.3.1.2 Factors Affecting Bioethanol Manufacturing; Temperature; Inoculum; Agitation Rate; Fermentation Time; 1.3.1.3 Bioethanol-Based Economy; 1.3.1.4 Recent Status of Bioethanol Production; 1.4 Advantages of Fungal Cellulase; 1.5 Industrial Application 1.5.1 Function of Cellulase in Several Industries1.5.1.1 Biofuels; 1.5.1.2 Textile Industry; 1.5.1.3 Pulp and Paper Industry; 1.5.1.4 Agriculture Industries; 1.5.1.5 Animal Feed Industries; 1.5.1.6 Other Applications; 1.6 Current Status; 1.7 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 2: An Insight into Fungal Cellulases and Their Industrial Applications; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Fungal Cellulases; 2.2.1 Cellulases from Aspergillus; 2.2.2 Cellulases from Trichoderma; 2.2.3 Cellulases from Penicillium; 2.2.4 Cellulases from Other Genera; 2.3 Conclusion; References 4.3.2 Optimization Process for Enhanced Cellulose Production4.4 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Role of Solid-State Fermentation to Improve Cost Economy of Cellulase Production; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 SSF Mode of Cellulase Production; 5.3 SmF Versus SSF; 5.4 Microbes and Other Conditions in SSF; 5.5 Role of Inducer/Accessory Proteins in Cellulase Production; 5.6 Cellulase Optimization Strategies; 5.7 Microbial Consortia Applications; 5.8 Process Economy of Production and Extraction in SSF Mode; 5.9 Pilot-Scale Production Strategies; 5.10 Conclusion; References
Chapter 3: Comparative Study of Cellulase Production Using Submerged and Solid-State Fermentation3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Cellulase Production by Submerged Fermentation; 3.3 Cellulase Production by Solid-State Fermentation; 3.4 Summary; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Microorganisms for Cellulase Production: Availability, Diversity, and Efficiency; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Identification of New Strains with Potential for Cellulose Production; 4.3 Microorganisms as Tools for Efficient Cellulase Production; 4.3.1 Fermentative Process Parameters - Digitaledited by Robin Canuel and Chad Crichton.Summary: "Liaison librarianship is a well-established system for framing the work and organizational structures of an academic library to effectively meet the needs of faculty and students. But despite its rich history, the precise meaning of liaison librarianship remains somewhat fluid--the size and nature of an academic institution, the library's financial and human resources, and the diversity and size of local programs are only some of the variables that librarians must take into consideration when evaluating a specific liaison model for their library, how to implement it, and how its success will be assessed. Approaches to Liaison Librarianship showcases a number of different implementations of the liaison model, across a range of institutions, and describes in detail many of the tailored programs and services that liaison librarians are so well-positioned to provide"-- Publisher's description
Contents:
The establishment and evolution of a liaison librarian program / Angela D. Hamilton
Creating and managing a new liaison organizational model: strategies for success / Gary W. White and Yelena Luckert
Getting on the change train: facilitating a reframing of the liaison model / Jeannie Bail and Marc Bragdon
Cultivating liaison leadership: pathways to management / Kerry M. Creelman, Andrea R. Malone, Lisa Martin, and Veronica Arellano Douglas
A delicate balance: fostering a collaborative work environment in the life of a merged library / Natalie Waters
Building bridges beyond the library: outreach activities for liaison librarians / Lisa M. Woznicki
Move out and move in: an embedded approach to liaison roles / Helen Power and Sharon Munro
The embedded instruction liaison librarian: creating a workshop series for future professionals / Lindsay McNiff
Better together: collaboratively designing and teaching a problem-based public health course / Lana Mariko Wood
Research in the studio, artists in the stacks: mapping information literacy and the library in a studio arts program / Larissa Garcia and Jessica Labatte
Telling a compelling story: using the guidelines for primary source literacy to teach students how to critically use original library documents / Sandy Hervieux
The more we work together: supporting student research through librarian-faculty collaboration in an online graduate course / Jenny Harris and Catherine Gatewood-Keim
Extending our reach: collaborating and creating an e-learning resource for social science graduate students / Christena A. McKillop
Best of both worlds: transitioning roles for a liaison librarian to an embedded librarian by becoming an adjunct instructor / Melissa E. Johnson
Working with faculty development groups: building mutually beneficial relationships to deepen liaison librarian-faculty collaborations / Theresa McDevitt, Stephanie Taylor-Davis, and Carrie Bishop
Uncovering indigenous knowledge at the cultural interface: liaison-led initiatives to decolonize academic library collections / Michael Dudley and April Blackbird
Speaking across silos: understanding the commonalities between subject and functional roles / Pamella R. Lach, Amanda Lanthorne, and Laurel Bliss
Liaison and scholarly communication librarians collaborating to support faculty and students / Sarah A. Norris, Sandra Avila, and Buenaventura Basco
Entrepreneurship unbound: liaison librarians supporting entrepreneurship in the university environment / Jordan M. Nielsen
Beyond the looking glass: applying a futures thinking perspective for managing liaison roles / Cinthya Ippoliti.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2021 - DigitalMirza Hasanuzzaman, editor.Summary: In this comprehensive book, plant biologists and environmental scientists present the latest information on different approaches to the remediation of inorganic pollutants. Highlighting remediation techniques for a broad range of pollutants, the book offers a timely compilation to help readers understand injury and tolerance mechanisms, and the subsequent improvements that can be achieved by plant-based remediation. Gathering contributions by respected experts in the field, the book represents a valuable asset for students and researchers, particularly plant physiologists, environmental scientists, biotechnologists, botanists, soil chemists and agronomists.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Ion homeostasis and its role in salt remediation by halophytes
Chapter 2. Role of Transporters in Accumulating Salt Ions by Halophytes
Chapter 3. Dual Role of Nitrogen: Essential Plant Mineral Element and Source of Inorganic Pollution
Chapter 4. Synthesis and regulation of secondary metabolites in plants in conferring tolerance to toxic metals and inorganic pollutants
Chapter 5. Bicarbonate toxicity and elevated pH in plants: Metabolism, regulation and tolerance
Chapter 6. Antioxidant defense systems and remediation of metal toxicity in plants
Chapter 7. Current Research on the Role of Plant Primary and Secondary Metabolites in Response to Cadmium Stress
Chapter 8. The current scenario and prospects of immobilization remediation technique for the management of heavy metals contaminated soils
Chapter 9. Inhibition of donor and acceptor side of Photosystem II by cadmium ions
Chapter 10. Physiological and Molecular Mechanism of Metalloid Tolerance in Plants
Chapter 11. Heavy metals-induced morphophysiological and biochemical changes in Mentha piperita L.
Chapter 12. Heavy Metals-induced Physiological and Biochemical changes in Fenugreek (Trigonella foenum-graceum L.)
Chapter 13. Copper-induced responses in different plant species
Chapter 14. Concept and types of phytoremediation
Chapter 15. Bioremediation of Heavy Metals Using the Symbiosis Between Leguminous Plants and Genetically Engineered Rhizobia
Chapter 16. Metallothionein- and Phytochelatin-assisted mechanism of heavy metal detoxification in microalgae
Chapter 17. Efficacy of Duckweeds for phytoremediation: Morpho-physiological and biochemical alterations
Chapter 18. Metals Phytoextraction by Brassica species
Chapter 19. Molecular Basis of Plant-Microbes Interaction in Remediating Metals and Inorganic Pollutants. - DigitalMariano Bizzarri, editors.Summary: This volume - for pharmacologists, systems biologists, philosophers and historians of medicine - points to investigate new avenues in pharmacology research, by providing a full assessment of the premises underlying a radical shift in the pharmacology paradigm. The pharmaceutical industry is currently facing unparalleled challenges in developing innovative drugs. While drug-developing scientists in the 1990s mostly welcomed the transformation into a target-based approach, two decades of experience shows that this model is failing to boost both drug discovery and efficiency. Selected targets were often not druggable and with poor disease linkage, leading to either high toxicity or poor efficacy. Therefore, a profound rethinking of the current paradigm is needed. Advances in systems biology are revealing a phenotypic robustness and a network structure that strongly suggest that exquisitely selective compounds, compared with multitarget drugs, may exhibit lower than desired clinical efficacy. This appreciation of the role of polypharmacology has significant implications for tackling the two major sources of attrition in drug development, efficacy and toxicity. Integrating network biology and polypharmacology holds the promise of expanding the current opportunity space for druggable targets.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Revisiting the concept of human disease (Mariano Bizzarri, Mirko Minini, and Noemi Monti)
Chapter 2. Dynamical aspects of pharmacokinetic/pharmacodynamics and quantitative systems pharmacology models (Ioannis Loisios-Konstantinidis, Panteleimon D. Mavroudis, Panos Macheras)
Chapter 3. The efficiency of multi-target drugs: a network approach (Lucas N. Alberca, Alan Talevi)
Chapter 4. Mining Complex Biomedical Literature for Actionable Knowledge on Rare Diseases (Vinicius M. Alvesa, Stephen J. Capuzzia, Nancy Baker, Eugene N. Muratov, Alexander Trospsha, and Anthony J. Hickey)
Chapter 5. Big Data, Personalized Medicine and Network Pharmacology: beyond the current paradigms (Alessandro Giuliani and Virginia Todde)
Chapter 6. Epigenetic Control Using Small Molecules in Cancer (Tomohiro Kozako, Yukihiro Itoh, Shinichiro Honda, Takayoshi Suzuki)
Chapter 7. Multiscale Modelling of Cancer: Micro-, Meso- and Macro-scales of Growth and Spread (Mark AJ Chaplain)
Chapter 8. Precision Oncology vs Phenotypic approaches in the management of cancer: a case for the postmitotic state (Armando Aranda-Anzaldo and Myrna A.R. Dent)
Chapter 9. Migrastatics
anti-metastatic drugs targeting cancer cell invasion (Aneta Gandalovičová , Daniel Rosel , Jan Brábek)
Chapter 10. Critical steps in Epithelial-Mesenchymal transition as target for cancer treatment (Evgeny V. Denisov, Mohit Kumar Jolly, Vitaly P. Shubin, Alexey S. Tsukanov, Nadezhda V. Cherdyntseva)
Chapter 11. Targeting the tumor-associated macrophages for 'normalizing' cancer (Julia Kzhyshkowska)
Chapter 12. Tumor Reversion induced by embryo and oocyte extracts (Sara Proietti, Andrea Pensotti and Alessandra Cucina)
Chapter 13. Trabectedin, a drug acting on both cancer cells and the tumor microenvironment (Paola Allavena, Manuela Liguori, Cristina Belgiovine)
Chapter 14. Advances in Characterizing Recently-identified Molecular Actions of Melatonin: Clinical Implications (Russel J. Reiter, Ramaswamy Sharma, Sergio A. Rosales-Corral, Ana Coto-Montes, Jose Antonio Boga, Jerry Vriend)
Chapter 15. Multitarget activities of Inositol and Inositol Hexakisphosphate (Ivana Vucenik)
Chapter 16. Integration of Phytochemicals and Phytotherapy into Cancer Precision Medicine (Nadire Özenver and Thomas Efferth)
Chapter 17. Synergistic Effects of Chinese Herbal Medicine and Biological Networks (Deep Jyoti Bhuyan, Saumya Perera1, Kirandeep Kaur, Muhammad A. Alsherbiny, Mitchell Low, Sai-Wang Seto, Chun-Guang Li, Xian Zhou)
Chapter 18. Medicinal herbs: its therapeutic use in obstetrics and gynaecology (Irene Orbe, Daniel Paz, Leyre Pejenaute, Andrea Puente, Laura Diaz de Alda, Sandra Yague, Iñaki Lete)
Chapter 19. Overcoming Antibiotic Resistance: New Perspectives (Matteo Bassetti, Elda Righi). - DigitalGulab Singh Yadav, Vikas Kumar, Neeraj K. Aggarwal, editors.Summary: The book discusses the basics of aptamers and the advent of aptamer-based technology in recent times. The book covers the diverse applications of aptamers, such as in detection of animal and plant pathogens, disease diagnosis and therapeutics, environmental contamination detection etc. Besides these applications, the book also describes the use of these synthetic or modified DNA, as drug delivery vehicles. The different chapters describe how the binding capacity and specificity of aptamers can be exploited in various ways. The book also discusses how these attributes of aptamers can outdo the antibody technology in biomedical and diagnostic solutions. This crisp and concise book gives the readers an insight into the most recent biotechnological applications of aptamers.
Contents:
Aptamer: The Science of Synthetic DNA
Recent updates for isolation of aptamers for various biothreat agents using different strategies and their role in detection applications
Aptamer: A Futuristic Approach in Diagnosis Rivaling Antibodies
Aptamer: Apt System for Target-specific Drug Delivery
Aptamers: Novel therapeutic and diagnostic molecules
Different approaches for aptamer conjugated drugs preparation
Nucleic acid guided molecular tool for in-vivo theranostic applications
Current development and future prospects of aptamer based protein targeting
Aptasensor- Possible design and strategy for aptamer based sensor
Aptamer-based biosensors for detection of environmental pollutants
Role of aptamers in plant defense mechanism against viral diseases
Aptamer- a next generation tool for application in agricultural industry for food safety.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalSimon Goddek, Alyssa Joyce, Benz Kotzen, Gavin M. Burnell, editors.OAPEN (Open Access Publishing in European Networks).. OAPENSummary: This open access book, written by world experts in aquaponics and related technologies, provides the authoritative and comprehensive overview of the key aquaculture and hydroponic and other integrated systems, socio-economic and environmental aspects. Aquaponic systems, which combine aquaculture and vegetable food production offer alternative technology solutions for a world that is increasingly under stress through population growth, urbanisation, water shortages, land and soil degradation, environmental pollution, world hunger and climate change.
Contents:
PART 1: FRAMEWORK CONDITIONS IN A RESOURCE LIMITED WORLD 1: Aquaponics and Global Food Challenges 2: Aquaponics: closing the cycle on limited water, land and nutrient resources 3: Recirculating Aquaculture Technology 4: Hydroponic Technology PART 2: SPECIFIC AQUAPONIC TECHNOLOGY 5: Aquaponics: The Basics 6: Bacterial Relationships in Aquaponics: New Research Directions 7: Coupled Aquaponic Systems 8: Decoupled Aquaponic Systems 9: Nutrient Cycling 10: Aerobic & Anaerobic Treatments for Aquaponic Sludge Reduction and Mineralisation 11: Systems Modelling 12: Aquaponics: Alternative Types and Approaches PART 3: PERSPECTIVE FOR SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT 13: Fish Diets in Aquaponics 14: Plant Pathogens and Control Strategies in Aquaponics 15: Smarthoods: Aquaponics Integrated Microgrids 16: Aquaponics for the Anthropocene: Towards a 'sustainable first' Agenda PART 4: MANAGEMENT & MARKETING 17: Insight into Risk in Aquatic Animal Health in Aquaponics 18: Commercial Aquaponics
A Long Road Ahead 19: Aquaponics: The Ugly Duckling in Organic Regulation 20: Regulatory Frameworks for Aquaponics within the EU 21: Aquaponics in the Built Environment PART 5: AQUAPONICS AND EDUCATION 22: Aquaponics as an Educational Tool 23: Opportunities and challenges in using aquaponics among young people at school
a Danish perspective 24: Aquaponics and Social Enterprise. - Digital/PrintBaoxue Yang, editor.Contents:
Molecular biology of aquaporins / Chunling Li, Weidong Wang
The evolutionary aspects of aquaporin family / Kenichi Ishibashi, Yoshiyuki Morishita, Yasuko Tanaka
Transport characteristics of aquaporins / Xiaoqiang Geng, Baoxue Yang
Aquaporins and gland secretion / Christine Delporte
Aquaporins in nervous system / Mengmeng Xu, Ming Xiao, Shao Li, Baoxue Yang
Aquaporins in cardiovascular system / Lu Tie, Di Wang, Yundi Shi, Xuejun Li
Aquaporins in respiratory system / Yuanlin Song, Linlin Wang, Jian Wang, Chunxue Bai
Aquaporins in digestive system / Shuai Zhu Bachelor, Jianhua Ran, Baoxue Yang, Zhechuan Mei
Aquaporins in urinary system / Yingjie Li, Weiling Wang, Tao Jiang, Baoxue Yang
The physiological role and regulation of aquaporins in teleost germ cells / Joan Cerdà, Fraṅçois Chauvigné, Roderick Nigel Finn
Aquaporins in the skin / Ravi Patel, L. Kevin Heard, Xunsheng Chen, Wendy B. Bollag
Aquaporins in the eye / Thuy Linh Tran, Steffen Hamann, Steffen Heegaard
Aquaporins in fetal development / Nora Martínez, Alicia E. Damiano
Diabetes insipidus / H.A. Jenny Lu
Aquaporins in obesity / Inês Vieira da Silva, Graça Soveral
Aquaporin-targeted therapeutics: state-of-the-field / Lukmanee Tradtrantip, Bjung-Ju Jin, Xiaoming Yao [and others]
Water transport mediated by other membrane proteins / Boyue Huang, Hongkai Wang, Baoxue Yang
Methods to measure water permeability / Evgeniy I. Solenov, Galina S. Baturina, Liubov E. Katkova [and others].Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalChristian E.W. Steinberg.Summary: This book is a unique cross fertilization of aquatic ecology and aquaculture. It shows how diets structure the digestive tract and its microbiota and, in turn, the microbiota influences life history traits of its host, including behavior. Short-term starvation can have beneficial effects on individuals themselves and succeeding generations which may acquire multiple stress resistances - a mechanism strengthening the persistence of populations. From terrestrial, but not yet from aquatic animals, it is understood that circadian the rhythmicity makes toxins or good food. On the long-term, the dietary basis impacts succeeding generations and can trigger a sympatric speciation by (epi)-genetics. This volume defines gaps in nutritional research and practice of farmed fishes and invertebrates by referring to knowledge from marine and freshwater biology. It also points out that dietary benefits and deficiencies have effects on several succeeding generations, indicating that well designed diets may have the potential to successfully improve broodstock and breeding effort.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Abbreviations and Glossary; Chapter 1: Introduction
'You Are What You Eat'; Appendix; Technical Note; References; Chapter 2: Diets and Digestive Tracts
'Your Food Determines Your Intestine'; 2.1 Digestive Tract; 2.2 Digestion; 2.2.1 Protein Digestion; 2.2.2 Lipid Digestion; 2.2.3 Carbohydrate Digestion; 2.3 Ontogenesis and the Intestine; 2.3.1 Fishes; 2.3.2 Invertebrates; 2.3.2.1 Echinoderms; 2.3.2.2 Crustaceans; 2.4 Herbivory, a Disadvantageous Acquization Strategy?; 2.4.1 Fishes; 2.4.2 Invertebrates; 2.5 Starvation and Gut Morphology. 2.6 Trophic Positions: An Omnivores' Dilemma?2.7 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Intestinal Microbiota
'Your Eating Feeds a Plethora of Guests' and 'This Plethora of Guests Determines Who You Are and How Well You Do'; 3.1 Invertebrates; 3.1.1 Hydrozoa; 3.1.2 Mollusks; 3.1.3 Echinoderms; 3.1.4 Crustaceans; 3.2 Fishes; 3.2.1 Microbiome Ontogenesis; 3.2.2 Does a Core Microbiome Exist?; 3.2.2.1 Microbiome and Starvation; 3.2.2.2 Host's Impact on Microbiota; 3.2.2.3 Environmental Impact on Microbiota; 3.2.2.4 Diet; 3.2.3 Zebrafish as Witness of Microbiome Development. 3.2.4 Control Functions by Gut Microbiota3.2.4.1 Circadian Clock; 3.2.4.2 Behavior; 3.2.4.3 Development and Health; 3.3 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 4: Dietary Restriction, Starvation, Compensatory Growth
'Short-Term Fasting Does Not Kill You: It Can Make You Stronger'; 4.1 Indicators of Starvation; 4.2 Starvation Tolerance and Starvation Impact; 4.2.1 Cnidarians; 4.2.2 Rotifers; 4.2.3 Mollusks; 4.2.4 Echinoderms; 4.2.5 Crustaceans; 4.2.5.1 Ostracods; 4.2.5.2 Cladocerans; 4.2.5.3 Copepods; 4.2.5.4 Amphipods and Isopods; 4.2.5.5 Euphausiids; 4.2.5.6 Decapods; 4.2.6 Fishes. 4.2.6.1 Livebearers4.2.6.2 Cavefish; 4.2.6.3 Killifishes; 4.2.7 Summary of Starvation Effects; 4.2.8 Starvation: Point-of-no-Return; 4.3 Compensatory Growth; 4.3.1 Invertebrates; 4.3.1.1 Mollusks; 4.3.1.2 Crustaceans; 4.3.1.3 Insects; 4.3.2 Fishes; 4.3.2.1 Overcompensatory Growth; 4.3.2.2 Costs of Compensatory Growth; 4.4 Compensatory Growth in Populations; 4.5 Regulation of Compensatory Growth; 4.5.1 Appetite-Regulating Hormones; 4.5.2 Neuropeptides; 4.5.3 Transcription of Growth Regulators; 4.5.3.1 Information from Transgenic Animals; 4.6 Concluding remarks; References. Chapter 5: Chrononutrition
'The Clock Makes Good Food'5.1 How Does a Biological Clock Work?; 5.1.1 Fishes; 5.1.2 Invertebrates; 5.2 Food and Circadian Gene Transcription; 5.2.1 Major Nutrients; 5.2.2 Xenobiotic or Antinutritional Compounds; 5.3 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 6: Transgenerational Effects
'Your Offspring Will Become What You Eat'; 6.1 Parental Effects; 6.1.1 Maternal Effects; 6.1.1.1 Invertebrates; 6.1.1.2 Fishes; Egg and Embryo Quality; Transgenerational Metabolic Programming; Offspring Immunity and Fecundity; 6.1.2 Paternal Effects; 6.1.2.1 Male Pregnancy. - DigitalDomenico Bonamonte, Gianni Angelini, editors.Contents:
Preface
1 Introduction and general principles
2 The aquatic environment and its biotoxins: Toxic aquatic animals
3 The aquatic environment and the function of biotoxins
4 Biochemistry of biotoxins in the aquatic environment
5 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Coelenterates nematocysts
6 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Nematocyst poison
7 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to jellyfish
8 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to sea anemones
9 Seabather eruption
10 Dermatitis caused by Coelenterates: Reactions to physaliae (Skin and systemic reactions)
11 Dermatitis caused by Echinoderms
12 Dermatitis caused by Molluscs
13 Lesions caused by Arthropods
14 Dermatitis caused by sponges
15 Dermatitis caused by algae and Bryozoans
16 Dermatitis caused by aquatic worms
17 Dermatitis caused by fish
18 Dermatitis caused by aquatic bacteria
19 Aquatic skin diseases from physical and chemical causes.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalKleber Del-Claro, Rhainer Guillermo, editors.Summary: This book presents a broad view of the ecology and behavior of aquatic insects, raising awareness of this conspicuous and yet little known fauna that inhabits inland waterbodies such as rivers, lakes and streams, and is particularly abundant and diverse in tropical ecosystems. The chapters address topics such as distribution, dispersal, territoriality, mating behavior, parental care and the role of sensory systems in the response to external and internal cues. In the context of ecology, it discusses aquatic insects as bio indicators that may be used to assess environmental disturbances, either in protected or urban areas, and provides insights into how genetic connectivity can support the development of novel conservation strategies. It also explores how aquatic insects can inspire solutions for various problems faced by modern society, presenting examples in the fields of material science, optics, sensorics and robotics.
Contents:
Preface
Aquatic Insects
why it is important to dedicate our time on their study?
Distribution and Habitats of Aquatic Insects
Dispersal by Aquatic Insects
Effects of Abiotic Factors and Ecogeographic Patterns on the Ecology, Distribution and Behavior of Aquatic Insects
The Biotic Environment: Multiple Interactions in an Aquatic World
Drumming for Love: Mating Behavior in Stoneflies
Aquatic Insect Sensilla: Morphology and Function
Territoriality in Aquatic Insects
Defenses of Water Insects
Reproductive Behavior and Sexual Selection
Sexual Conflict in Water Striders, Dragonflies and Diving Beetles
Paternal Care in Giant Water Bugs
The Aquatic Lepidopterans: A Mysterious and Unknown Fauna
Urban Aquatic Insects
The Tinbergen Shortfall: Developments on Aquatic Insect Behavior that are Critical for Freshwater Conservation
Genetic Connectivity in Conservation of Freshwater Insects
Aquatic Insects as a Source for Biomimetics
Index.Digital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalLaith A. Jawad, editor.Summary: The Arabian Seas Marine Region encompasses marine areas from Djibouti to Pakistan, including the northern part of Somalia, the Red Sea, the Arabian/Persian Gulf, and parts of the Arabian Sea. Human pressures on the coastal and marine environments are evident throughout the region, and have resulted in harmful environmental effects. Oil and domestic, urban and industrial pollutants in several areas of this part of the world have caused local habitat degradation, eutrophication and algal blooms. Further, coastal landfill, dredging, and sedimentation, as well as nutrient and sediment runoff from phosphate mining, agriculture and grazing, and reduction in freshwater seepage due to groundwater extraction are all contributing to the degradation of coastal environments. This book discusses aspects not covered in other books on the region, which largely focus on marine biodiversity, and examines several environmental challenges that are often ignored, but which have a significant impact on the environment. Evaluating the status quo, it also recommends conservation measures and examines the abiotic factors that play a major main role in the environmental changes. Lastly, the book addresses the biodiversity of the area, providing a general context for the conservation and management measures discussed.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Editor and Contributors
Introduction
1 The Name of the Studied Area
2 The Geographical and Geological Settings
3 Biodiversity
4 Faunal Domains
References
Part I: Historical Perspectives
History and Geography of the Arabian Gulf
1 Introduction
2 The Arabian Gulf in General
2.1 Names of the Gulf
2.2 History of the Arabian Gulf Before Christ
2.3 History of the Arabian Gulf After Christ
2.4 The Ottomans and the Desired World Powers
3 History of Arabian Gulf Countries
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Kuwait 3.1 Tidal Variation off Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
3.2 Tide-Induced Current in the Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
3.3 Maximum Significant Wave Heights in the Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
3.4 Wave Period in Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
3.5 Water Transparency in Kuwaiti Territorial Waters
3.6 Seawater Turbidity Around Boubyan Island in Kuwait Based on Field Measurements
4 Conclusions
References
Low Oxygen Zones Predict Future Condition of Fish Under Climate Change
1 Introduction
2 Data Resources and Analysis
3 Results Obtained
4 Discussion
Appendix
References 3.3 Bahrain
3.4 Qatar
3.5 The United Arab Emirates
3.6 Sultanate of Oman
3.7 Saudi Arabia
References
Documents
Periodicals
Books
Map
The Prehistoric Fishers and Gatherers of the Northern and Western Coasts of the Arabian Sea
1 Introduction
2 Environmental Conditions, Natural Resources, and Coastal Constraints
3 History of the Research
4 Resources Exploitation
5 Seafaring
6 Social Aspects of the Exploitation of Marine Resources
7 Inferring Fishing Gears and Methods from Material Culture Remains
8 Discussion
References Part II: Environmental Aspects
The Biogeochemical Features of Kuwaiti Water in the Northwestern Arabian Gulf: Current State of Knowledge and Future
1 Introduction and Background
2 Hydrography: The Physical Settings
3 Climatically Important Gases and Their Components
4 Biogeochemistry of Bio-essential Macronutrients and Trace Elements
5 Chlorophyll a and Productivity
6 Impact of Anthropogenic Perturbations and Climate Change in Kuwaiti Waters
7 Concluding Remarks and Future Recommendations
References Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Kuwait and Arabian Gulf Marine Environment
1 Introduction
2 Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Arabian Gulf
2.1 Precipitation, Evaporation, and Flow of Seawater in and out of Arabian Gulf
2.2 General Topography of the Countries Around Arabian Gulf
2.3 Bathymetry of Arabian Gulf
2.4 Tidal Variation in the Arabian Gulf
2.5 Wind Speed and Direction
2.6 Maximum Tidal Current in the Arabian Gulf
2.7 Maximum Wave Heights and Periods Inside the Arabian Gulf
3 Some Physical Oceanographic Aspects of Kuwaiti Territorial Waters - DigitalZengxiang Ge.Summary: This book summarizes the latest studies on plant reproduction and multiple aspects of signaling in reproductive development. It also presents the most advanced processes in CrRLK1L receptor and RALF peptide studies during plant development. Focusing on signaling in pollen tube integrity and sperm release regulation, it provides significant insights into the BUPS-ANX receptor complex and the corresponding ligands RALF4/19 to promote pollen tube growth with proper cell integrity. It also proposes a working model of female tissue-derived RALF34 competing with RALF4/19 from the BUPS-ANX to trigger pollen tube rupture and sperm release. Offering a detailed overview of the spatiotemporal regulation mechanism underlying the control of pollen tube integrity and sperm release, the book fills a major gap in our understanding of plant reproductive processes, and as such is a valuable resource for those working in the area of plant signaling.
Contents:
Intro
Supervisor's Foreword
Abstract
Parts of this book have been published in the following articles:Ge, Z., Bergonci, T., Zhao, Y.L., Zou, Y.J., Du, S., Liu, M.C., Luo, X.J., Ruan, H., Garcia-Valencia, L.E., Zhong, S., et al. (2017). Arabidopsis pollen tube integrity and sperm release are regulated by RALF-mediated signaling. Science 358, 1596-1599.Ge, Z., Cheung, A.Y., and Qu, L-J. (2019). Pollen tube integrity regulation in flowering plants: insights from molecular assemblies on the pollen tube surface. New Phytol. 222, 687-693
Acknowledgments
Contents
Abbreviations 1 Review of Cell-Cell Communication in Plant Reproduction
1.1 Overview of Plant Reproduction
1.1.1 Interaction Between Pollen and the Stigma
1.1.2 Pollen Tube Growth in the Transmitting Tract
1.1.3 Pollen Tube Guidance
1.1.4 Pollen Tube Reception
1.1.5 Male and Female Gametophyte Fusion
1.2 Plant Peptides and RLKs-Mediated Signaling in Plant Fertilization
1.3 Summary and Perspective
References
2 Receptor-Like Kinases BUPS1/2 are Involved in Pollen Tubes Integrity Maintenance in Arabidopsis
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Materials and Methods
2.2.1 Plant Material 2.2.2 Strains and Plasmids
2.2.3 Chemicals and Reagents
2.2.4 Methods
2.3 Results
2.3.1 Expression Pattern and Subcellular Localization of BUPS1/2
2.3.2 Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology to Knock Out BUPS1/2
2.3.3 bups1 and bups1 bups2 Mutant Show Fertility Defect
2.3.4 bups1 and bups1 bups2 are Male Sterile
2.3.5 Pollen Development of bups1 or bups1 bups2 is Normal
2.3.6 The Pollen Tube of bups1 and bups1 bups2 Rupture Prematurely
2.3.7 BUPS1/2 Interact with ANX1/2 to Form a Receptor Complex
2.4 Discussion
References 3 RALF4/19 are Autocrine Signals to Maintain Pollen Tubes Integrity
3.1 Introduction
3.2 Materials and Methods
3.2.1 Plant Material
3.2.2 Strains and Plasmids
3.2.3 Chemicals and Reagents
3.2.4 Methods
3.3 Results
3.3.1 Expression Pattern and Subcellular Localization of RALF4/19
3.3.2 Using CRISPR/Cas9 Technology to Knock Out RALF4/19
3.3.3 ralf4 ralf19 Double Mutants are Male Sterile
3.3.4 ralf4 ralf19 Exhibits bups1 bups2-like Phenotypes
3.3.5 RALF4/19 Interact with BUPS1/2 Ectodomains
3.3.6 RALF4/19 Show High Affinity to ANX1/2
3.4 DiscussionDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Knut Wester.Contents:
1. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and headache
2. Clinical presentation, symptoms, and complaints: dizziness/vertigo
3. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and epilepsy
4. Arachnoid cyst and visual function
5. Clinical presentation, symptoms, and complaints- what matters: size, location, or intracystic pressure?
6. Intracranial arachnoid cysts and mental function
7. Controversies in the management of intracranial arachnoid cysts
8. Clinical, radiological, and neuropsychological evidence in favor of surgical decompression
9. Surgical techniques, results, and complications: microsurgical techniques- traditional craniotomy
10. Microsurgical techniques- the keyhole approach
11. Endoscopic techniques in arachnoid cyst surgery
12. Shunt techniques- cystoperitoneal shunt
13. Surgical techniques, results, and complications: shunt techniques- cystosubdural shunt, cystoventiricular shunt/stent
14. Overdrainage syndromes in shunted arachnoid cysts
15. Arachnoid cyst- anesthesia and postoperative management
16. Pre- and postoperative quality of life in arachnoid cyst patients
17. Pediatric spinal arachnoid cysts
18. Pediatric cranial arachnoid cysts
19. Spinal arachnoid cysts
20. Arahnoid cysts and risk of sport-related brain injury
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Knut Wester.Contents:
1. Arachnoid cysts- historical perspectives and controversial aspects
2. Arachnoid cysts- intracranial locations, gender, and sidedness
3. Molecular biology and genetics: gene expression, twin studies and familial occurrence, and syndromes associated with AC
4. Arachnoic cysts in glutaric aciduria type I (GA-I)
5. Ultrastructure of arachnoid cysts
6. Pathophysiology of intracranial arachnoid cysts: hypoperfusion of adjacent cortex
7. Biochemistry- composition of and possible mechanisms for production of arachnoid cyst fluid
8. The "valve mechanism"
9. The prevalence of intracranial arachnoid cysts
10. Classification and location of arachnoid cysts
11. Growth and disapperance of arachnoid cysts
12. Arachnoid cysts and subdural and intracystic hematomas
13. Hydrocephalus associated with arachnoid cysts
14. Radiological workup, CT, MRI
15. Arachnoid cyst- prenatal detection, management, and perinatal outcome
16. SPECT studies in patients with arachnoid cysts
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - PrintBilikiewicz, Tadeusz; Irsay, Stephen d'.Contents:
v. 1: Albrecht von Haller: Eine Studie zur Geistesgeschichte der Aufklärung / Stephen d'Irsay
v. 2: Die Embyologie im Zeitalterdes Barock und des Rokoko / Tadeusz Bilikiewicz. - Digitaledited by Dina Battisto and Jacob J. Wilhelm.Summary: "Architecture and Health brings together architects, academics, social scientists and more to explore and analyse innovative design strategies that advance health. This book proposes a set of principles that can be used to design environments to promote health and healing, regardless of program or scale. Health and architecture are increasingly overlapping for designers in the 21st Century, with mounting evidence revealing that built environments are critical for people's health and well-being in everyday life. Architecture and Health focuses on principles related to architecture for health and well-being with a deep drive into specific case studies. Representing the United States, Africa, Asia, Europe, and Australia, each author brings a new perspective to health and its related architectural response. Eastern and Western philosophies and approaches to healthcare delivery demonstrate the power of design in promoting the health of individuals, communities, and our global ecology. This collection of award-winning projects such as hospitals, clinics, cancer centres, retail storefronts, gardens, and more provide alternative ways to achieve healing architecture. Architecture and Health brings a timely focus to a subject matter commonly constricted by normative building practices and transforms the dialogue into one of creativity and innovation"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access TandFonline 2019
- Digital/PrintDigital Access ScienceDirect v. 3-4, 1992-94.
- Digital/PrintDigital Access Springer v. 20, 2008.
- DigitalYoo Kyung Lee.Summary: The Arctic is a special world. The Arctic Ocean is covered by white sea ice, and its margins are surrounded by bare terrestrial regions, known as tundra. Tundra is a cold and dry environment without trees, but even in the absence of trees, tundra plants such as dwarf shrubs, grasses, herbs and moss support the harsh environment by providing sustenance and shelter. This book introduces representative arctic plants and their function in Svalbard, revealing the unique tundra ecosystem, and discussing the direct and indirect effects of climate change in the Arctic.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Arctic Tundra: Where There Are No Trees
Chapter 2. Arctic Is Not One
Chapter 3. Arctic Plants in Different Tundras
Chapter 4. Arctic Plants in Svalbard- Who are they and what do they do?/Svalbard, cold shore
Chapter 5. The Past Shows the Future.Digital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalNancy Berlinger.Summary: How work gets done in complex health care systems is ethically important. When health care professionals and other staff are pressured to improvise, fix structural problems, or comply with competing policies, the uncertainty and distress they experience have potential consequences for patients, families, colleagues, and the system itself. This book presents a new theory of health care ethics that is grounded in the nature of health care work and how it is shaped by the ever-changing conditions of complex systems, in particular, problems of safety and harm. By exploring workarounds and other improvised practices in complex health care systems that are difficult for professionals to talk about openly, yet have unclear effects, including their value or risk to patients, this book offers a realistic look at our changing health care system and how we can improve the way we manage moral problems arising in the care of the sick. Berlinger argues that health care ethics in complex and changing health care systems should reflect the moral complexity of health care work, analyze common ethical challenges with reference to behaviors and pressures driven by the system itself, and support opportunities for health care professionals and staff at all levels to reflect on the problems they face and to take part in social change. The book's chapters include frameworks for looking at ethical challenges in health care as problems of safety and harm with consequences for patients. Are Workarounds Ethical? is designed to support clinician education in medicine, nursing, and interdisciplinary contexts and recommend methods for integrating ethics, safety, and justice in practice. -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Should you wash your hands?
Are workarounds ethical?
Turfing, bending, and gaming
Dirty hands and the semiclear conscience
Problems of humanity
Ethics without heroics : foreseeing moral problems in complex systems.Digital Access Oxford 2016 - DigitalVsevolod V. Gurevich, editor.Summary: This volume describes our current understanding of the biological role of visual and non-visual arrestins in different cells and tissues, focusing on the mechanisms of arrestin-mediated regulation of GPCRs and non-receptor signaling proteins in health and disease. The book covers wide range of arrestin functions, emphasizing therapeutic potential of targeting arrestin interactions with individual partners.
- DigitalBrian Olshansky, Mina K. Chung, Steven M. Pogwizd, Nora Goldschlager.Contents:
Sinus node : normal and abnormal rhythms
Bradyarrhythmias : conduction system abnormalities
Ectopic complexes and rhythms
Tachycardia
Supraventricular tachyarrhythmias
Ventricular tachyarrhythmias
Cardiac pacing and pacemaker rhythms
Implantable cardioverter defibrillators
Drug effects and electrolyte disorders
Athletes and arrhythmias
Evaluation of the patient with suspected arrhythmias
Treatment of arrhythmias
Management of arrhythmias in pregnancy.Digital Access - DigitalSeshadri Balaji, Ravi Mandapati, Gary D. Webb.Contents:
Sudden death risk in congentially corrected transposition with ventricular dysfunction
Complex transposition with risk of sudden death while awaiting transplant
Atrial flutter in a repaired Tetralogy of Fallot patient with unusual venous anatomy
Unrepaired primum atrial septal defect with atrial fibrillation and broad complex tachycardia
Ebstein's Anomaly after tricuspid valve replacement needing pacemaker implantation
Transposition with atrial switch and risk of sudden death
Ebstein's anomaly with atrial tachycardia
Resynchronization therapy and sudden death management in congentially corrected transposition
Post-Maze atrial tachcyardia
Fontan patient with brady and tachyarrhythmia issues
Transposition with Mustard operation patient with risk of sudden death
Complex congenital heart disease with brady-tachy syndrome and anti-tachycardia pacing
Tetralogy of Fallot and Biventricular Heart Failure
Transposition patient with Mustard's operation and brady-tachy issues
A criss-cross heart with brady-tachy issues
Repaired complete atrio-ventricular septal defect patient with late bradyarrhythmia
Post Ventricular septal defect repair with bradyarrhythmias and sudden death
Atrial fibrillation and thrombus in a patient with a Fontan circulation.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019 - DigitalVincent C. Thomas, Seshadri Balaji.Summary: Pediatric arrhythmias present numerous challenges to pediatric cardiologists and other practitioners who see pediatric patients, including pediatricians, family physicians, emergency physicians, residents, fellows, and other clinicians. Arrhythmias in Children: A Case-Based Approach features practical methods for diagnosing and treating arrhythmias in these patients across all settings. Nearly three dozen real-world scenarios are presented, followed by a discussion of the diagnosis, clinical thinking process involved, treatment options, expected outcomes, and how to manage anticipated and unanticipated outcomes. These practical, realistic cases provide a unique and engaging way of approaching these challenging patient scenarios. Uses a case-based approach for a full spectrum of pediatric arrythmias in the newborn, child, pre-teen, and teenager. Presents history and physical, differential diagnoses, tests to order, and practical plans of action. Includes a section on arrythmias in special circumstances. Models clinical thinking skills for a wide number of real-world patient situations. Reviews pertinent clinical guidelines, treatment, and follow up.
Contents:
Newborn nursery infant that has bradycardia
NICU infant noted to have extrasystoles on cardiac monitor
Full-term infant noted to have persistent tachycardia
2-month-old presenting to the ER with tachycardia, fussy, unable to eat
4-month-old with extrasystoles on auscultation at pediatrician's office
9-month-old with recurrent episodes of supraventricular tachycardia despite medical therapy
2-year-old presents to ER with an episode of “passing out” and “turning blue”
3-year-old is noted by pediatrician to have a low resting heart rate
7-year-old presents to ER with recurrent SVT
6-year-old presents with mildly elevated heart rate that is persistent
8-year-old presents with ADHD presents to cardiology office with ECG in hand for “cardiac clearance” to start stimulants
11-year-old whose father recently died at the age of 40
7-year-old, asymptomatic, with ECG obtained for physical demonstrating WPW
15-year-old with intentional ingestion of grandparent's heart rhythm medication
16-Year-old with premature ventricular contractions noted during athletic participation physical
13-Year-old with syncope while standing in line for lunch
14-Year-old cross country runner presents with syncope during a race
16-year-old athlete who has syncope during athletic competition
17-year-old presents to emergency room with “irregularly irregular” rhythm
Maternal fetal evaluation reveals fetus with abnormal rhythm
A 3-month old child with complete heart block after surgery for AV canal defect
A 4-month-old postoperative ventricular septal defect with junctional ectopic tachycardia
A 10-year old child with a pacemaker who is dizzy and had a syncope episode
An 11-year-old child resuscitated from sudden collapse, found to have a long QT on ECG
A 12-year old with hypertrophic cardiomyopathy presents to the emergency room with syncope
A 13-year old with repaired tetralogy of Fallot with frequent PVCs
A 15-year old presents after successful resuscitation with an AED
A 16-year-old teen with a defibrillator who received a shock
A 22-year old with history of Fontan palliation presents with mildly elevated heart rate.Digital Access - DigitalMassimo Zecchin, Gianfranco Sinagra, editors.
- DigitalNitish Kumar, editor.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: Arsenic (As) is a widely distributed element in the environment having no known useful physiological function in plants or animals. Historically, this metalloid has been known to be used widely as a poison. Effects of arsenic have come to light in the past few decades due to its increasing contamination in several parts of world, with the worst situation being in Bangladesh and West Bengal in India. This edited volume brings together diverse group of environmental science, sustainability and health researchers to address the challenges posed by global mass poisoning caused by arsenic water contamination. The book covers sources of arsenic contamination, and its impact on human health and on prospective remediation both by bioremediation and phytoremediation. Applications of advance techniques such as genetic engineering and nanotechnology are also discussed to resolve the issue of arsenic contamination in ground water and river basins. The book sheds light on this global environmental issue, and proposes solutions to remove contamination through a multi-disciplinary lens and case studies from Bangladesh and India. The book may serve as a reference to environment and sustainability researchers, students and policy makers. It delivers an outline to graduate, undergraduate students and researchers, as well as academicians who are working on arsenic toxicity with respect to remediation and health issues.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Predicting the outcome of Arsenic Toxicity on exposed juvenile male-humans: a shift to infertility
Chapter 2. Arsenic and oxidative stress: an overview
Chapter 3. Arsenic in seafood: current status, analysis and toxicity
Chapter 4. Dietary Arsenic Exposure: Sources and Risks
Chapter 5. Effects of arsenic: neurological and cellular perspective
Chapter 6. Arsenic Toxicity: Source, Distribution and Bioremediation
Chapter 7. Assessment of Arsenic contamination in groundwater and affected population of Bihar
Chapter 8. Current scenario of groundwater arsenic contamination in West Bengal and its mitigation approach
Chapter 9. Low Cost Nanoparticles for Remediation of Arsenic Contaminated Water and Soils
Chapter 10. Biological Means of Arsenic Minimisation with Special Reference to Siderophore
Chaper 11. Mechanisms of arsenic transport, accumulation and distribution in rice grains
Chapter 12. The healing art of arsenic in various malignancies
Chapter 13. Removal of arsenic from contaminated water using nanoadsorbents
Chapter 14. Understanding the bioaccumulation and biosorption of arsenic [As(III)] in plants and biotechnological approaches for its bioremediation
Chapter 15. Genes and Biochemical Pathways involved in Microbial Transformation of Arsenic. - DigitalJoe Niamtu, III.Summary: "Improved surgical techniques and increasing patient expectations have transformed the field of cosmetic facial surgery, and The Art and Science of Facelift Surgery, 2nd Edition, brings you up to speed with today's best and latest procedures. This highly practical resource features a superbly illustrated print reference with step-by-step procedures accompanied by surgical videos of each technique. Comprehensive, easy-to-follow instruction from internationally recognized expert Dr. Joe Niamtu III, with chapters by other internationally recognized colleagues, helps you achieve optimal outcomes on frequently requested procedures"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
What is a facelift? History and semantics
The facial aging
Facelift anatomy
Evaluating and understanding the cosmetic surgery patient in the preoperative experience
The surgical facility
Facelift and neck lift : the procedure
Deep plane facelift and deep neck lift
Abbreviated facelift and neck lift procedures : short scar facelift
My theory of facelift surgery
Facelift and neck lift : history and my current deep plane technique
Minimally invasive management of the neck muscles and cervicomental angle using a percutaneous suture suspension system--MyEllevate
Facelift complications : recognition, treatment, and prevention.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - DigitalMary Elaine Southard, Barbara M. Dossey, Linda Bark, Bonney Gulino Schaub.Summary: The Art and Science of Nurse Coaching: The Provider's Guide to Coaching Scope and Competencies, Second Edition is an essential resource for nurses seeking to support clients on their healthcare journey to achieve desired goals for health and healing or transition for peaceful dying. Includes competencies for nurse coaches which have been reviewed and approved as part of ANA's Affirmation of Focused Practice Competencies program.*
Contents:
Cover
Title Page
About the Authors
Copyright
Contents
Authors and Peer Reviewers
Professional Nurse Coaching Author Workgroup
Professional Nurse Coaching Review Committee
Acknowledgments
Preamble
Overview of Content
Essential Documents of Professional Nurse Coaching
Audience for This Publication
Function of Professional Nurse Coaching's Scope and Competencies of Practice
Function of the Scope of Practice Statement of Professional Nurse Coaching
Function of the ANA Standards of Professional Practice
Function of the Nurse Coaching Competencies Professional Nurse Coaching Scope of Practice
Definition of a Professional Nurse Coach
Definition of Professional Nurse Coaching
Overview of Professional Nurse Coaching Scope of Practice
Evolution of Professional Nurse Coaching
Integrating the Art and Science of Professional Nurse Coaching
The Who, What, and How of Professional Nurse Coaching
Who is a Professional Nurse Coach?
What is Professional Nurse Coaching?
Tenets Characteristic of Professional Nurse Coaching Practice
The How of Professional Nurse Coaching
The Art of Professional Nurse Coaching The Science of Professional Nurse Coaching
Philosophical Principles of Professional Nurse Coaching
Professional Nurse Coach Core Values: Integrating the Art and Science
Core Value 1. Nurse Coach Philosophy, Theories, and Ethics
Nurse Coach Philosophy
Nursing Theories
Conceptual Models and Grand Theories in the Integrative-Interactive Paradigm
Conceptual Models and Grand Theories in the Unitary-Transformative Paradigm
Grand Theories About Care or Caring Paradigm
Middle-Range Theories
Social Science Theories
Nurse Coaching Ethics Core Value 2. Nurse Coach Self-Reflection, Self-Development, and Self-Care
Self-Reflection
Self-Development
Self-Care
Core Value 3. Nurse Coaching Process
The Nursing Process
Nurse Coaching Process
Core Value 4. Nurse Coach Communication, Therapeutic Relationships, Healing Environments, and Cultural Care
Nurse Coach Communication
Therapeutic Relationships
Healing Environments
Cultural Care
Core Value 5. Nurse Coach Education and Research
Nurse Coach Education
Nurse Coach Research
The Where of Professional Nurse Coaching: Settings for Practice The Relevance of Nurse Coaching
Nurse Coaches in Clinical Settings
Nurse Coaches in Education
Nurse Coaches in Private Practice
Nurse Coaches Working in Communities and Groups
Group Health Coaching
Faith-Based Communities
Community Health Programs
Transforming Unhealthy Work Environments
Workplace Violence and Incivility
Using Coaching Principles to Create a Healthy Culture
Support for Healthy Work Environments
High-Performing Interprofessional Teams
Current Landscape of Nurse Coaching Education
Independent Certificate and Academic Nurse Coach ProgramsDigital Access R2Library 2021 - DigitalTrisha Dunning.Summary: "This unique book is intended for all health professionals caring for older people with diabetes such as specialist and general nurses, doctors, primary care practioners and dieteticians. Although there is an increasing body of work about personalised care, no publications were identified that encompass the focus and scope of the proposed book. The global population is ageing and increasing age is a key risk factor for diabetes. Older people with diabetes are often vulnerable, have complex care needs and often have cognitive changes, which makes personalising care challenging for health professionals. Thus, this is an internationally relevant book filling a gap in the current literature. This is a practical and updated book that will use an engaging and easy to read narrative style. It challenges readers to reflect in and on their practice. It encompasses people with diabetes' and authors' stories, which are known to have a special interest to readers, make it easier to apply the information to practice, enhance learning, and hence the relevance and value of the book. It is relevant to advocacy organisations as well as managers and service planners. Researchers and scientists may find relevant information on grant and ethics applications, research protocols, plain language statements for potential participants and operationalising research protocols."-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalLaura Weiss Roberts, Mickey Trockel, editors.Summary: This thoughtful and timely book offers physicians and trainees a wide range of insights and strategies to help ensure not only a healthy lifestyle and sense of wellbeing but the best possible career in medicine as well. With evidence and evidence-informed practices provided by experts, this title affirms the culture of medicine while embracing the fundamental, enduring sense of physicians calling and affirming the importance of physicians as individuals whose health and wellbeing has intrinsic value and value to others. Organized in three parts, the first part focuses on the nature of the health professions and on advancing a culture of wellbeing in medicine. The second part focuses on threats to physician wellbeing, including mistreatment during training and burnout, to name just a few. The third part outlines approaches to strengthening physician resilience, such as the sustenance drawn from healthy relationships, mindfulness approaches, and optimal approaches to exercise, nutrition and sleep. The Handbook of Personal Health and Wellbeing for Physicians and Trainees is an invaluable, handy resource for physicians and trainees. Physician assistants, nurse practitioners, clinical psychologists, and social workers will also find the work of great interest.
Contents:
Calling, Compassionate Self, and Cultural Norms in Medicine
Creating a Culture of Wellness
Compassion Cultivation
Mistreatment
Burnout
The Electronic Health Record
Financial Anxiety
Legal Issues
Mental Illness
Substance Use Disorders
Relationships
Mindfulness
Exercise
Nutrition
Sleep. . - Digitaleditor, Foad Nahai ; section editors, Farzad R. Nahai, Jeffrey M. Kenkel, John G. Hunter, W. Grant Stevens, William P. Adams, Jr.Summary: "Today, nonsurgical cosmetic treatments, such as injectables, continue to gain in popularity, whereas the decline we had seen in some surgical approaches to facial rejuvenation seems to be reversing. Nowhere is this change more dramatic than in the area of brow rejuvenation. Another important trend has been the emphasis on volume enhancement in periorbital and facial rejuvenation, as well as surgery of the breast. In keeping with these trends, we have increased coverage of nonsurgical treatments and injectables and have added new sections and chapters dealing with volume and its role in facial rejuvenation and the role of fat grafting in breast surgery"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2020
- Digital[edited by] Al S. Aly, Fabio X. Nahas.Contents:
Anatomic and physiologic changes of the abdominal wall / Fabio X. Nahas
Abdominoplasty overview / Fabio X. Nahas, Al S. Aly
Tensioned reverse abdominoplasty / Mauro Deos, Ricardo Arnt, Eduardo Gus
Lipoabdominoplasty : the Saldanha technique / Osvaldo Saldanha, Osvaldo Saldanha Filho, Cristianna Saldanha, Sabina Aparecida Alvarez de Paiva, Paulo R. Sanjuan, Andrés Fernando Cánchica Cano
Lipoabdominoplasty associated with mammaplasty / Carlos Oscar Uebel
Full abdominoplasty with circumferential truncal SAFELipo and subscarpal fat excision / Simeon Wall, Jr., Michael R. Lee
High-tension abdominoplasty / Lorne King Rosenfield
Mini-abdominoplasty : classification and treatment / Antonio Roberto Bozola
Secondary and atypical cases in abdominoplasty / Fabio X. Nahas
Traditional approach to brachioplasty / Ricardo Baroudi
Principles of liposuction / Geo N. Tabbal, Jamil Ahmad, Frank Lista, Rod. J Rohrich
Risks and limits of liposuction / Fabio X. Nahas, Lydia Masako Ferreira
Liposuction of the trunk and thighs / Luiz Haroldo Pereira, Beatriz Nicaretta, Aris Sterodimas
Liposuction of the upper and lower extremities / Onelio Garcia, Jr.
alternative approach to repeat liposuction / Simeon Wall, Jr.
Liposculpture : fat injection techniques in the body / Kamran Khoobehi, Jules Walters
New technology in liposuction / Jason Pozner, Barry E. DiBernardo, Gabriella DiBernardo, Daniel Kushner
Buttock augmentation with implants / José Horácio Aboudib, Fernando Serra
Calf implants / Raul Gonzalez
High-definition liposculpture of the abdomen / Alfredo E. Hoyos, David E. Guarin
Liposculpture of the chest and arms / Alfredo E. Hoyos, David E. Guarin
Contouring of the female external genitalia / Gary J. Alter
Contouring of the male genitalia / Gary J. Alter.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery 2017 - Digitaledited by Al S. Aly, Fabio X. Nahas.Summary: "Al Aly had already brought together the best plastic surgeons and doctors of the world in his first book, and now in the second edition he has compiled groundbreaking innovations and standard techniques that have proven safe and reliable over time"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Bariatric Surgery : Ramifications for Body-Contouring Surgery / Christopher S. Armstrong, Brian R. Smith, Ninh T. Nguyen
Belt Lipectomy / Al S. Aly and Amitabh Singh
Lower Body Lift and Medial Thigh Lift / Ted E. Lockwood
Circumferential Dermatolipectomy / Dirk F. Richter, Nina Schwaiger
Brachioplasty / Al S. Aly
Upper Body Lift / Al S. Aly
Thigh Reduction / Al S. Aly
Buttock Aesthetics : Shaping, Contouring, and Enhancing / Constantino Mendieta
Breast Reshaping after Massive Weight Loss : Total Parenchymal Reshaping and Dermal Suspension / J. Peter Rubin, Siamak Agha-Mohammadi, James P. O'Toole, Khalid Almutairi
Correction of a Massive-Weight-Loss Breast Deformity / Andre Levesque, Alvin B. Cohn, James C. Grotting.Digital Access - PrintKaty Butler.Summary: "An inspiring, informative, and practical guide to navigating end of life issues, by a groundbreaking expert in the field and the New York Times bestselling author of Knocking on Heaven's Door. In the mid-1400s, an unnamed Catholic monk composed a popular self-help book called Ars Moriendi, or The Art of Dying. Written in Latin, this medieval death manual taught people how to navigate the trials of the deathbed, using simple rituals of repentance, reassurance, and letting go. Bestselling author and award-winning journalist Katy Butler argues that we have lost touch with the "art of dying" as practiced by our ancestors, yet we still hunger for rites of passage, and a sense of the sacred, especially in the important life transitions of aging and dying. Butler has lectured at medical schools, and spoken with community and caregiving organizations across the country. Here she reveals what she has learned about dying in America today--and how to have a better end of life. We are coping with a medical system in disarray, in its approach to people who are aging, dying, or chronically ill. Butler argues that it's not about living as long as possible, it's about living as well as possible. Not only does our current system poorly serve our medical needs, it also crowds out any sense of the sacred. It's time to restore a sense of honor, and through exploring the stages of later life, sharing "good death" stories, as well as offering practical takeaways, The Art of Dying Well illuminates a path to a better end of life"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
The lost art of dying
RESILIENCE: The wake-up call ; Building reserves ; Finding allies in preventive medicine ; Weighing medical risks ; Getting to know the neighbors ; Knowing your medical rights ; Caring for the soul
SLOWING DOWN: When less is more ; Simplifying daily life ; Finding allies in slow medicine, geriatrics, and a good HMO ; Reviewing medications ; Reducing screenings ; Making peace with loss
ADAPTATION: A moment of truth ; Mapping the future and making plans ; Finding allies in occupational and physical therapy ; Disaster-proofing daily life ; Making a move ; Practicing interdependence ; Being an example
AWARENESS OF MORTALITY: The art of honest hope ; Talking to your doctor ; Understanding the trajectory of your illness ; Preparing the family ; Finding allies in palliative care ; Reflecting on what gives your life meaning ; Staying in charge ; Thinking creatively ; Redefining hope
HOUSE OF CARDS: If only someone had warned us ; Recognizing frailty ; Avoiding the hospital ; Finding allies in House call programs ; Upgrading advance directives ; Coping with dementia ; Shifting to comfort care ; Enjoying your red velvet cake
PREPARING FOR A GOOD DEATH: Making good use of the time you have left ; Finding allies in hospice ; Next steps ; Settling your affairs ; Choosing the time of death ; Loving, thanking, and forgiving
Getting help from your tribe
ACTIVE DYING: The tree needs to come down ; This is what dying looks like ; Preparing for a home death ; Preparing in a nursing home ; Giving care ; The final hours ; Humanizing a hospital death ; Improvising rites of passage ; Welcoming mystery ; Saying goodbye
Conclusion: Toward a new art of dying. - DigitalIvan Izquierdo.Summary: How do we forget? Why do we need to forget? This book intends to answer to these and other questions. It aims to demonstrate that each one is who it is due to their own memories. Thus, distinguish between the information we should keep from those we should forget is an difficult art. In this book, the author discusses about the different types of memory, the main types of forgetting (avoidance, extinction and repression), their brain areas and their mechanisms. In this sense, the art of forgetting, or the art of do not saturate our memory mechanisms, is something innate, that benefits us anonymously, keeping us from sinking amidst our own memories. The essays that compose this book go through several aspects, since individuals to societies' memory. By the end of the book, the reader will be able to understand that we forget to be able to think, to live and to survive.
Contents:
1 Introduction
2. The art of forgetting
2.1. The formation and retrieval of memories
2.2. Forms of forgetting; first steps of the art (Extinction, repression, discrimination)
2.3. Conditioned reflexes
2.4. The rapid forgetting of working memory is intrinsic to its nature
2.5. Brain areas and systems involved in the different types of memory; some basic notions of neuronal function
2.6. Executive functions
2.7. More on the connections between nerve cells
2.8. The forgetting of short- and long-term memory
2.9. Memory and emotions
2.10. More on memory and emotions: endogenous state dependency
2.11. The use and disuse of synapses
2.12. Failure of memory persistence as a form of forgetting?
2.13. Reconsolidation
2.14. Practicing memory
2.15. Reading, knowledge, physical exercise, social life, memory and illness
2.16. The art of forgetting: a second approach
2.17. Denial and memory falsification
2.18. Forgetting by large populations
2.19. Surviving through neuronal death
2.20. The famous case of patient H.M.
2.21. When forgetting is not an art: amnesic patients
2.22. Anterograde amnesia by an interference with consolidation
2.23. Neuronal branching and the suppression of branching, neurogenesis and neuronal death as adaptive phenomena
2.24. The acquisition of new memories
2.25. Repression
2.26. A therapeutic use of the art of forgetting
2.27. Accessory memory devices: an adjunct to the art of remembering and to the art of forgetting
3. Summing up
3.1. Final comments. - DigitalGiampiero Campanelli, editor.Summary: This book is a comprehensive guide to the surgical repair of inguinal and abdominal wall hernias that not only describes all potential approaches, but also places them in the context of the anatomy of the region, the pathology, and the advances in scientific knowledge over the past decade. It documents in detail the individual techniques applicable in each region (inguinal, femoral, and ventral), highlighting tips and tricks and focusing on indications, potential complications, and outcomes. In addition it presents cases of incisional hernia and examines less frequent and rare cases and complex situations. Written for surgeons from around the globe, it includes procedures used in wealthy, developed countries and those without mesh more commonly employed in developing countries. With a format designed to facilitate use in daily practice, it is invaluable for residents seeking step-by-step guidance on procedures ranging from repair of simple inguinal hernias to complex reconstruction; for general surgeons who frequently perform hernia repairs; and for hernia specialists aiming to achieve optimal results. It also appeals to researchers with an interest in the scientific background to hernia surgery.
- DigitalKyu Hyun Yang.Summary: This book offers precise points in intramedullary nailing for the treatment of the femoral fracture. The author's aim is to explain how to find a correct entry point, especially in the case of subtrochanteric fracture with excessive external rotation of the proximal fragment, method of reduction in a severely comminuted fracture which is challenging in the restoration of rotational alignment as well as angulation, and mode of interlocking. This book is based on the authors personal experiences of 30 years in trauma, who dedicates himself to developing intramedullary nailing for femoral shaft fracture. It also covers cephalomedullary nailing for reverse obliquity trochanteric fracture because the incidence of hip fractures increases due to prolonged life expectancy. This book will be an ideal resource with many fluoroscopic and radiographic pictures to descript the real situations that the surgeons encounter in the operating room and techniques to solve those problems.
Contents:
1. History of IM nailing
2. Prerequisites for femoral nailing
3. Analysis of fracture configuration and entry point
4. Reduction technique
5. Mode of fixation
6. Postop. Rehabilitation
7. Trochanteric fracture
8. Analysis of fracture configuration
9. Stable reduction
10. Ideal implant for unstable fracture. - DigitalFuxiang Zhang, Alan Sugar, Lisa Brothers ArbisserSummary: "This the first book specifically written for students, with uniquely focused chapters based on residents' and junior colleagues' questions and refined by their real feedback. Featuring contributions from a carefully curated team of distinguished refractive cataract surgeons, this reader-friendly book provides expert insights on essential principles and how-to surgical guidance for diverse types of premium IOLs. Clearly-defined basic and fundamental knowledge and applications provide ample inspiration for trainees and early-career refractive cataract surgeons to ford the challenging river of learning curves. Each premium IOL chapter includes candidate selection criteria, contraindications, and evidence-based pearls to inform surgical decision-making, prevent complications, and improve patient outcomes"-- Provided by publisherDigital Access
- Digital[edited by] Sudarshan Khokhar, MD(AIIMS), FRCS(Ed), Chirakshi Dhull, MD(AIIMS), DNB, FICO, Yogita Gupta MD(AIIMS), DNB, FICO.Summary: The Art of Refractive Surgery aims at providing a simplified and step-wise approach to ophthalmologists for planning and performing various refractive surgeries including corneal, lenticular, or combined approaches. Refractive surgery is extremely challenging as suboptimal outcomes are unacceptable. This field has seen huge developments in the recent years with advancements in investigative modalities, better laser delivery systems, wider range of options of refractive surgeries, and improved eye-tracking devices. However, the selection of ideal surgery for every patient remains a challenge and a thorough understanding of basic concepts can aid in decision-making. The Art of Refractive Surgery deals with these basic concepts, and provides certain surgical and planning tips, which have been derived through years of experience.
Contents:
1. Evolution of Refractive Surgery
2. Classification of Refractive Surgeries
3. Preopertive Evaluation and Investigations for Refractive Surgery
4. Decision-making in Refractive Surgery
5. Surface Ablation Procedures
6. Laser in Situ Keratomileusis Surgery
7. Small Incision Lenticular Extraction
8. Comparison amongst Corneal Refractive Surgery
9. Enhancements after Refractive Errors
10. Phakic Intraocular lenses
11. Refractive Lens Exchange
Hyperopic Refractive Surgery
13. Corneal Incision Surgery
14. Presbyopia Correction
15. Bioptics
Appendix: Patient Information and Consent
Index.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Ophthalmology 2020 - DigitalFranziska Matthäus, Sebastian Matthäus, Sarah Harris, Thomas Hillen, editors.Summary: This beautifully crafted book collects images, which were created during the process of research in all fields of theoretical biology. Data analysis, numerical treatment of a model, or simulation results yield stunning images, which represent pieces of art just by themselves. The approach of the book is to present for each piece of visualization a lucid synopsis of the scientific background as well as an outline of the artistic vision.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Content
The Deadly Beauty of Cancer
The research story
The image
References
Cellular Connections
The research story
The image
References
Annealing Party
The research story
The image
References
Cells on the Ferris Wheel
The research story
The image
The Magic Pants that Always Fit
The research story
The image
Racing Triangles
The research story
The image
Reference
Rising Dragons
The research story
The image
Henri in Wonderland
The research story
The image
Reference
Peak of the Iceberg Spectral Forms and Cosmic Storms
The research story
The image
Reference
Antigenic Explosion
The research story
The image
Crop Circles of Cancer
The research story
The image
References
Scalp
The research story
The image
References
Coupled Invasion
The research story
The image
Lost in the Cells
The research story
The image
Becoming Important
The research story
The image
References
Community Matters
The research story
The image
Reference
Acidic Dance
The research story
The image
Reference The research story
The image
Reference
One Step at a Time
The research story
The image
Reference
How a Tumor Gets its Spots
The research story
The image
Reference
Patchwork Patterns
The research story
The image
Cancer Warfare
The research story
The image
References
Collective Decision Making
The research story
The image
Reference
Cell Simulation in Blossom
The research story
The image
Semblance of Heterogeneity
The research story
The image
Reference
Can we Crack Cancer?
The research story
The image The research story
The image
References
Guiding Spiral
The research story
The image
Reference
The Hidden Beauty of Roots
The research story
The image
The Beauty of a Beast
The research story
The image
References
The Ghost
The research story
The image
References
Lymph Node Landscapes
The research story
The image
Reference
Breezing Drops
The research story
The image
References
Labyrinths: Exotic Patterns of Cortical Activity
The research story
The image
References
Mammalian Lipidomic NetworkDigital Access Springer 2020 - Digitaledited by Nora Swan-Foster.Summary: "This anthology introduces readers to the diverse and unique ways art therapy is used with women who are undergoing various stages of the childbearing process, including conception, pregnancy, miscarriage, childbirth, and postpartum. Art Therapy and Childbearing Issues discusses a range of topics including the role of transference/countertransference, attachment and maternal tasks, and neuropsychology. The book also addresses several motifs that are outside cultural norms of pregnancy and childbearing, such as sociopolitical issues, grief and loss, palliative care, midwifery, menstruation, sex-trafficking, disadvantaged populations and incarceration. Each chapter offers research, modalities, case studies and suggestions on how to work in this field in a new way, accompanied by visual representations of different therapy methods and practices. The approachable style will appeal to a range of readers who will come away with a new awareness of art therapy and a greater knowledge of how to work with women as they enter and exit this universal, psychobiological experience"-- Provided by publisher.
- DigitalGuoqiao Li, Ying Li, Zelin Li, Meiyi Zeng.Contents: <br/
>1. Discovery of Artemisinin and History of Research and Discovery of Artemisinin Antimalarials;
2. Biological Research of Artemisia annua L;
3. Chemical Research on Artemisinin;
4. Artemisinin Derivatives and Analogues;
5. Pharmacological Study on Artemisinin and Its Derivatives;
6. Clinical Studies of Artemisinin and its Derivatives;
7. Artemether and Lumefantrine Combination;
8. Artemisinin and Naphthoquine Phosphate Combination;
9. The Combination of Artemisinin Drugs and Pyronaridine;
10. Artemisinins and piperaquine phosphate combinationsDigital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalAnil Mane.Summary: This book is clearly structured into easy ascending steps. It starts with basic principles of physiology and then goes on to discuss topics such as hypoxia, the A-a gradient, respiratory failure, types of respiratory acidoses and their compensation. Concise and easy to follow chapters examine complex disorders of metabolic acidosis and alkalosis with examples and case reports to stimulate thoughts of the readers. Pearls of clinical wisdom are spread throughout each chapter of the book. Arterial Blood Gas Interpretation in Clinical Practice is intended for all trainees and clinicians in emergency medicine, acute medicine, intensivism, respiratory medicine, nephrology, cardiology, anaesthesia, paediatrics, internal medicine, general medicine and endocrinology. It is particularly useful to medical students and nurses working in the specialties above. Physiologists and physiotherapists working in ventilator support, will also be highly benefitted with this title.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Normal Values and Conversion Factors
Electrolytes
Disclaimer
Contents
Abbreviations
Chapter 1: Practical Aspects of ABG
1.1 When Is Arterial Blood Gas Analysis (ABGA) Performed?
1.2 Patient Consent
1.3 How to Collect a Sample
1.4 Inadvertent Sampling
1.5 Allen Test
1.6 Complications of Arterial Puncture
Chapter 2: Oxygen Parameters
2.1 Normal Values of ABG
2.2 What Is Oxygen Saturation?
2.2.1 Saturation Can Be Measured in Many Ways
2.2.2 Advantages of Measuring Saturation
2.3 Problems with SpO2
2.3.1 Some Facts 2.4 What Is Oxygen Capacity and Content? (CaO2)
2.4.1 Oxygen Capacity
2.4.2 Oxygen Content (CaO2)
2.4.3 Misconceptions
2.5 What Is Oxygen Delivery?
2.5.1 The Difference in Oxygen Content of Arterial and Venous Blood
2.6 Hypoxia
2.6.1 Causes of Hypoxia
2.7 Who Is more Hypoxic?
2.8 What Is FiO2?
2.9 What Is PiO2?
2.10 What Is PAO2?
2.11 Point to Be Noted
2.12 A Special Situation
Chapter 3: Type 2 Respiratory Failure/Hypercarbia/Hypercapnia (Hypercarbia)
3.1 Hypercarbia/Hypercapnia
3.2 What Is Respiratory Failure?
3.3 Acidemia/Acidosis 3.4 Causes of Type 2 Respiratory Failure or Hypoventilation (CO2 Retention)
3.5 Clinical Features of CO2 Retention
3.6 Management of Acute Respiratory Acidosis
3.7 Management of Chronic Respiratory Acidosis
3.8 How much Oxygen Is Needed for Patients with COAD?
3.9 What Is NIPPV or NIV?
3.10 What Are the Indications for Intubation and Mechanical Ventilation?
3.10.1 What Is Dead space?
Chapter 4: Respiratory Alkalosis
4.1 Alkalosis
4.1.1 Respiratory Alkalosis
4.2 Causes of Respiratory Alkalosis
4.3 Clinical Features of Respiratory Alkalosis 4.3.1 Cardiovascular Features
4.3.2 Neurological Features
4.4 Management of Respiratory Alkalosis
Chapter 5: Pearls of Wisdom and Examples
5.1 Pearls of Wisdom
5.1.1 Let Us See Some Example Questions
Chapter 6: Metabolic Disorders: 1
6.1 Metabolic Disorders
6.1.1 Metabolic Acidosis
6.1.2 Compensation of Metabolic Acidosis
6.1.3 Anion Gap (AG)
6.2 Raised Anion Gap Acidosis
6.2.1 MUDPILES
6.2.2 GOLDMARK
6.3 Lactic Acidosis
6.4 Management of Lactic Acidosis
6.5 What Is the Osmolar (Osmolal) Gap?
6.6 Normal Anion Gap Metabolic Acidosis (NAGMA) 6.6.1 FUSEDCARS
6.6.2 ACCRUED
6.7 Type 1 Renal Tubular Acidosis, RTA
6.8 Type 2 RTA
6.9 Type 3 RTA
6.10 Type 4 RTA
6.11 What Is the Urinary Anion Gap (UAG)?
6.12 What Is the Delta Gap or Delta Factor?
6.13 Let Us Look at Two Examples
References
Chapter 7: Metabolic Disorders: 2
7.1 Compensation for Metabolic Acidosis
7.2 An Approach to Acidosis
7.3 How an Anion Gap Can Mislead the Interpreter?
7.3.1 Principles of Treating Metabolic Acidosis
7.3.2 Use of Alkali Such as, Sodium Bicarbonate (NaHCO3)
7.3.3 NaHCO3 Has Other Problems 7.3.4 Sodium Bicarbonates in Chronic Conditions. - DigitalEstelle B. Gauda, Maria Emilia Monteiro, Nanduri Prabhakar, Christopher Wyatt, Harold D. Schultz, editors.Summary: "This volume contains reviews and brief research articles from participants attending the International Society for Arterial Chemoreception meeting, to be held in the USA (July 2017). Each article contains original data and represents up-to-date information concerning the carotid body and oxygen sensing in health and disease. This volume is a required text for all researchers in the field of arterial chemoreception and will provide a valuable reference source for years to come."--Publisher's description.
Contents:
O2/CO2: biological detection to homeostatic control / Robert S. Fitzgerald
What is the point of the peak? Assessing steady-state respiratory chemoreflex drive in high altitude field studies / Christina D. Bruce, Gary Saran, Jamie R. Pfoh, Jack K. Leacy, Shaelynn M. Zouboules, Carli R. Mann [and others]
Hypoxia regulates MicroRNA expression in the human carotid body / Souren Mkrtchian, Kian Leong Lee, Jessica Kåhlin, Anette Ebberyd, Lorenz Poellinger, Malin Jonsson Fagerlund [and others]
TASK-1 (K2P3) and TASK-3 (K2P9) in rabbit carotid body glomus cells / Dawon Kang, Jiaju Wang, James O. Hogan, Donghee Kim
Molecular characterization of equilibrative nucleoside transporters in the rat carotid body and their regulation by chronic hypoxia / Shaima Salman, Colin A. Nurse
Mitochondrial complex I dysfunction and peripheral chemoreflex sensitivity in a FASTK-deficient mice model / Angela Gomez-Niño, Inmaculada Docio, Jesus Prieto-Lloret, Maria Simarro, Miguel A. de la Fuente, Asuncion Rocher
Topical application of connexin43 hemichannel blocker reduces carotid body-mediated chemoreflex drive in rats / David C. Andrade, Rodrigo Iturriaga, Camilo Toledo, Claudia M. Lucero, Hugo S. Díaz, Alexis Arce-Álvarez [and others]
Proinflammatory cytokines in the nucleus of the solitary tract of hypertensive rats exposed to chronic intermittent hypoxia / María Paz Oyarce, Rodrigo Iturriaga
Central hypoxia elicits long-term expression of the lung motor pattern in pre-metamorphic Lithobates catesbeianus / Tara A. Janes, Richard Kinkead
Cysteine oxidative dynamics underlies hypertension and kidney dysfunction induced by chronic intermittent hypoxia / Nuno R. Coelho, Clara G. Dias, M. João Correia, Patrícia Grácio, Jacinta Serpa, Emília C. Monteiro [and others]
Adenosine mediates hypercapnic response in the rat carotid body via A2A and A2B receptors / Joana F. Sacramento, Bernardete F. Melo, Sílvia V. Conde
Acute effects of systemic erythropoietin injections on carotid body chemosensory activity following hypoxic and hypercapnic stimulation / David C. Andrade, Rodrigo Iturriaga, Florine Jeton, Julio Alcayaga, Nicolas Voituron, Rodrigo Del Rio
Carotid body dysfunction in diet-induced insulin resistance is associated with alterations in its morphology / Eliano Dos Santos, Joana F. Sacramento, Bernardete F. Melo, Sílvia V. Conde
Therapeutic targeting of the carotid body for treating sleep apnea in a pre-clinical mouse model / Ying-Jie Peng, Xiuli Zhang, Jayasri Nanduri, Nanduri R. Prabhakar
Role of estradiol receptor beta (ER[beta]) on arterial pressure, respiratory chemoreflex and mitochondrial function in young and aged female mice / Sofien Laouafa, Damien Roussel, François Marcouiller, Jorge Soliz, Aida Bairam, Vincent Joseph
Chronic heart failure abolishes circadian rhythms in resting and chemoreflex breathing / Robert Lewis, Bryan T. Hackfort, Harold D. Schultz
High fat feeding in rats alters respiratory parameters by a mechanism that is unlikely to be mediated by carotid body type I cells / Ryan J. Rakoczy, Richard L. Pye, Tariq H. Fayyad, Joseph M. Santin, Barbara L. Barr, Christopher N. Wyatt
Leptin in the commissural nucleus tractus solitarii increases the glucose responses to carotid chemoreceptors activation by cyanide / Mónica Lemus, Cynthia Mojarro, Sergio Montero, Valery Melnikov, Mario Ramírez-Flores, Elena Roces de Álvarez-Buylla
Chronic intermittent hypoxia in premature infants: the link between low fat stores, adiponectin receptor signaling and lung injury / Na-Young Kang, Julijana Ivanovska, Liran Tamir-Hostovsky, Jaques Belik, Estelle B. Gauda
Myo-inositol effects on the developing respiratory neural control system / Peter M. MacFarlane, Juliann M. Di Fiore
Adrenal medulla chemo sensitivity does not compensate the lack of hypoxia driven carotid body chemo reflex in guinea pigs / Elena Olea, Elvira Gonzalez-Obeso, Teresa Agapito, Ana Obeso, Ricardo Rigual, Asuncion Rocher [and others]. - Digital/PrintChris Peers, Prem Kumar, Christopher Wyatt, Estelle Gauda, Colin A. Nurse, Nanduri Prabhakar, editors.Summary: Every three years, the International Society for Arterial Chemoreception (ISAC) arranges a Meeting to bring together all of the major International research groups investigating the general topic of oxygen sensing in health and disease, with a prime focus upon systemic level hypoxia and carotid body function. This volume summarises the proceedings of the XIXth meeting of the Society, held in Leeds, UK during the summer of 2014. As such this volume represents a unique collection of state of the art reviews and original, brief research articles covering all aspects of oxygen sensing, ranging from the molecular mechanisms of chemotransduction in oxygen sensing cells such as the carotid body type I cells, to the adverse, reflex cardiovascular outcomes arising from carotid body dysfunction as seen, for example, in heart failure or obstructive sleep apnoea. This volume will be of tremendous interest to basic scientists with an interest in the cellular and molecular biology of oxygen sensing and integrative, whole organism physiologists as well as physicians studying or treating the clinical cardiovascular consequences of carotid body dysfunction.Digital Access Springer 2015
- DigitalAdel Berbari, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.Summary: As our knowledge about arterial disease is greatly expanding, the aim of this book is to explore all aspects of arterial pathology, including classification, clinical manifestations, pathogenesis, and therapeutic options. The discussion of pathophysiologic mechanisms of arterial disease is wide ranging, encompassing hemodynamic, metabolic, humoral, inflammatory, genetic and environmental factors. Particular emphasis is placed on recent concepts, such as: the role of age-associated arterial alterations in the initiation and progression of cardiovascular diseases in older persons, the importance of mineral metabolism-bone vascular interactions, the clinical and prognostic significance of the renal resistive index, retinal circulation, toxemia of pregnancy as an arterial disease, and the role of pulmonary/vascular interaction in pulmonary hypertension and cross-talk of macrocirculation and microcirculation in target organ involvement. Evaluation procedures are carefully explained, and the full range of currently available therapeutic options, including lifestyle modifications and pharmacologic approaches, are described and appraised.
Contents:
PART I Introduction: Definition/Epidemiology of arterial disease
PART II Normal structure and physiology of the arterial system
PART III Classification of arterial pathology and clinical manifestations: Atherosclerosis
Arteriosclerosis
Disease of Precapillary resistance vessels
PART IV Pathogenetic mechanisms in arterial disease: Hemodynamic and mechanical factors
Metabolic factors
Inflammatory markers
Neurohormonal interactions
Mineral-bone/ arterial interactions
Endothelial function and impairment
Miscellaneous: Pharmacologic/factors/environmental factors
PART V Systemic arterial disorders: Arterial aging
Diabetes mellitus
Metabolic Syndrome/obesity
Chronic kidney disease/Renovascular interactions
Pulmonary Hypertension/Pulmonary vascular interactions
Systemic vasculitides
Genetic/ degenerative disorders
Hypertension
Toxemia of pregnancy
Kidney transplants, both donors and recipients
PART VI Evaluation procedures: Arterial function
Renal resistive index
Retinal microcirculation
PART VII Therapeutic options: Lifestyle modifications
Pharmacologic approaches.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digital[edited by] Frank Wacker, Herbert Lippert, Reinhard Pabst.Digital Access
- DigitalHans Scholz ; in collaboration with U. Krüger, K. Petzold, and W. Munsch ; with extra chapters by J. Janzen and U. Krüger.Digital Access Springer 2015
- Digitaledited by Robert F. Spetzler, Karam Moon and Rami O. Almefty.Contents:
Epidemiology, genetics, pathophysiology, and prognostic classifications of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Alp Ozpinar, Gustavo Mendez, Adib A. Abla
The natural history of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Anil Can, Bradley A. Gross, Rose Du
Arteriovenous malformations: epidemiology, clinical presentation, and diagnostic evaluation / Joshua W. Osbun, Matthew R. Reynolds, Daniel L. Barrow
Seizures associated with cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Johannes Schramm
Surgical management / Michael K. Morgan
Endovascular management of arteriovenous malformations / Bradley A. Gross, Karam Moon, Cameron G. Mcdougall
Radiosurgery for the management of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Dale Ding, Robert M. Starke, Jason P. Sheehan
Multimodality management of cerebral arteriovenous malformations / Mohan Narayanan, Gursant S. Atwal, Peter Nakaji
Epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and prognosis of cerebral dural arteriovenous fistulas / Mohamed Samy Elhammady, Sudheer Ambekar, Roberto C. Heros
Surgical management of cerebral dural arteriovenous fistulae / Martin J. Rutkowski, Brian Jian, Michael T. Lawton
Endovascular management of intracranial dural arteriovenous fistulas / Celene B. Mulholland, M. Yashar S. Kalani, Felipe C. Albuquerque
Radiosurgery for dural arteriovenous malformations / Conor Grady, Carolina Gesteira Benjamin, Douglas Kondziolka
Classification and pathophysiology of spinal vascular malformations / Isaac Josh Abecassis, Joshua W. Osbun, Louis Kim
Epidemiology, clinical presentation, diagnostic evaluation, and prognosis of spinal arteriovenous malformations / Alp Ozpinar, Gregory M. Weiner, Andrew F. Ducruet
Spinal arteriovenous malformations: surgical management / David S. Xu, Hai Sun, Robert F. Spetzler
Endovascular treatment of spinal arteriovenous malformations / Waleed Brinjikji, Giuseppe Lanzino
Radiosurgical ablation of spinal cord arteriovenous malformations / Eric S. Sussman, John R. Adler, Robert L. Dodd
Spinal arteriovenous fistulae: surgical management / Arthur L. Day, Ali Hassoun Turkmani, P. Roc Chen
Endovascular management of spinal dural arteriovenous fistulas / Patrick A. Brown, Ali R. Zomorodi, L. Fernando Gonzalez
Spinal subarachnoid hemorrhage and aneurysms / Tanmoy K. Maiti, Shyamal C. Bir, Anil Nanda
Natural history of cerebral cavernous malformations / Chibawanye Ene, Anand Kaul, Louis Kim
Natural history of spinal cavernous malformations / Marc Otten, Paul Mccormick
Epidemiology of cavernous malformations / Hannah E. Goldstein, Robert A. Solomon
Radiology and imaging for cavernous malformations / Kevin Y. Wang, Oluwatoyin R. Idowu, Doris D.M. Lin
Pathology of cavernous malformations / Efrem M. Cox, Nicholas C. Bambakidis, Mark L. Cohen
Developmental venous anomalies / Michael A. Mooney, Joseph M. Zabramski
Supratentorial cavernous malformations / Jason A. Ellis, Daniel L. Barrow
Brainstem and cerebellar cavernous malformations / Gursant S. Atwal, Christina E. Sarris, Robert F. Spetzler
Thalamic cavernous malformations / Christina E. Sarris, Gursant S. Atwal, Peter Nakaji
Spinal cavernous malformations / Aaron J. Clark, Doris D. Wang, Michael T. Lawton
Pharmacotherapy for cavernous malformations / Robert F. Rudy, Rose Du
Index.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017 - Digitaledited by Hans Henkes, Pedro Lylyk, Oliver Ganslandt.Springer Nature Living Reference.Summary: This encyclopedic reference book presents the diagnosis and treatment of arteriovenous malformations (AVM) and fistulas (AVF) in a case-based, educative, and practical manner. The book is structured by AVM and AVF location, ensuring ease of use. Different treatment strategies are described, highlighting their respective pros and cons in particular circumstances. The diagnosis and treatment of the huge variety of vascular lesions are presented on the basis of individual cases, structured by the anatomic localization and the nature of the arteriovenous connection. The diagnostic process comprises a correlation of clinical signs and symptoms with imaging findings from computed tomography, magnetic resonance imaging, and digital subtraction angiography. The diagnostic section of each presented case outlines the typical findings and, if present, unusual manifestations. The treatment strategy is developed on the basis of these findings, with consideration of potential chances and risks of competing treatment options. The procedures are explained and illustrated in detail in order to allow for an understanding of what is done, why, and how. Endovascular procedures, microsurgical operations, radiosurgery, and combinations thereof, are used in an integrative fashion. The follow-up examinations and the clinical outcome description show if the goal of the treatment has been achieved. The description of procedural complications might help to avoid them in future patients. The discussion of the presented case in light of the published literature illustrates what is common sense and what is a matter of controversy. This highly interdisciplinary book will be of great value to Neuroradiologists, Neurosurgeons, Neurologists, and Radiotherapists.Continuously updated edition
- DigitalJoseph Borrelli, Jr., Jeffrey O. Anglen, editors.Summary: Focusing exclusively on the older patient with poor bone quality, this unique book presents the indications, contraindications and common techniques -- as well as the risks, benefits and outcomes -- for utilizing arthroplasty for the treatment of fractures in this population, sensibly divided into four thematic sections. The incidence and burden of fragility fractures is presented in part one, with considerations of the influences of osteoporosis on both treatment and healing. The subsequent three sections cover upper extremity fractures, lower extremity fractures, and peri-articular nonunions, respectively. However, far from providing a simple “how-to” for the techniques discussed, the relevant current literature is presented as well as the common techniques employed in fracture management, allowing the reader to select the best approach for the specific patient presentation. In addition, chapters are included here that cover degenerative joint conditions not typically treated with total joint replacement. The treatment of fragility fractures is constantly evolving, and the aging population is consistently expanding, creating a strong need for clinicians who have experience with and exposure to the use of arthroplasty techniques as an option in their successful treatment. Written and edited by leaders in the field, Arthroplasty for the Treatment of Fractures in the Older Patient is an invaluable resource for orthopedic surgeons, residents and support staff who see and treat these increasingly common injuries.
- Digital[edited by] Stephan F. Schindele, Grey Giddins, Philippe Bellemère.Summary: "Recent research suggests the lifetime risk of hand arthritis may be greater than 40%. Concurrently, advances in small joint arthroplasty have greatly improved the treatment and outcomes in patients following trauma or suffering from arthritis, joint stiffness, and instability of joints in the hand and wrist. Arthroplasty in Hand Surgery: FESSH Instructional Course Book 2020 provides in-depth coverage of the surgical reconstruction or replacement of these joints. Edited by renowned hand surgeons Stephan Schindele, Grey Giddins, and Philippe Bellemère, this unique resource features contributions from an international who's who of experts. Organized in five sections and 35 chapters, the generously illustrated book encompasses the full spectrum of modern arthroplasty techniques. In section one, the anatomy, biomechanics, and mode of action of the finger and thumb joints are discussed. It concludes with an intriguing history of hand arthroplasty. Sections two to four cover the latest arthroplasty procedures to treat impaired joints of the fingers (including proximal interphalangeal and distal interphalangeal), thumb, and wrist, respectively. The last section discusses arthroplasty of the distal radioulnar joint. This highly practical resource is essential reading for surgeons in training and practicing orthopaedic surgeons and hand specialists"-- Provided by publisher.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2022
- DigitalGraham J.W. King, Marco Rizzo, editors.Summary: Arthroplasty of the upper extremity is an established surgical intervention in the management of arthritis of the elbow, wrist and hand. The anatomy, kinematics and demands of the elbow, wrist, thumb CMC, and finger MCP and PIP joints pose unique surgical challenges. Implant design considerations are important in providing a joint that mimics the native joints and maximizes survivorship. However, outcomes are less predictable in these upper extremity joints when compared to the hips and knees. Each joint also carries its own set of potential complications and salvage options for revision and failed arthroplasty. This unique text helps the orthopedic and hand surgeon understand the surgical approaches, unique anatomic considerations, and both the historical and current designs related to each respective joint, enabling the surgeon to better appreciate the benefits and limitations of each arthroplasty. Presenting the current state of the art, the seven sections proceed anatomically from the elbow to the fingers, with each section comprised of three thematic chapters discussing implant design considerations, primary arthroscopy techniques and revision arthroscopy techniques, including non-surgical options for treating these often difficult problems. This consistent approach, accompanied by plentiful figures, radiographs and intraoperative photos, ensures that this will be a user-friendly resource for orthopedic and hand surgeons, residents and trainees.
Contents:
Part I. Total Elbow Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Total Elbow Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Total Elbow Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Total Elbow Arthroplasty
Part II. Radial Head Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Radial Head Arthroplasty
Primary Radial Head Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Radial Head Arthroplasty
Part III. Total Wrist Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Total Wrist Arthroplasty
Primary Total Wrist Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Total Wrist Arthroplasty
Part IV. Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
Primary Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Distal Radioulnar Joint Arthroplasty
Part V
Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Primary Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Carpometacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Part VI
Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Primary Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Metacarpophalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Part VII
Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Design Considerations for Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Primary Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty
Revision/Failed Proximal Interphalangeal Joint Arthroplasty. - DigitalCAP Microbiology Resource Committee ; Blaine A. Mathison, Bobbi S. Pritt.Digital Access College of American Pathologists Publications 2016
- DigitalCarlos Brisola Marcondes, editor.Contents:
1. General comments and importance of arthropod-related diseases
2. Epidemiology of vector-borne diseases
3. Blood sucking insects and history
4. Blood sucking, vector-parasite relationship and transmission of diseases
5. Generalities on arboviruses
6. Yellow fever
7. Dengue
8. Other flaviviruses
9. Togaviridae
10. Bunyaviruses
11. Plague and tularemia
12. Rickettsial infections, Bartonella infections and coxiellosis
13. Borreliosis: Lyme disease and relapsing fever
14. Ehrlichiosis
15. Anaplasmosis
16. Leishmaniasis
17. American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease)
18. Sleeping sickness, nagana
19. Other trypanosomiasis
20. Malaria
21. Babesiosis
22. Theileriosis
23. Hepatozoonosis
24. Lymphatic filariasis
25. Onchocerciasis
26. Mansonelliasis
27. Dirofilariasis
28. Loiasis
29. Thelaziosis (canine eye-worm)
30. Habronemosis
31. Flies
32. Sucking and biting lice
33. Fleas
34. Diseases caused by Acari (ticks and mites)
35. Other irritating Arthropods (beetles, bugs, centipedes etc.)
36. Allergy to bites of hematophagous arthropods
37. Geoprocessing and expected distribution of diseases (including deforestation, global warming and other changes)
38. Wolbachia: influence on pathogeny, treatment and control of arthropod borne diseases.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalBaofu Wei, Alan Y. Yan, Annunziato Amendola.Summary: This expansive, full-color atlas presents the detailed surgical anatomy and approaches for the most commonly performed arthroscopic procedures for the foot and ankle, including detailed descriptions of the equipment and operative set-up for successful arthroscopic procedures. Opening chapters discuss the relevant gross anatomy and instrumentation utilizing both cadaver and intraoperative photos, before proceeding into step-by-step presentations of nearly two dozen surgical procedures, from managing ankle instability and fractures and osteochondral lesions to peroneal tendon repair, plantar fascia release and joint arthrodesis. For each surgical procedure, indications and contraindications are provided, along with appropriate approaches and portals and possible complications. Each chapter is generously illustrated with relevant radiology and intraoperative and arthroscopic photos for maximum visual impact and ease of use, and includes a curated selection of suggested readings for further investigation. An excellent reference for foot and ankle surgeons at every skill level, Arthroscopic Techniques and Anatomy of the Foot and Ankle will be the go-to guide for years to come.
Contents:
Gross Anatomy of the Ankle Joint for Arthroscopy
Arthroscopy Instruments and Applications
Anterior Arthroscopy of the Ankle Joint: General Principles and Arthroscopic Examination
Posterior Arthroscopy of the Ankle and Subtalar Joint: General Principles and Arthroscopic Examination
Osteochondral Lesions of Talus
Osteochondral Lesions of the Tibial Plafond
Anterior Ankle Impingement
Chronic Ankle Instability
High Ankle Sprain (Syndesmotic Injury)
Arthroscopic-Assisted Treatment of Ankle Fracture
Arthroscopic Ankle Arthrodesis
Posterior Approach for Osteochondral Lesions of the Talus
Posterior Ankle Impingement: Os Trigonum Syndrome
Posterior Impingement: FHL Tendinopathy
Arthroscopic Subtalar Joint Arthrodesis: Posterior Approach
Arthroscopic Subtalar Joint: Lateral Approach
Haglund’s Deformity and Retrocalcaneal Bursitis
Peroneal Tendon Disorders
Endoscopic Gastrocnemius Recession
Endoscopic Plantar Fascia Release
Hallux Metatarsophalangeal (MTP) Joint Arthroscopy. - DigitalClaudio Chillemi, Alessandro Castagna, Marcello Osimani.Summary: The book offers a comprehensive and up-to-date guide to the cutting edge arthroscopic transosseous techniques for the treatment of rotator cuff tears, which are gradually taking over from the common open surgical approach, defined as the gold standard for RCR. With the help of numerous figures, it presents step by step a novel all-arthroscopic anchorless transosseous suture technique that is less invasive and easier to perform. After discussing the etiopathogenesis, histopathology and radiological classification of rotator cuff tears, the book reviews all possible arthroscopic procedures and explores in detail suture management, describing single and double tunnel options. It also examines the complications and post-operative rehabilitation and imaging, while the closing chapter addresses the economic aspects of daily use. Intended primarily for arthroscopic surgeons interested in the field of shoulder joint repair, this exhaustive guide is also a valuable resource for residents and shoulder specialists.
- DigitalPietro Randelli, David Dejour, C. Niek van Dijk, Matteo Denti, Romain Seil, editors.Digital Access Springer 2016
- DigitalDeepak N. Bhatia, Gregory I. Bain, Gary G. Poehling, Benjamin R. Graves, editors.Summary: This book explores the numerous recent advances in arthroscopic and endoscopic surgery of the smaller joints of the upper extremity elbow, wrist, and hand. Providing readers with all necessary information, i.e. relevant surgical anatomy and a clear description of technical steps, it uniquely and comprehensively presents arthroscopic and endoscopic techniques of small joints in one publication. The procedures are subdivided according to the pathology (instability, fractures, etc.) or grouped by the region within the anatomical area and include the relevant anatomy, extensive cadaveric dissections, devices and instrumentation, surgical procedures, pearls and pitfalls. High-quality colour illustrations further simplify and complement the description of surgical techniques. Written by pioneers of these techniques, the book is designed to be an up-to-date reference resource for both new and advanced orthopaedic surgeons wanting to become familiar with these techniques.
Contents:
Elbow Arthroscopy
Basic Portals: Front, Sides, And Back
Advanced Portals: Under, Over, And In Between
Diagnostic Grand Round: Getting Started And Staying Safe
Radiocapitellar Procedures
Ulnotrochlear Procedures
Tendinopathy
Stiff Elbow
Elbow Endoscopy
Portals And Paths
Distal Biceps Endoscopy
Distal Triceps Endoscopy
Cubital Tunnel Endoscopy
Supracondylar Endoscopy: Ligament Of Struthers (Bain)
Miscelleneous And Future Trends
Wrist Arthroscopy And Endoscopy
Basic Portals
Advance Portals: The "Box" Concept
Diagnostic Grand Round
Radiocarpal Procedures
Scapholunate Arthroscopy
Tfcc Procedures
Druj Procedures
Fractures And Dislocations
Wrist Endoscopy
Hand Arthroscopy
Portals And Overview
1s T Cmc Arthroscopy And Procedures
Mcp Arthroscopy And Procedures
Pip And Dip Arthroscopy And Procedures. - DigitalTun Hing Lui, editor.Summary: This book provides detailed information in foot and ankle arthroscopy and endoscopy. It explores and introduces these surgical techniques for the treatment of foot and ankle diseases, which have better surgical outcome, lesser surgical morbidity over conventional open surgery. In each chapter, it includes extensive cases and techniques’ illustration about arthroscopy, tendoscopy and endoscopy. Case demonstration with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. It is also written in the same structure and style for each techniques. Step-by-step procedures are complied with pictures and illustrations for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their clinical practice.
- DigitalTun Hing Lui, editor.Summary: This book provides detailed advancement on arthroscopy and endoscopy of hand, wrist and elbow. It covers basic knowledge of procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for disease management. Endoscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in upper limb diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
- DigitalTun Hing Lui, editor.Summary: This book provides detailed advancement endoscopy and arthroscopy procedures of shoulder. It covers basic knowledge of procedures and dedicated introduction of surgical techniques for treatment of shoulder diseases with better surgical outcome and less surgical morbidity. Endoscopic and arthroscopic procedures with their advantage in surgical exposure and post-operative rehabilitation have been extensively performed in orthopedic diseases. Cases presentation with well-illustrated arthroscopic and endoscopic photos for common clinical conditions was provided. The format is a step-by-step procedure for easy reference, particularly for surgeons in their training.
Contents:
Arthroscopic anatomy of shoulder
Role of radiological investigations in diagnosis of shoulder disorders and surgical planning of arthroscopic and endoscopic shoulder surgery
Set up, equipments and surgical instruments
Complications of shoulder arthroscopy
Arthroscopic management of acute traumatic shoulder instability
Arthroscopic management of recurrent anterior shoulder instability
Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic Latarjet procedure
Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic bone grafting
Management of Bony Bankart Lesions / glenoid bone loss. Arthroscopic distal clavicle osteochondral autograft transfer
Endoscopic Latarjet revision with Eden-Hybinette bone block endoscopic procedure
Arthroscopic management of Hill Sachs lesion. Remplissage technique
Arthroscopic management of HAGL (humeral avulsion of glenoid ligament) and Reverse HAGL Lesions
Dynamic Anterior Stabilization Using the Long Head of the Biceps for Anteroinferior Glenohumeral Instability
Arthroscopic Trillat Procedure
Arthroscopic management of posterior shoulder instability
Arthroscopic management of multidirectional shoulder instability
Subacromial impingement and endoscopic acromioplasty
Arthroscopic Repair of Anterosuperior Rotator Cuff Tears
Subcoracoid impingement and Endoscopic coracoplasty
Endoscopic repair of subscapularis tendon tear
Arthroscopic management of massive rotator cuff tear
Arthroscopic Subacromial Spacer Implantation
All-arthroscopic latissimus dorsi transfer
Combined fully arthroscopic transfer of latissimus dorsi and teres major for treatment of irreparable posterosuperior rotator cuff tears
Arthroscopic-assisted pectoralis minor transfer for irreparable tears of the upper two-thirds of the subscapularis tendon
Arthroscopic Transfer of the Pectoralis Major for Irreparable Tear of the Subscapularis
Arthroscopic Treatment of Calcific Tendonitis of supraspinatus tendon
Arthroscopic Treatment of Subscapularis Calcific Tendonitis
Arthroscopic management of SLAP lesion
Tenoscopy of long head of biceps tendon
Tenoscopic suprapectoral biceps tenodesis
Tenoscopic subpectoral biceps tenodesis
Arthroscopic Coracohumeral Ligament Release for Patients with Frozen Shoulder
Arthroscopic Circumferential Capsulotomy and Axillary Nerve Release for Patients with Frozen Shoulder
Arthroscopic Treatment of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
Arthroscopic glenohumeral arthrodesis
Arthroscopic management of Periarticular Cysts
arthroscopic management of synovial chondromatosis of the glenohumeral joint
Arthroscopic management of septic arthritis of the glenohumeral joint
Endoscopic Treatment of Acute Acromioclavicular Joint Dislocation
Endoscopic Coracoclavicular Ligament Reconstruction using TightRope device
Endoscopic Coracoclavicular Ligament Reconstruction using tendon graft
Endoscopically assisted Coracoclavicular and Acromioclavicular Ligament Reconstruction for chronic acromioclavicular joint dislocation
Bipolar Endoscopic Acromioclavicular Joint Resection for symptomatic acromioclavicular joint osteoarthritis
arthroscopic excision of symptomatic meso-acromiale
Scapulothoracic Endoscopy for Snapping Scapula Syndrome
Endoscopic Removal of a Scapular Osteophyte Using Scapulothoracic Arthroscopy
Endoscopically assisted resection of a scapular osteochondroma causing snapping scapula syndrome
Arthroscopic Pectoralis Minor Release
Endoscopic management of scapular winging
Sternoclavicular arthroscopy
Arthroscopic resection of intra-articular disc of the sternoclavicular joint
Arthroscopic excision of the sternoclavicular joint
Endoscopic release of Brachial plexus
Endoscopic Suprascapular Nerve Decompression at the Spinoglenoid and Suprascapular Notches
Endoscopic treatment of comminuted distal clavicular fracture
Arthroscopic treatment of greater tuberosity avulsion fracture
Arthroscopic management of subcapital humeral fractures. arthroscopic nailing)
Arthroscopic management of glenoid fractures
Endoscopic proximal humeral plate removal. - DigitalPiero Volpi, editor.Summary: This book describes the current applications of arthroscopy in a very wide range of sports injuries involving, among other sites, the hip, knee, ankle, shoulder, elbow, and wrist. For each condition, mechanisms of injury are explained and the role of arthroscopy in diagnosis and treatment is described. Relevant information is also provided on the epidemiology and mechanisms of injury in specific sports and on indications for treatment and rehabilitation. The book fully reflects the recent advances that have taken place in arthroscopy, permitting more accurate assessment and more successful management of post-traumatic pathologies. Furthermore, it acknowledges that as a result of the increasing use of new technologies and biomaterials, there is now particular interest in techniques that promote biological healing of articular lesions and permit complete functional recovery. The authors are leading specialists in the field who have aimed to provide practitioners with the clear guidance that they require on the evaluation and treatment of injuries incurred during sporting activity.
- DigitalHarpal K. Gahunia, Allan E. Gross, Kenneth P. H. Pritzker, Paul S. Babyn, Lucas Murnaghan, editors.Summary: Covering both pediatric and adult populations, this comprehensive text covers the diverse topics related to the health, disease and therapy of articular cartilage of the knee, from basic principles to future directions for research. This vast array of information is arranged into eight sections, encompassing a number of relevant disciplines and covering, in turn, normal articular cartilage, aging and degeneration, evaluation and assessment, non-surgical approaches, surgical approaches, qualitative and quantitative assessment of repair, research into cartilage repair and engineering, and future prospects for therapy. Each chapter is amply referenced and self-contained for independent study and reference. Scoring systems for knee cartilage assessment are included in four appendices as well, rounding out the presentation. A multidisciplinary collection of basic, translational and clinical material, Articular Cartilage of the Knee is a singular resource for orthopedic surgeons, rheumatologists, pathologists, scientists, tissue engineers and the broad spectrum of clinical professionals working with articular cartilage and its disorders.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Acknowledgments
Contents
Contributors
Abbreviations
Part I: Normal Articular Cartilage
1: Structure and Function of Articular Cartilage
1.1 Introduction
1.2 Articular Cartilage Structure and Composition
1.2.1 Chondrocytes and Chondrons
1.2.2 Extracellular Matrix
1.2.2.1 Proteoglycans
1.2.2.2 Collagens
1.2.2.3 Non-Collagenous Proteins and Glycoproteins
1.2.3 Articular Cartilage Fluorescent Molecules
1.3 Articular Cartilage Heterogeneity and Compartmentalization 1.3.1 Immature Articular-Epiphyseal Cartilage Complex
1.3.1.1 Articular Cartilage Component
1.3.1.2 Epiphyseal Cartilage Component
1.3.2 Skeletally Mature Articular Cartilage Zones
1.3.2.1 Zone 1: Superficial Zone
1.3.2.2 Zone 2: Middle Zone
1.3.2.3 Zone 3: Deep Zone
1.3.2.4 Tidemark
1.3.2.5 Zone 4: Zone of Calcified Cartilage
1.3.3 Macromolecular Variation of Uncalcified Articular Cartilage Zones
1.3.4 Articular Cartilage Extracellular Matrix and Chondrocyte Microenvironment
1.3.4.1 Pericellular Matrix
1.3.4.2 Territorial Matrix 1.3.4.3 Interterritorial Matrix
1.4 Function of Knee Articular Cartilage
1.4.1 Function Related to Structure of Articular Cartilage Components
1.4.2 Function of Articular Cartilage Zones
1.4.3 Function of Chondrocytes and Chondrons
1.4.4 Concept of Knee Loading During Walking
1.4.5 Role of Articular Cartilage Macromolecules in Joint Biomechanics
1.4.6 Osmotic Stress and Articular Cartilage Matrix Composition
1.5 Knee Lubrication
1.5.1 Endogenous Lubricants On Articular Cartilage Surface
1.5.1.1 Proteins
1.5.1.2 Phospholipids 1.5.1.3 Glycosaminoglycans
1.5.2 Synergy of Molecular Lubricants
1.5.3 Deficiency of Molecular Lubricants
1.5.4 Lubrication Mechanisms (Applicable to Human Knee)
1.5.4.1 Boundary and Contact Lubrication Mechanism
1.5.4.2 Fluid-Film Lubrication
Squeeze-Film Lubrication
Hydrodynamic Lubrication
1.5.4.3 Elastohydrodynamic Lubrication
1.5.4.4 Application of Lubrication Mechanisms During "Walk Cycle" Phases
1.5.4.5 Failure of Lubrication Mechanism (Injury, Aging, Disease and Post-Cartilage Repair)
1.6 Conclusions
ReferencesDigital Access Springer 2020 - DigitalParul Ichhpujani, Sahil Thakur, editors.Summary: The book helps to explore the vast expanse of artificial intelligence-based scientific content that has been published in the last few years. Ophthalmology has recently undergone a silent digital revolution, with machine learning and deep learning algorithms consistently outperforming human graders in studies published across the globe. It is high time that a resource that breaks this information behemoth into easily digestible bits comes to the fore. This book simplifies the complex mechanics of algorithms used in ophthalmology and vision science applications. It also tries to address potential ethical issues with machines entering our clinics and patients' lives. Overall it is essential reading for ophthalmologists/eye care professionals interested in artificial intelligence and everyone who is looking for a deep dive into the exciting world of digital medicine.
Contents:
1 A Clinician's Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
2 What you need to know about Artificial Intelligence: Technical Introduction
3 Artificial Intelligence and Ophthalmology: An Overview
4 Artificial Intelligence in cornea and refractive surgery
5 Artificial Intelligence and Cataract
6 Artificial Intelligence and Glaucoma
7 Artificial Intelligence in Retinal Diseases
8 Artificial intelligence in neuro-ophthalmology
9 Artificial Intelligence and Other Applications in Ophthalmology and Beyond
10 The Economics of Big Data
11 Ethics and Artificial Intelligence: The Pandora's Box. - DigitalMichael J. Paulus, Jr.Summary: "The increasing role and power of artificial intelligence in our lives and world requires us to imagine and shape a desirable future with this technology. Since visions of AI often draw from Christian apocalyptic narratives, current discussions about technological hopes and fears present an opportunity for a deeper engagement with Christian eschatological resources. This book argues that the Christian apocalyptic imagination can transform how we think about and use AI, helping us discover ways artificial agency may participate in new creation." -- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Introduction: Imagined and real AI
Information revolutions and revelations
Hope and longing in Las Vegas
The apocalypse
Technological apocalypses
Our information apocalypse
Assessing real and imagined AI
Epilogue: reimagining the present.Digital Access EBSCOhost [2023] - DigitalDaniel W. Byrne.Summary: "Artificial Intelligence for Improved Patient Outcomes provides new, relevant, and practical information on what AI can do in healthcare and how to assess whether AI is improving health outcomes. With clear insights and a balanced approach, this innovative book offers a one-stop guide on how to design and lead pragmatic real-world AI studies that yield rigorous scientific evidence-all in a manner that is safe and ethical. Daniel Byrne, Director of Artificial Intelligence Research at AVAIL (the Advanced Vanderbilt Artificial Intelligence Laboratory), and author of landmark pragmatic studies published in leading medical journals, shares four decades of experience as a biostatistician and AI researcher. Building on his first book, Publishing Your Medical Research, the author gives the reader the competitive advantage in creating reproducible AI research that will be accepted in prestigious high-impact medical journals. Provides easy-to-understand explanations of the key concepts in using and evaluating AI in medicine. Offers practical, actionable guidance on the mechanics and implementation of AI applications in medicine. Shares career guidance on a successful future in AI in medicine. Teaches the skills to evaluate AI tools and avoid being misled by the hype. For a wide audience of healthcare professionals impacted by Artificial Intelligence in medicine, including physician-scientists, AI developers, entrepreneurs, and healthcare leaders who need to evaluate AI applications designed to improve safety, quality, and value for their institutions. Enrich Your eBook Reading Experience Read directly on your preferred device(s), such as computer, tablet, or smartphone. Easily convert to audiobook, powering your content with natural language text-to-speech. "-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Overview : How Artificial Intelligence Will Improve Health
Randomization : The "Secret Sauce"
Evaluation : The Facts Matter. Pseudo-Innovation vs Real Innovation
Synergy : Building a Successful Clinician-Computer Collaboration
Fairness : Addressing the Ethical, Regulatory, and Privacy Issues
Modeling : An Overview of Predictive Modeling, Neural Networks, and Deep Learning
EHRs : Exporting, Cleaning, Managing Datasets, and Integrating Models into the Electronic Health Record
Resistance : Understanding and Overcoming the Resistance to AI, Randomization, and Change
Execution : Increasing the Odds of Future Success
Integration : Building a Learning Health Care System With Pragmatic AI Trials
Streamlining : Reducing Waste and Lowering Costs in Health Care
Complications : Predicting and Preventing Hospital Complications
Prevention : Identifying Diseases With Predictive Models
Precision Medicine : AI to Improve Health Screenings and Treatments
Drugs and Devices : Using AI to Improve Pharmaceutical and Medical Device Development and Applications
Medical Literature : AI and Information Overload
Imaging : Medical Imaging and Strategies for Assessing Patient Impact
Pandemics : Using AI Tools to Improve Health Outcomes in a Pandemic
Careers : How to Build a Career Around AI in Medicine by Turning This Playbook Into a Reality.Digital Access LWW Health Library [2024] - DigitalFabrice Jotterand, Marcello Ienca, editors.Summary: This volume provides an interdisciplinary collection of essays from leaders in various fields addressing the current and future challenges arising from the implementation of AI in brain and mental health. Artificial Intelligence (AI) has the potential to transform health care and improve biomedical research. While the potential of AI in brain and mental health is tremendous, its ethical, regulatory and social impacts have not been assessed in a comprehensive and systemic way. The volume is structured according to three main sections, each of them focusing on different types of AI technologies. Part 1, Big Data and Automated Learning: Scientific and Ethical Considerations, specifically addresses issues arising from the use of AI software, especially machine learning, in the clinical context or for therapeutic applications. Part 2, AI for Digital Mental Health and Assistive Robotics: Philosophical and Regulatory Challenges, examines philosophical, ethical and regulatory issues arising from the use of an array of technologies beyond the clinical context. In the final section of the volume, Part 3 entitled AI in Neuroscience and Neurotechnology: Ethical, Social and Policy Issues, contributions examine some of the implications of AI in neuroscience and neurotechnology and the regulatory gaps or ambiguities that could potentially hamper the responsible development and implementation of AI solutions in brain and mental health. In light of its comprehensiveness and multi-disciplinary character, this book marks an important milestone in the public understanding of the ethics of AI in brain and mental health and provides a useful resource for any future investigation in this crucial and rapidly evolving area of AI application. The book is of interest to a wide audience in neuroethics, robotics, computer science, neuroscience, psychiatry and mental health.
Contents:
Introduction
Part I Scientific Considerations and Challenges: AI-augmented neuroimaging
AI analytics in brain cancer screening
AI analytics to detect pre-symptomatic dementia
AI analytics in schizophrenia
Wearables, mHealth and mental health monitoring
Prevention of mental disorders through social media
The brain health modeling initiative and the promise of AI
Assistive robotics for dementia and mild cognitive impairment
Telehealth and robotherapy in psychiatry
Robot-assisted neurorehabilitation
Brain-computer interfaces and AI-mediated neuromodulation
Part III . Ethical Legal and Social Implications: Mental Privacy
Algorithmic transparency Measurement bias and ethical bias
Discrimination and stigma
Informed Consent
Minimal risk
Fairness and Research Allocation
The black-box problem of medical AI
The transformation of therapeutic relationships
The role of IRBs
The ethics of automated medical decision-making
Accountability and Responsibility
Designing moral technologies for brain and mental health
AI and Human Beings: Philosophical and Ethical Perspectives
Part III Policy Perspectives: Current regulatory frameworks in North America
Gaps in existing regulations
Policy and law of AI in China
Deontology and best practices
Regulation of AI industry
AI in the developing world: a global justice perspective
Regulation of AI in Europe
Conclusion - Towards an ethical framework for AI in brain and mental health. - Digitaledited by Carlo N. De Cecco, Marly van Assen, Tim Leiner.Summary: This book provides an overview of current and potential applications of artificial intelligence (AI) for cardiothoracic imaging. Most AI systems used in medical imaging are data-driven and based on supervised machine learning. Clinicians and AI specialists can contribute to the development of an AI system in different ways, focusing on their respective strengths. Unfortunately, communication between these two sides is far from fluent and, from time to time, they speak completely different languages. Mutual understanding and collaboration are imperative because the medical system is based on physicians' ability to take well-informed decisions and convey their reasoning to colleagues and patients. This book offers unique insights and informative chapters on the use of AI for cardiothoracic imaging from both the technical and clinical perspective. It is also a single comprehensive source that provides a complete overview of the entire process of the development and use of AI in clinical practice for cardiothoracic imaging. The book contains chapters focused on cardiac and thoracic applications as well more general topics on the potentials and pitfalls of AI in medical imaging. Separate chapters will discuss the valorization, regulations surrounding AI, cost-effectiveness, and future perspective for different countries and continents. This book is an ideal guide for clinicians (radiologists, cardiologists etc.) interested in working with AI, whether in a research setting developing new AI applications or in a clinical setting using AI algorithms in clinical practice. The book also provides clinical insights and overviews for AI specialists who want to develop clinically relevant AI applications.
Contents:
PART I: Artificial Intelligence: Technical Considerations and Fundamentals
Artificial Intelligence: A Century-Old Story
Demystifying Artificial Intelligence Technology in Cardiothoracic Imaging: The Essentials
Artificial Intelligence Algorithm Development for Biomedical Imaging
Data Preparation for Artificial Intelligence
Data Storage, Cloud Usage and Artificial Intelligence Pipeline
How to Build Artificial Intelligence Algorithms for Imaging Applications
Radiomics: Technical Background
Biobanks and Artificial Intelligence
Biostatistics and Artificial Intelligence
PART II: Artificial Intelligence: General Approaches and Applications
Structured Reporting in Medical Imaging: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Artificial Intelligence: Clinical Relevance and Workflow
Patient Selection and Scan Preparation Optimization: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Artificial Intelligence for Image Enhancement and Reconstruction in Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Artificial Intelligence Based Image Reconstruction in Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
Artificial Intelligence Based Image Reconstruction in Computed Tomography Imaging
Artificial Intelligence Based Contrast Medium Optimization
Radiation Dose Optimization: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Artificial Intelligence Integration into the Computed Tomography System
Artificial Intelligence Integration into the Magnetic Resonance System
Magnetic Resonance Fingerprinting: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Currently Available Artificial Intelligence Software for Cardiothoracic Imaging
PART III: Artificial Intelligence: Cardiac Applications
Cardiac CT Guidelines and Clinical Applications: Where does Artificial Intelligence fit in?
Natural Language Processing for Cardiovascular Applications
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Coronary Calcium
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Coronary Atherosclerotic Plaques
Artificial Intelligence Based Coronary Artery Disease Reporting & Data System (CAD-RADS)
Artificial Intelligence Based CT Derived Fractional Flow Reserve (CT-FFR)
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Cardiac Valves
Artificial Intelligence Based Diagnosis and Procedural Planning for Aortic Valve Disease
Artificial Intelligence Based Quantification of Cardiac Fat
Radiomics in Cardiac CT
Cardiac MR Guidelines and Clinical Applications: Where does Artificial Intelligence fit in?
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Functional Cardiac Magnetic Resonance Imaging
Magnetic Resonance Imaging based 4D Cardiac Flow: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Magnetic Resonance Imaging based Coronary Flow: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Cardiac Congenital Disease
Cardiac Nuclear Medicine: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Cardiac Ultrasound Imaging: the Role of Artificial Intelligence
Artificial Intelligence Based Cardiovascular Risk Stratification
PART IV: Artificial Intelligence: Thoracic Applications
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Patients with Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Patients with Interstitial Lung Disease
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of Infectious Disease Imaging: A COVID-19 Perspective
Artificial Intelligence for Lung Cancer Screening and Nodule Detection
Artificial Intelligence for Lung Cancer Characterization and Prognosis
Artificial Intelligence for Opportunistic Chest CT Screening and Prognostication
Artificial Intelligence Based Detection of Pulmonary Vascular Disease
Artificial Intelligence Based Evaluation of the Aorta
Artificial Intelligence and Radiomics Based Evaluation of Carotid Artery Disease
PART V: Artificial Intelligence: General Considerations
Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Laws, Regulations and Privacy
Health Economics, Economic Evaluation and Artificial Intelligence Technology
Commercialization & Intellectual Property of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Cardiovascular Imaging
Ethical Considerations of Artificial Intelligence Applications in Healthcare
How to Write and Review an Artificial Intelligence Paper
Cybersecurity in the Era of Artificial Intelligence
How Artificial Intelligence Will Reshape Healthcare and Medical Imaging: A Global Perspective.Digital Access Springer 2022 - DigitalNiklas Lidströmer, Yonina C. Eldar, editors.Summary: This book deals with the advantages of using artificial intelligence (AI) in the fight against the COVID-19 and against future pandemics that could threat humanity and our environment. This book is a practical, scientific and clinically relevant example of how medicine and mathematics will fuse in the 2020s, out of external pandemic pressure and out of scientific evolutionary necessity. This book contains a unique blend of the world's leading researchers, both in medicine, mathematics, computer science, clinical and preclinical medicine, and presents the research front of the usage of AI against pandemics. Equipped with this book the reader will learn about the latest AI advances against COVID-19, and how mathematics and algorithms can aid in preventing its spreading course, treatments, diagnostics, vaccines, clinical management and future evolution.
Contents:
Intro
Foreword
Preface
Contents
About the Editors
Chapter 1: Introduction to Artificial Intelligence in COVID-19
Pandemics
History of Pandemics
The COVID-19 Pandemic
Origins of the COVID-19 Pandemic
Continuous Fight for Science and Reason
Modern Tools for Pandemic Control
A Brief Chronology of the Chapters of This Book
Power of Science
References
Chapter 2: AI for Pooled Testing of COVID-19 Samples
Introduction
System Model
The PCR Process
Mathematical Model
Pooled COVID-19 Tests
Recovery from Pooled Tests Group Testing Methods for COVID-19
Adaptive GT Methods
Non-Adaptive GT Methods
Pooling Matrix
Noiseless Linear Non-Adaptive Recovery
Noisy Non-Linear Non-Adaptive Recovery
Summary
Compressed Sensing for Pooled Testing for COVID-19
Compressed Sensing Forward Model for Pooled RT-PCR
CS Algorithms for Recovery
Details of Algorithms
Assessment of Algorithm Performance and Experimental Protocols
Choice of Pooling Matrices
Choice of Number of Pools
Use of Side Information in Pooled Inference
Comparative Discussion and Summary
References Chapter 3: AI for Drug Repurposing in the Pandemic Response
Introduction
Desirable Features of AI for Drug Repurposing in Pandemic Response
Technical Flexibility and Efficiency
Clinical Applicability and Acceptability
Major AI Applications for Drug Repurposing in Response to COVID-19
Knowledge Mining
Network-Based Analysis
In Silico Modelling
IDentif.AI Platform for Rapid Identification of Drug Combinations
Project IDentif.AI
IDentif.AI for Drug Optimization Against SARS-CoV-2
IDentif.AI 2.0 Platform in an Evolving Pandemic IDentif.AI as a Pandemic Preparedness Platform
Use of Real-World Data to Identify Potential Targets for Drug Repurposing
Future Directions
References
Chapter 4: AI and Point of Care Image Analysis for COVID-19
Introduction
Motivation for Using Imaging
Motivation for Using AI with Imaging
Integration of Imaging with Other Modalities
Literature Overview
Chest X-Ray Imaging
Diagnosis Models
Prognosis Models
Use of Longitudinal Imaging
Fusion with Other Data Modalities
Common Issues with AI and Chest X-Ray Imaging
Duplication and Quality Issues Source Issues
Frankenstein Datasets
Implicit Biases in the Source Data
Artificial Limitations Due to Transfer Learning
Computed Tomography Imaging
Diagnosis Models
Prognosis Models
Applications to Regions Away from the Lungs
Use of Longitudinal Imaging
Fusion with Other Data Modalities
Common Issues with AI and Computed Tomography Imaging
Ultrasound Imaging
What Can be Observed in LUS
Models Assisting in Interpreting LUS
Diagnosis Models
Prognosis Models
Use of Longitudinal Imaging
Common Issues with AI and Ultrasound Imaging
Conclusions - DigitalErik R. Ranschaert, Sergey Morozov, Paul R. Algra, editors.Summary: This book provides a thorough overview of the ongoing evolution in the application of artificial intelligence (AI) within healthcare and radiology, enabling readers to gain a deeper insight into the technological background of AI and the impacts of new and emerging technologies on medical imaging. After an introduction on game changers in radiology, such as deep learning technology, the technological evolution of AI in computing science and medical image computing is described, with explanation of basic principles and the types and subtypes of AI. Subsequent sections address the use of imaging biomarkers, the development and validation of AI applications, and various aspects and issues relating to the growing role of big data in radiology. Diverse real-life clinical applications of AI are then outlined for different body parts, demonstrating their ability to add value to daily radiology practices. The concluding section focuses on the impact of AI on radiology and the implications for radiologists, for example with respect to training. Written by radiologists and IT professionals, the book will be of high value for radiologists, medical/clinical physicists, IT specialists, and imaging informatics professionals.
Contents:
Intro; I've Seen the Future ...; Preface; Contents; Part I Introduction; 1 Introduction: Game Changers in Radiology; 1.1 Era of Changes; 1.2 Perspectives; 1.3 Opportunities for the Future; 1.4 Conclusion; Reference; Part II Technology: Getting Started; 2 The Role of Medical Image Computing and Machine Learning in Healthcare; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Medical Image Analysis; 2.2.1 Image Segmentation; 2.2.2 Image Registration; 2.2.3 Image Visualization; 2.3 Challenges; 2.3.1 Complexity of the Data; 2.3.2 Complexity of the Objects of Interest; 2.3.3 Complexity of the Validation 2.4 Medical Image Computing2.5 Model-Based Image Analysis; 2.5.1 Energy Minimization; 2.5.2 Classification/Regression; 2.6 Computational Strategies; 2.6.1 Flexible Shape Fitting; 2.6.2 Pixel Classification; 2.7 Fundamental Issues; 2.7.1 Explicit Versus Implicit Representation of Geometry; 2.7.2 Global Versus Local Representations of Appearance; 2.7.3 Deterministic Versus Statistical Models; 2.7.4 Data Congruency Versus Model Fidelity; 2.8 Conclusion; References; 3 A Deeper Understanding of Deep Learning; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Computer-Aided Diagnosis, the Classical Approaches 3.3 Artificial Intelligence3.4 Neural Networks; 3.5 Convolutional Neural Networks; 3.6 Why Now?; 3.7 Example: Screening for Diabetic Retinopathy; 3.8 Pointers on the Web; 3.9 A Comparison with Brain Research; 3.9.1 Brain Efficiency; 3.9.2 Visual Learning; 3.9.3 Foveated Vision; 3.10 Conclusions and Recommendations; 3.11 Take Home Messages; References; 4 Deep Learning and Machine Learning in Imaging: Basic Principles; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Features and Classes; 4.3 Neural Networks; 4.4 Support Vector Machines; 4.5 Decision Trees; 4.6 Bayes Network; 4.7 Deep Learning; 4.7.1 Deep Learning Layers 4.7.2 Deep Learning Architectures4.8 Conclusion; References; Part III Technology: Developing A.I. Applications; 5 How to Develop Artificial Intelligence Applications; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Applications of AI in Radiology; 5.3 Development of AI Applications in Radiology; 5.4 Resources Framework; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Summary/Take-Home Points; References; 6 A Standardised Approach for Preparing Imaging Data for Machine Learning Tasks in Radiology; 6.1 Data, Data Everywhere?; 6.2 Not All Data Is Created Equal; 6.3 The MIDaR Scale; 6.3.1 MIDaR Level D; 6.3.2 MIDaR Level C; 6.3.3 MIDaR Level B 6.3.4 MIDaR Level A6.4 Summary; 6.5 Take Home Points; References; 7 The Value of Structured Reporting for AI; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Conventional Radiological Reporting Versus Structured Reporting; 7.3 Technical Implementations of Structured Reporting and IHE MRRT; 7.4 Information Extraction Using Natural Language Processing; 7.5 Information Extraction from Structured Reports; 7.6 Integration of External Data into Structured Reports; 7.7 Analytics and Clinical Decision Support; 7.8 Outlook; References; 8 Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Validation and Study Design - DigitalNiklas Lidstr̲mer, Hutan Ashrafian, editors.Summary: This book provides a structured and analytical guide to the use of artificial intelligence in medicine. Covering all areas within medicine, the chapters give a systemic review of the history, scientific foundations, present advances, potential trends, and future challenges of artificial intelligence within a healthcare setting. Artificial Intelligence in Medicine aims to give readers the required knowledge to apply artificial intelligence to clinical practice. The book is relevant to medical students, specialist doctors, and researchers whose work will be affected by artificial intelligence.
Contents:
Scientific fundamental of artificial intelligence
Specimen in AI in medicine
AI in medicine historical to present projects
Lessons for all doctors
AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine
AIM in Medical Decisions
AIM in Medical Diagnostics
AIM in Medical Education
AIM in Medical Guidelines
AIM in Medical Informatics
AIM and the emergence of Deep Medicine, part 2
Introductory & Overview Studies on AIM
Basic Principles Studies on AIM
Alphabetical list of AIM in Medical Specialities
Introduction to the systematic review
Explanation of the structure, methods, online material
AIM and the Patient's Perspective
AIM Impact on Modern Medicine
AIM and the Scientific background to medicine
AIM and Medical Science in General
AIM and the Evolution
AIM in Medical Ethics
AIM in Evidence-based medicine
AIM and the EBM Application
AIM and the Personalisation of EBM
AIM in Medical Imaging and Radiology
AIM in Electronic Health Records
AIM in Large-Scale randomized evidence trials and meta-analyses of trials
AIM in Future Medical Trials
AIM in Clinic Planning and Management
AIM in Medical Economics
AIM in Health Economics and The Funding of Health Care
AIM and Health Care Effectivity
AIM in Public Health
AIM and Health Care Priorities
AIM and Medical Innovation
AIM in Alternative Medicine
AIM in Global Medicine
AIM in Global Disease Prevention and Control
AIM and Populations Growth vs Health
AIM in Disease Prevention and Health Promotion
AIM in Preventive medicine
AIM in Medical Portables
AIM in Medical Robotics
AIM in Medical Screenings
AIM and the importance of mass communication and positive health promotion
AIM and the influence of wealth to health
AIM and the costs of Western Health Care
AIM in the African demographic entrapment
AIM usage in human disasters
AIM in preclinical specialities
AIM in cell biology
AIM and the cell
AIM in molecular biology
AIM and the human genome sequencing
AIM in the genomic basis of medicine
AIM and cytokines
AIM and ion channels
AIM and intracellular signalling
AIM and apotoptosis
AIM and embryonic stem cells & regenerative medicine
AIM and stem cells
AIM in Clinical Immunology
AIM and immunological mechanisms
AIM and the immunological structure and function
AIM and the innate immune system
AIM and the complement system
AIM and adaptive immunity
AIM in immunodeficiency
AIM in allergy
AIM in autoimmunity
AIM and transplantation medicine
AIM in Telemedicin
AIM in Oncology
AIM and the principles of clinical oncology
AIM in epidemiology of cancer
AIM in Epidemiology
AIM and cancer development
AIM and the genetics of inherited cancers
AIM in cancer immunity and clinical oncology
AIM in the management of cancer and clinical feature
AIM in cancer chemotherapy and radiation therapy
AIM in Infectious Medicine
AIM and pathogenitc organisms in general
AIM and the biology of pathogenic microorganisms
AIM and the management of infected patients
AIM and early suspicion of infection
AIM and the clinical approach in infectious medicine
AIM and fever of unknown origin
AIM and the avoidance of nosocomial infections
AIM and infections in immunocompromised patients
AIM in Antimicrobial chemotherapy
AIM in Immunization
AIM in Travel and expedition medicine
AIM and viruses
AIM and Respiratory tract viruses
Herpes
EBV
Proxi
Mumps
Measles
Nipah and Hendra virus encephalitides
Enterovirus infections
AIM and HIV
AIM and cancerous viruses
AIM and bacterial infections
AIM and sexual health
AIM and epidemiology of STDs
AIM and Sexual Behaviour
AIM in Sexual History and Examination
AIM and contraception
AIM and Chemical and physical injuries and environmental factors and disease
AIM in Clinical Toxicology
AIM and Poisoning by Drugs and Chemicals
AIM in Occupational health and safety
AIM in Occupational and environmental health
AIM in Aerospace medicine
AIM in Diving Medicine
AIM in Radiation
AIM in bioterrorism
AIM in Pharmacology
AIM in Clinical pharmacology
AIM and Principles of clinical pharmacology and drug therapy
AIM in nutrition
AIM and macronutrient metabolism
AIM and Vitamins and trace elements
AIM in Severe malnutrition
AIM and overnutrition
AIM and obesity
AIM in Artificial nutrition support
AIM in Metabolic disorders
AIM and The inborn errors of metabolism
AIM in Breast Cancer
AIM and Diabetes
AIM and Hypoglycaemia avoidance
AIM in Medical Disorders in Pregnancy
AIM in Paediatrics
AIM in Pathology
AIM in Gastroenterology
AIM in Endoscopy Procedures
AIM in Colonoscopy and Flexible Sigmoidoscopy
AIM in ERCP
AIM in Gastroscopy
AIM in Advanced Endoscopy procedures and Ultrasound
AIM in Capsule Endoscopy
AIM and the acute abdomen
AIM in Cardiovascular disorders
AIM in Surgery
AIM in Urology
AIM in Anaesthesiology
AIM in Critical Care
AIM in Cardiac Arrest
AIM in Anaphylaxis
AIM in Rehabilitation Medicine
AIM in Respiratory Disorders
AIM In Rheumatological Disorders
AIM in Disorders of the skeleton
AIM in Disorders of the kidney and urinary tract
AIM in Haematology
AIM In Anemia
AIM in Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia
AIM in Acute Myeloid Leukemia
AIM in Clinical Physiology
AIM in Clinical Skills
AIM in Dermatology
AIM in Clinical Physiology
AIM in Clinical Neurophysiology
AIM in Neurology
AIM in Parkinson
AIM in Multiple Sclerosis
AIM in Motor Neuron Disorders
AIM in Epilepsy
AIM in Sleep Medicine
AIM in Ataxic disorders
AIM and Brainstem syndromes
AIM in Stroke: cerebrovascular disease
AIM in Ear-Nose-Throat Medicine
AIM in General Medicine
AIM in Ophthalmology
AIM and eye diseases in general practice
AIM in Psychiatry and Drug Related Problems
AIM in Addictive Medicine
AIM and the takig of psychiatric history
AIM in acute behavioural emergencies
AIM in Neuropsychiatric disorders
AIM in psychiatry of practical medicine
AIM and PTSD
AIM in suicide prevention
AIM and unexplained symptoms
AIM and chronic fatigue syndrome
AIM in Anxiety and depression
AIM in eating disorders
AIM in schizophrenia
AIM in psychiatric treatments
AIM in psychopharmacology
AIM in the psychological treatment in medical practice
AIM in psychological therapy
AIM in alcohol and drug dependence
AIM in Forensic Medicine
AIM in Forensic medicine for the practising doctor
AIM in sports medicine
AIM in Sports and exercise medicine
AIM in Gynaecology
AIM in Gerontology
AIM and medicine in old age
AIM and Mental disorders of old age
AIM in Pain Management
AIM and pain
AIM and the dealing with pain
AIM in palliative medicine
AIM in palliative care
AIM in the biochemistry of medicine
AIM and biochemical decision support
AIM in acute medicine
AIM and acute medical presentations
AIM and the practical procedure of medicine
AIM and the Climate Impact of Health Care
AIM in Nanomedicine
AIM and the 5G Impact on Medicine
AIM and mHealth, Smartphones and Apps
AIM and Philosphical Aspects
AIM and Political and Gender Aspects. - DigitalManda Raz, Tam C. Nguyen, Erwin Loh, editors.Summary: This book identifies Artificial Intelligence (AI) as a growing field that is being incorporated into many aspects of human life, including healthcare practice and delivery. The precision, automation, and potential of AI brings multiple benefits to the way disease is diagnosed, investigated and treated. Currently, there is a lack of any appreciable understanding of AI and this book provides detailed understandings, which include; foundational concepts, current applications, future challenges amongst most healthcare practitioners. The book is divided into four sections: basic concepts, current applications, limitations and future directions. Each section is comprised of chapters written by expert academics, researchers and practitioners at the intersection between AI and medicine. The purpose of the book is to promote AI literacy as an important component of modern medical practice. This book is suited for all readers as it requires no previous knowledge, it walks non-technical clinicians through the complex ideas and concepts in an easy to understand manner.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1 Untangling the concept of Artificial Intelligence, Machine Learning, and Deep Learning
Chapter 2 Overview of Artificial Intelligence in Medicine
Chapter 3 Machine learning, deep learning and neural networks
Chapter 4 Machine Learning in Medical Imaging Clinical Applications and Challenges in Computer Vision
Chapter 5 Artificial Intelligence in Medicine: Applications, Limitations and Future Directions
Chapter 6 Current Applications of Machine Learning in Medicine: ART
Chapter 7 Artificial Intelligence in Ophthalmology
Chapter 8 Machine learning in laparoscopic surgery
Section 3 Limitations & Ethics
Chapter 9 Limitations
Chapter 10 Privacy and Data Security Issues
Chapter 11 Explainable AI. - DigitalAndrzej Grzybowski, editor.Summary: This book provides a wide-ranging overview of artificial intelligence (AI), machine learning (ML) and deep learning (DL) algorithms in ophthalmology. Expertly written chapters examine AI in age-related macular degeneration, glaucoma, retinopathy of prematurity and diabetic retinopathy screening. AI perspectives, systems and limitations are all carefully assessed throughout the book as well as the technical aspects of DL systems for retinal diseases including the application of Google DeepMind, the Singapore algorithm, and the Johns Hopkins algorithm. Artificial Intelligence in Ophthalmology meets the need for a resource that reviews the benefits and pitfalls of AI, ML and DL in ophthalmology. Ophthalmologists, optometrists, eye-care workers, neurologists, cardiologists, internal medicine specialists, AI engineers and IT specialists with an interest in how AI can help with early diagnosis and monitoring treatment in ophthalmic patients will find this book to be an indispensable guide to an evolving area of healthcare technology.
Contents:
Artificial intelligence in Medicine
Artificial intelligence in AMD
Artificial intelligence in Glaucoma
Artificial intelligence in Retinopathy of Prematurity
Artificial intelligence in Diabetic Retinopathy Screening
The overview of available artificial intelligence systems in Ophthalmology
The overview of experimental artificial intelligence systems in Ophthalmology
Technical aspects of deep learning in Ophthalmology
Deep learning systems for retinal diseases
Google DeepMind
Singapore algorithm
Johns Hopkins algorithm
Perspectives of artificial intelligence in Ophthalmology
Limitations of artificial intelligence in Ophthalmology
Artificial intelligence in calculating the IOL power. - DigitalJohn A. Andreou, Paris A. Kosmidis, Athanasios D. Gouliamos, editors.Summary: This book presents artificial intelligence applications that may help in detecting disease, defining tissue characterization (benign vs malignant), staging and correlation with molecular biomarkers. Originally positioned as a means for noninvasive molecular phenotyping and quantification in the 1970s, PET's technological improvements in the 2000s generated renewed interest in quantification, which has grown over the last five years. This progress is parallel with the development of Artificial intelligence (AI) systems for Oncology which aim at providing the best possible treatment to patients suffering from lung, breast, brain, prostate, liver and other types of cancer. The chapters provide an overview of the use of AI in PET/CT imaging for various types of cancer, and it will be an invaluable tool especially for nuclear medicine physicians and oncologists.
Contents:
1. Introduction : Artificial intelligence (AI) systems for Oncology
2. PET in Bone and Soft tissue tumors
3. (CNS) PET/CT: current AI applications
4. PET/CT findings in Head and Neck Cancer, current AI applications
5. PET/CT in Lung cancer, current AI applications
6. Breast cancer: PET/CT imaging, AI applications
7. PET/CT in Gynecologic cancer, current AI applications
8. PET/CT in Rectal cancer, current AI applications
9. PET/CT in Neuroendocrine tumors, current AI applications
10. PET/CT in the evaluation of Adrenal gland mass
11. PET/CT in Renal cancer
12. PET/CT in Testicular cancer
13. PET/CT in Prostate cancer
14. PET/CT in Malignant Lymphomas. - DigitalDaniel A. Hashimoto, MD, MS, Ozanan R. Meireles, MD, Guy Rosman, PhD.Digital Access AccessSurgery 2021
- DigitalPatrick Veit-Haibach, Ken Herrmann, editors.Summary: This book includes detailed explanations of the underlying technologies and concepts used in Artificial Intelligence (AI) and Machine Learning (ML) in the context of nuclear medicine and hybrid imaging. A diverse team of authors, including pioneers in the field and respected experts from leading international institutions, share their insights, opinions and outlooks on this exciting topic. A wide range of clinical applications are discussed, from brain applications to body indications, as well as the applicability of AI and ML for cardio-vascular conditions. The book also considers the potential impact of theranostics. To balance the technology-heavy and disease-specific applications, it also discusses ethical / legal issues, economic realities and the human factor, the physician. Though this discussion is not based on research and outcomes, it provides important insights into the ramifications of how AI and ML could transform Nuclear Medicine and Hybrid Imaging practice. As the first work highlighting the role of these concepts specifically in this field, rather than for medical imaging in general, this book offers a valuable resource for Nuclear Medicine Physicians, Radiologists, Physicists, Medical Imaging Administrators and Nuclear Medicine Technologists alike.
- Digitalby Peter S. Walker.Summary: Spanning both the history and future of knee replacement, this unique book recounts how artificial knees have reached the stage they are today, and whether their performance can be further improved. The author, who has been designing artificial knees for 50 years, starts the story in the late 1960's with the early pioneers; during the 1970's, the principles for successful artificial knees were established. While many different types were designed, a small number have become by far the most widely utilized. Yet other types of designs, so far little used, along with new materials and the application of computer-assisted surgery, could result in significant advancements in the treatment of knee arthritis. Each chapter provides a detailed description of the origins of the ideas and principles and their rationale, followed by the latest information and evidence. The book begins with an overview of the history and background of the artificial knee, in terms of design and implementation and the thought leaders involved. Fixation, biomechanics, and the types of designs are discussed in detail, both what has worked and what has not, and why. Instrumentation, testing and tribology, and functional evaluation methods are also covered. The book concludes with a look toward the future possibilities for the field of artificial knees. An illustrated glossary of terms, is included for quick reference. The Artificial Knee: An Ongoing Evolution will appeal to orthopedic surgeons and researchers, medical academics and orthopedic companies, and to those with a general interest in artificial knees.
Contents:
Introduction
Early Biomechanical Knowledge
The Design Process
Laxity and Stability
Fixation Using Acrylic Cement
Uncemented Fixation
Femoral Components and Patella
Tibial Components
Condylar Replacements
Posterior Stabilized
Guided Motion Knees
Instrumentation and Technique
Testing and Tribology
Comparisons of Function between Designs and Techniques
Discussion and Future Possibilities
Glossary of Terms. - DigitalLanjuan Li, editor.Summary: This book introduces the clinical application of artificial liver system (ALS) in hepatic failure. It has been widely used in clinics aiming to provide temporary support of liver function while maintaining extra-hepatic function in patients with liver failure. This work comprehensively summarizes the progress of livers and artificial liver, for example, the principle and implementation of Li-ALS, cell transplantation and the combined application of artificial liver and liver transplantation. It will be helpful for clinicians to implement artificial liver treatment to save the lives of patients with hepatic failure.
Contents:
Introduction of artificial liver
Liver Structure
Liver Function
Liver regeneration and tissue engineering
Causes of liver injury
Pathogenesis of liver injury and hepatic failure
Liver pathology
Laboratory evaluation of hepatic failure
Imaging examination of hepatic failure
Diagnosis of hepatic failure
Internal medical treatment of hepatic failure
Function mechanism of artificial liver
Non-biological artificial liver
Practice standards and management of artificial liver treatment
Indications and contraindications of artificial liver treatment
Complications and their prevention of artificial liver treatment
Efficacy and its evaluation of non-biological artificial liver
Biological artificial liver
Hybrid artificial liver
Cell transplantation therapy of hepatic failure
Artificial liver and liver transplantation
Future development of artificial liver. - Printby Emanuel J. Mickel, Jr.Contents: <br/
>1. The Influence of opium and hashish on the literature of French Romanticism and Les fleurs du mal. - DigitalDavid J. Baker.Contents:
A Brief History of Artificial Ventilation
The Structure of the Airways and Lungs
How the Lungs Work: Mechanics and Gas Exchange with the Blood
Respiratory Failure
The Management of Respiratory Failure: Airway Management and Manual Methods of Artificial Ventilation
Basic principles of mechanical ventilation
Portable mechanical ventilators
Managing ventilation during transport
Paediatric Artificial Ventilation for the Non-Specialist
Artificial ventilation in difficult and extreme environments
Mass ventilation
Conclusions: key messages.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalDavid J. Baker.Summary: This book provides a concise, clinical guide to the basics of airway and ventilation management for non-specialists working in pre-hospital and emergency medicine. It fulfills the need for a resource that simply and clearly explains the fundamentals of respiratory physiology, the pathophysiology behind respiratory failure and the practical aspects of artificial ventilation. Artificial Ventilation: A Basic Clinical Guide, 2nd edition has been expanded to include guidance on mass ventilation during a viral pandemic with lessons learnt from the COVID-19 outbreak. It has been fully revised to support non-specialist medical and nursing personnel to understand the basics of artificial ventilation and to be able to improvise mass ventilation outside the ICU. Professionals seeking clear guidance on currently available devices and new approaches to mechanical ventilation will find this book to be an essential resource for all types of emergency situations where artificial ventilation is required. .
Contents:
A Brief History of Artificial Ventilation
The Structure of the Airways and Lungs
How the Lungs Work: Mechanics and Gas Exchange with the Blood
Respiratory Failure
The Management of Respiratory Failure: Airway Management and Manual Methods of Artificial Ventilation
Basic principles of mechanical ventilation
Portable mechanical ventilators
Managing ventilation during transport
Ventilation in the intensive care unit: the essentials for non - specialists
Artificial ventilation in difficult and extreme environments
Mass ventilation during a viral pandemic: lessons from the COVID 19 outbreak. . - DigitalVeit Peter Gabel, editor.Summary: This book presents and analyses the most recent research dedicated to restoring vision in individuals who are severely impaired or blind from retinal disease or injury. It is written by the leading groups worldwide who are at the forefront of developing artificial vision. The book begins by discussing the difficulties in comparing and interpreting functional results in the area of very low vision and the principal prospects and limitations of spatial resolution with artificial tools. Further on, chapters are included by researchers who stimulate the surface or the pigment epithelial side of the retina and by experts who work on stimulating the optic nerve, the lateral geniculate body and the superficial layers of the visual cortex. Artificial Vision: A Clinical Guide collates the most recent work of key artificial vision research groups to explain in a comparable and stringent order their varying approaches, the clinical or preclinical outcomes and their achievements during the last years. Senior ophthalmic fellows and academic practitioners will find this guide to be an indispensable resource for understanding the current status of artificial vision. .Digital Access Springer 2017
- Digitaledited by Julia F. Christensen, Antoni Gomila.Summary: "The Arts and the Brain: Psychology and Physiology beyond Pleasure, Volume 237, combines the work of an excellent group of experts who explain evidence on the neural and biobehavioral science of the arts. Topics covered include the emergence of early art and the evolution of human culture, the interaction between cultural and biological evolutionary processes in generating artistic creation, the nature of the aesthetic experience of art, the arts as a multisensory experience, new insights from the neuroscience of dance, a systematic review of the biological impact of music, and more"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
The arts, brain and evolution. Art, symbolism and the evolution of the brain
Emergence of early art and the evolution of human culture
On the interaction between cultural and biological evolutionary processes in generating artistic creativity
The arts and psychology. The nature of aesthetic experience of art
Art appreciation as an emotional process - beyond aesthetic experience
The singular experience: characterizing the emotional response to art beyond pleasure
An empirical paper on audience responses to film
The arts and physiology. Why we like what we like? Tracking the neurophysiological responses linked to aesthetic appreciation
The arts as a multisensory experience
Interceptive predictions and aesthetic relatedness to images
How artists represent visual processes
The arts and the brain. Art and brain, and integrative overview
Seeking salience in engaging art: a short story about attention, artistic value, and affective neuroscience
New insights from the neuroscience of dance
Embodied aesthetics in the visual and the performing arts
The arts and biology. Music, dance and other art forms: new insights into the links between hedonia (pleasure) and eudaimonia (well-being)
A systematic review of the biological impact of music
Biology and aesthetics in music and the visual arts
Alexithymia, arts and health
Arts expertise and learning. Developmental perspectives on the social and emotional role of music and dance
Music education and the brain
Dance learning among adolescents and young adults: Insights from brain imaging and behaviour
Is there a moral bettering through the arts?Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018 - DigitalKathryn Hinsliff-Smith, Julie McGarry, Parveen Ali, editors.Summary: This book, written by academics across a range of disciplines, including healthcare and social sciences discusses the increasing use of the arts in healthcare research, which often stems from the recognition that for some topics of investigation, or when dealing with sensitive issues, the usual qualitative or quantitative paradigms are not appropriate. While there is undoubtedly a place for such approaches, arts-based research paradigms (ABR) offers, not only additional study and data-collection tools, but also provides a new and enjoyable experience for those involved. The use of the arts as a medium to improve health and wellbeing was well documented by the World Health Organisation (WHO) in 2019, with over 3,000 studies conducted around the globe on the value of the arts in the prevention of ill health and promotion of health across the life span. This book examines how the arts, in a variety of forms, can be used by those working directly in healthcare settings as well as those involved in research across all health or patient settings. Covering a range of ABR genres, including literature (such as narrative and poetic inquiry); performance (music, dance, play building); visual arts (drawing and painting, collage, installation art, comics); and audio-visual and multimethod approaches, this user- friendly book will appeal to nurses, researchers in nursing and allied healthcare professions, as well professionals in the social sciences, psychosociology, psychology, literature and arts.
Contents:
Preface
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Arts use within healthcare and what is the evidence across health care disciplines and professions
Chapter 3. "It is, it stands for, it shows" : arts-based representations in data generation and analysis
Chapter 4. Proximity, accessibility, sensitivity, voice: the possibilities for arts based approaches in healthcare
Chapter 5. Use of Personas and participative methods when researching with hard to reach groups
Chapter 6. Photo-elicitation: unleashing imagery in healthcare research
Chapter 7. At the Interface of Life Writing and Life Sciences: Eating Disorders Narratives of Lived Experience in English, German and French Literature
Chapter 8. How can Arts be used within the context of dementia care?
Chapter 9. Hand-drawn infographics: a tool for reflection and creativity in healthcare research and beyond
Chapter 10. Use of writing letters and other literature forms to capture experiences of research participants
Chapter 11. Collage, an often neglected Art form for use in research, using Canadian examples
Chapter 12.Conclusion. - DigitalUmberto Volpe, editor.Summary: This book explores possible approaches to and uses of art therapy in mental health settings. Reflecting the latest scientific evidence, it represents a major step toward the harmonization of practices in the field, filling the gap between the theory and practice of art therapy. The book is divided into four major sections, corresponding to the main artistic domains: visual art therapy, music therapy, dance movement therapy, and drama therapy. Gathering the research and insights of leading professionals from around the globe, the book offers a diverse and balanced mix of perspectives. Accordingly, it will appeal to a broad readership including psychiatrists, psychologists, social workers, occupational therapists, psychiatric rehabilitation technicians, nurses, educators, art therapists, and students.
Contents:
Part 1: Visual Art therapy
Chapter 1. Visual art-therapy in psychiatry rehabilitation. - Chapter 2. Between subjectivity and objectivity: art therapys challenge
Chapter 3. Commentary on the Conceptual Roots in Art Therapy: Rethinking Sublimation
Chapter 4. Art therapy in mental health recovery towards an expanded lens
Part 2: Music Therapy
Chapter 5. Music Therapy in Psychiatry
Chapter 6. From an empirical approach to scientific evidence: reflections on music therapy and psychiatry
Chapter 7. Professional flexibility towards the clients` needs in music therapy and music medicine in psychiatry
Chapter 8. Music as central mechanism for music therapy in mental health
Chapter 9. Recurring sound aspects in group work with psychiatric patients
Chapter 10. A perspective in approaching mechanisms of music therapy for dementia clients
Part 3: Dance Movement therapy
Chapter 11. Integration in Motion: Dance Movement Therapy
Chapter 12. Training standard of Dance Movement Therapy in E.U. and Italian contribution to research on recovery
Chapter 13. Dance Movement Therapy as an alternative for rehabilitating people with mental disorders
Chapter 14. Neurophysiological aspects of dance-movement therapy for psychiatric rehabilitation
Chapter 15. The Psychiatry-related European DMT Experience
Chapter 16. Listening to the voice of the person with psychiatric problems
Part 4: Drama Theatre therapy
Chapter 17. Drama therapy in the context of psychiatric care
Chapter 18. Drama/theatre Practice in psychiatric care
Chapter 19. Drama therapy and psychiatric care in India: practice and potential
Chapter 20. Facilitating empathy through drama therapy for clients and clinicians across the spectrum of psychiatric care
Chapter 21. Empirical Research Consideration in Drama Therapy: A Brief Essay
Chapter 22. Healing aspects of drama and theatre and perspectives in dramatherapy
Chapter 23. Challenges of research in drama therapy
Chapter 24. Dramatherapy: A Culturally Responsive Practice. - PrintLeanne Betasamosake Simpson.Summary: "Across North America, Indigenous acts of resistance have in recent years opposed the removal of federal protections for forests and waterways in Indigenous lands, halted the expansion of tar sands extraction and the pipeline construction at Standing Rock, and demanded justice for murdered and missing Indigenous women. In As We Have Always Done, Leanne Betasamosake Simpson locates Indigenous political resurgence as a practice rooted in uniquely Indigenous theorizing, writing, organizing, and thinking. Indigenous resistance is a radical rejection of contemporary colonialism focused around refusing the dispossession of Indigenous bodies and land. Simpson makes clear that the resistance's goal can no longer be cultural resurgence as a mechanism for inclusion in a multicultural mosaic. Instead, she calls for unapologetic, place-based Indigenous alternatives to the destructive logics of the settler colonial state, including heteropatriarchy, white supremacy, and capitalist exploitation"--Jacket.
Contents:
Introduction: My radical resurgent present
Nishnaabeg brilliance as radical resurgence theory
Kwe as resurgent method
The attempted dispossession of kwe
Nishnaabeg internationalism
Nishnaabeg anticapitalism
Endlessly creating our indigenous selves
The sovereignty of indigenous peoples' bodies
Indigenous queer normativity
Land as pedagogy
"I see your light" : reciprocal recognition and generative refusal
Embodied resurgent practice and coded disruption
Constellations of coresistance
Conclusion: Toward radical resurgent struggle. - Digital[edited by] Abigail J. Herron, Tim K. Brennan.Summary: "This book is a companion guide to ASAM's Principles of Addiction Medicine, a comprehensive reference text that reflects the state-ofthe- art science and practice of addiction medicine. It was created with the goal of providing a more concise source of up-to-date and clinically relevant information"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access
- Printsenior editor, Richard K. Ries ; associate editors, David A. Fiellin, Shannon C. Miller, Richard SaitzContents:
Section 1. Basic Science and Core Concepts :
1. Drug Addiction: The Neurobiology of Behavior Gone Awry
2. The Epidemiology of Substance Use Disorders
3. The Anatomy of Addiction
4. From Neurobiology to Treatment: Progress Against Addiction
5. Understanding "Behavioral Addictions": Insights from Research
-- Section 2. Pharmacology :
6. Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Principles
7. The Pharmacology of Alcohol
8. The Pharmacology of Nonalcohol Sedative Hypnotics
9. The Pharmacology of Opioids
10. The Pharmacology of Cocaine, Amphetamines, and Other Stimulants
11. The Pharmacology of Caffeine
12. The Pharmacology of Nicotine and Tobacco
13. The Pharmacology of Marijuana
14. The Pharmacology of Hallucinogens
15. The Pharmacology of Dissociatives
16. The Pharmacology of Inhalants
17. The Pharmacology of Anabolic-Androgenic Steroids
-- Section 3. Diagnosis, Assessment, and Early Intervention :
18. Screening and Brief Intervention
19. Laboratory Diagnosis
20. Assessment
21. Environmental Approaches to Prevention: A Community-Based Perspective
-- Section 4. Overview of Addiction Treatment :
22. Addiction Medicine in America: Its Birth and Early History (1750-1935) with a Modern Postscript
23. Treatment of Heavy Drinking and Alcohol Use Disorder
24. The Treatment of Drug Addiction: An Overview
25. Moving Toward Integrated Care for Substance Use Disorders: Lessons from History and the Rest of Health Care
26. Effects of Treatment Setting, Duration, and Amount on Patient Outcomes
27. The ASAM Criteria and Matching Patients to Treatment
28. Linking Addiction Treatment with Other Medical and Psychiatric Treatment Systems
29. Alternative Therapies for Alcohol and Drug Addiction
30. The Harm Reduction Approach to Prevention and Treatment
31. Quality Improvement for Addiction Treatment
32. Nursing Roles in Addressing Addiction
33. International Perspectives on Addiction Management
-- Section 5. Special Issues in Addiction :
34. Nonmedical Use, Misuse, and Abuse of Prescription Medications
35. Special Issues in Treatment: Women
36. Treatment of Older Adults
37. Cultural Issues in Addiction Medicine
38. College Student Drinking
39. Pathologic Gambling: Clinical
40. Sexual Addiction
41. Physician Health Programs and Addiction among Physicians
-- Section 6. Management of Intoxication and Withdrawal :
42. Management of Intoxication and
43. Management of Alcohol Intoxication and Withdrawal
44. Management of Sedative-Hypnotic Intoxication and Withdrawal
45. Management of Opioid Intoxication and Withdrawal
46. Management of Stimulant, Hallucinogen, Marijuana, Phencyclidine, and Club Drug Intoxication and Withdrawal
-- Section 7. Pharmacologic Interventions :
47. Medications for Use in Alcohol
48. Pharmacologic Intervention for Sedative-Hypnotic Addiction
49. Pharmacologic Interventions for Opioid Dependence
50. Opioid Maintenance Treatment
51. Special Issues in Office-Based Opioid Treatment
52. Pharmacologic Interventions for Cocaine, Methamphetamine, and Other Stimulant Addiction
53. Pharmacologic Interventions for Tobacco Dependence
54. Pharmacologic Interventions for Other Drug and Multiple Drug Addictions
-- Section 8. Behavioral Interventions :
55. Enhancing Motivation to Change
56. Group Therapies
57. Individual Treatment
58. Contingency Management and the Community Reinforcement Approach
59. Behavioral Interventions in Smoking Cessation
60. Network Therapy
61. Therapeutic Communities
62. Aversion Therapies
63. Family Involvement in Addiction, Treatment, and Recovery
64. Twelve-Step Facilitation Approaches
65. Microprocessor Abuse and Internet Addiction
66. Relapse Prevention: Clinical Models and Intervention Strategies
67. Medical Management Techniques and Collaborative Care: Integrating Behavioral with Pharmacologic Interventions in Addiction Treatment
68. Conceptual and Treatment Issues in "Behavioral Addictions"
-- Section 9. Mutual Help, Twelve Step, and Other Recovery Programs :
69. Twelve-Step Programs in Addiction Recovery
70. Recent Research into Twelve-Step Programs
71. Spirituality in the Recovery Process
-- Section 10. Medical Disorders and Complications of Addiction :
72. Medical and Surgical Complications of Addiction
73. Cardiovascular Consequences of Alcohol and Other Drug Use
74. Liver Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
75. Renal and Metabolic Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
76. Gastrointestinal Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
77. Respiratory Tract Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
78. Neurologic Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
79. Human Immunodeficiency Virus, Tuberculosis, and Other Infectious Diseases Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
80. Sleep Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
81. Traumatic Injuries Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use: Epidemiology, Screening, and Prevention
82. Endocrine and Reproductive Disorders Related to Alcohol and Other Drug Use
83. Alcohol and Other Drug Use during Pregnancy: Management of the Mother and Child
84. Surgical Interventions in the Alcohol- or Drug-Using Patient
-- Section 11. Co-Occurring Addiction and Psychiatric Disorders :
85. Substance-Induced Mental Disorders
86. Co-Occurring Addictive and Mood Disorders
87. Co-Occurring Addiction and Anxiety Disorders
88. Co-Occurring Addiction and Psychotic Disorders
89. Co-Occurring Addictive Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
90. Co-Occurring Personality Disorders and Addiction
91. Posttraumatic Stress Disorder and Substance Use Disorder Comorbidity
92. Co-Occurring Addiction and Eating Disorders
-- Section 12. Pain and Addiction :
93. The Pathophysiology of Chronic Pain and Clinical Interfaces with Addiction
94. Psychological Issues in the Management of Pain
95. Rehabilitation Approaches to Pain Management
96. Nonopioid Pharmacotherapy of Pain
97. Opioid Therapy of Pain
98. Comorbid Pain and Addiction
99. Legal and Regulatory Considerations in Opioid Prescribing
-- Section 13. Children and Adolescents :
100. Epidemiology of Adolescent Substance Use
101. Preventing Substance Use among Children and Adolescents
102. Neurobiology of Addiction from a Developmental Perspective
103. Screening and Brief Intervention for Adolescents
104. Assessing Adolescent Substance Use
105. Placement Criteria and Strategies for Adolescent Treatment Matching
106. Adolescent Treatment and Relapse Prevention
107. Pharmacotherapy for Adolescents with Substance Use Disorders
108. Co-Occurring Psychiatric Disorders in Adolescents
-- Section 14. Ethical, Legal, and Liability Issues in Addiction Practice :
109. Ethical Issues in Addiction Practice
110. Consent and Confidentiality Issues in Addiction Practice
111. Clinical, Ethical, and Legal Considerations in Prescribing Drugs with Abuse Potential
112. The Science and Clinical Uses of Drug Testing
113. Drug Treatment Courts and the Treatment of Persons in the Criminal Justice System
114. Preventing and Treating Substance Use Disorders in Military Personnel. - Digitalsenior editor, Shannon C. Miller ; associate editors, David A. Fiellin, Richard N. Rosenthal, and Richard Saitz.Summary: "The ASAM Principles of Addiction Medicine is the go-to textbook in the specialty field of addiction medicine. Clinicians, doctors, and researchers rely on The ASAM Principles of Addiction Medicine to define the terminology of addiction and provide a comprehensive overview of the diagnosis and treatment"--Provided by publisher.Digital Access Ovid 2019
- DigitalJoseph R. Testa, editor.Summary: This volume is comprised of a multidisciplinary assessment of the interplay between asbestos and cancer as well as new research about the biology and treatment of malignant mesothelioma. Chapters on the various types of asbestos and other mineral fibers, epidemiology, history and future of asbestos-related diseases are included. Other reviews present new information about the role of asbestos-related inflammation and genetic factors, including the role of inherited mutations of BAP1, in mesothelioma causation, as well as recent research about gene signatures, cell signaling, and epigenetic mechanisms in asbestos-related diseases. Other chapters provide updates of novel disease biomarkers and prevention, mechanistic lesson from genetically engineered mouse and 3-D models of mesothelioma tumorigenesis and therapeutic resistance. Also included are up-to-date reviews of surgical, molecularly targeted chemotherapeutic, and immunotherapeutic approaches for mesothelioma as well as an overview of legal issues.
Contents:
1. Malignant Mesothelioma
An Asbestos Legacy
2. Asbestos and Fibrous Erionite
3. Epidemiology of Mesothelioma
4. Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma: History, Controversy and Future of a Man-Made Epidemic
5. Communities at High Risk in the Third Wave of Mesothelioma
6. Mesothelioma Pathology
7. Asbestos-Induced Inflammation in Malignant Mesothelioma and Other Lung Diseases
8. Germline and Somatic Mutations in Human Mesothelioma and Lessons from Asbestos-Exposed Genetically Engineered Mouse Models
9. Gene Signature of Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
10. Cell Signaling and Epigenetic Mechanisms in Mesothelioma
11. 3D Models of Mesothelioma in the Study of Mechanisms of Cell Survival
12. Biomarkers of Response to Asbestos Exposure
13. Surgery Approaches in Mesothelioma
14. Radiotherapy and Photodynamic Therapy for Malignant Pleural Mesothelioma
15. Standard Chemotherapy Options and Clinical Trials of Novel Agents for Mesothelioma
16. Immunotherapeutic Approaches to Mesothelioma
17. Challenges Facing Mesothelioma Patients and Their Families: Medical/Legal Intersections
18. The Patient's Experience of Malignant Mesothelioma.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Printauthors Alex A. Adjei [and others] ; editor Martee L. Hensley.
- Printauthors Anthony J. Alberg [and others] ; editor Benjamin P. Levy.
- DigitalDavid E. Beck... [and others], editors.Summary: The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is designed to provide a rapid access pocket reference for residents, fellows, private clinicians, and allied health professionals caring for patients with colorectal surgical diseases. The Manual, abstracted from the ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition, is intended to impart succinct, clinically relevant information for daily patient care. The chapters take an evidence-based approach and many provide ASCRS practice parameters. The contents are presented consistently, with concise overviews of the most clinically relevant topics. The disease chapters discuss etiology, anatomic considerations, patient evaluation, lab results, imaging, diagnosis and treatment. The surgical chapters address these same issues, in addition to discussion of minimally invasive versus open techniques, possible complications, and perioperative care. The Manual also includes anatomical and technique drawings, operative photos and algorithms. Concise yet comprehensive, The ASCRS Manual of Colon and Rectal Surgery, Second Edition is very useful for physicians and researchers dealing with diseases of the colon and rectum.
Contents:
Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus
Colonic Physiology
Anorectal Physiology
Physiologic Testing
Endoscopy
Radiology
Endoluminal Ultrasound
Preoperative Management
Postoperative Management
Postoperative Complications
Hemorrhoids
Anal Fissure
Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
Benign Anovaginal and Rectovaginal Fistulas
Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
Sexually Transmitted Diseases
Fecal Incontinence
Pelvic Floor Disorders
Anal Cancer
Presacral Tumors
Diverticular Disease
Colonic Volvulus
Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
Endometriosis
Trauma of the Colon and Rectum
IBD: Diagnosis and Evaluation
IBD: Medical Management
Ulcerative Colitis: Surgical Management
Crohns Disease: Surgical Management
Intestinal Stomas
Constipation and Functional Bowel Disorders
Rectal Prolapse
Other Benign Colorectal Disorders
Advanced Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
Polyps
Hereditary Colorectal Cancer
Colorectal Cancer: Epidemiology, Etiology, and Molecular Basis
Colorectal Cancer Screening
Colon Cancer Evaluation and Staging
Surgical Management of Colon Cancer
The Preoperative Staging of Rectal Cancer
Local Excision of Rectal Cancer
Surgical Treatment of Rectal Cancer
Rectal Cancer: Locally Advanced and Recurrent
Colorectal Cancer: Adjuvant Therapy
Colorectal Cancer: Metastatic (Palliation)
Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance
Miscellaneous Neoplasms
Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
Health Care Economics
Ethical and Legal Considerations
Medical Legal Considerations
Surgical Education
Continuing Medical Education
Quality. - Digitaleditors: Scott R. Steele, Tracy L. Hull, Thomas E. Read, Theodore J. Saclarides, Anthony J. Senagore, Charles B. Whitlow.Contents:
Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum & Anus
Colonic Physiology
Anal Physiology: The physiology of continence and defecation
Endoscopy
Endoscopic management of polyps, polypectomy and combined endoscopic and laparoscopic surgery
Preoperative assessment of colorectal patients
Optimizing Outcomes with Enhanced Recovery
Postoperative Complications
Anastomotic Construction
Anastomotic complications
Approach to Anal Pain
Hemorrhoids
Anal Fissure
Anorectal Abscess and Fistula
Complex Anorectal Fistulas
Rectovaginal Fistula
Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
Sexually Transmitted Infections
Anal Intraepithelial Neoplasia
Anal Cancer
Presacral Tumors
Molecular Basis of Colorectal Cancer and Overview of Inherited Colorectal Cancer Syndromes
Colorectal Neoplasms: Screening and Surveillance after Polypectomy
Colon Cancer: Preoperative Evaluation and Staging
The Surgical Management of Colon Cancer
Rectal Cancer: Preoperative Evaluation and Staging
Rectal Cancer: Neoadjuvant Therapy
Local excision of rectal neoplasia
Rectal Cancer: Watch and Wait
Proctectomy
Rectal Cancer Decision Making
Colorectal Cancer: Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy
Colorectal Cancer: Surveillance after Curative-Intent Therapy
Colorectal Cancer: Management of Local Recurrence
Colorectal Cancer: Management of Stage IV Disease
Appendiceal Neoplasms
Carcinoids, GISTs and Lymphomas of Colon and Rectum
Diverticular Disease
Large Bowel Obstruction
Lower Gastrointestinal Hemorrhage
Endometriosis
Trauma of the Colon, Rectum, and Anus
Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathobiology
IBD Diagnosis and Evaluation
Medical Management of Chronic Ulcerative Colitis
Medical Management of Crohn's Disease
Anorectal Crohn's disease
Crohn's Disease: Surgical Management
Ulcerative Colitis
Surgical Management
Complications of the Ileal Pouch
Infectious Colitides
Clostridium difficile Infection
Radiation, microscopic, ischemic colitis
Intestinal Stomas
Functional complications after colon and rectal surgery
Common Tests for the Pelvic Floor
Evaluation of Constipation and Treatment of Abdominal Constipation
Obstructed Defecation
Rectal Prolapse
Evaluation and Treatment of FI
Functional Bowel Disorders for the Colorectal Surgeon
Middle and Anterior Compartment: Issues for the Colorectal Surgeon
Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
Considerations for Geriatric Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
Health Care Economics
Ethical Issues in Colorectal Surgery
Welcome to Litigation
Surgical Education
Maintenance of Certification: Current Status and Future Considerations
Quality & Safety in Colon & Rectal Surgery
Practice Management. - DigitalScott R. Steele, Tracy L. Hull, Neil Hyman, Justin A. Maykel, Thomas E. Read, Charles B. Whitlow, editors.Summary: This book serves as a valuable resource for surgeons and health care providers at all stages of their career caring for patients with colorectal disease. This edition provides all newly written chapters, organized around the "pillars" of colorectal disease: perioperative (including endoscopy); anorectal disease; benign disease (including inflammatory bowel disease); malignancy; pelvic floor disorders; and a "miscellaneous" section that covers aspects both inside and beyond the operating room. Chapters are formatted to follow that of a "how to" manual as well as an algorithm-based guide to allow the reader to understand the thought process behind a proposed treatment strategy. By making use of evidence-based recommendations, each chapter includes not only background information and diagnostic/therapeutic guidelines, but also provides operative technical details and perioperative "tips and tricks" that are utilized in the management of these complex surgical challenges. Chapters also include the assessment of risk and methods utilized to minimize perioperative complications. In addition, the book incorporates sections covering the medical and surgical therapies for abdominal, pelvic and anorectal disease. Written by experts in the field from around the world, The ASCRS Textbook of Colon and Rectal Surgery 4th Edition exposes the many critical gaps in our knowledge base and inspires the next generation to answer them through thoughtful and high level scientific inquiry.
Contents:
Anatomy and Embryology of the Colon, Rectum and Anus
Colonic Physiology
Anorectal Physiology
Endoscopy
Endoscopic management of polyps and endolumenal surgery
Pre-operative evaluation in the colorectal patient
Optimizing Outcomes with Enhanced Recovery
General Postoperative Complications
Anastomotic Construction
Anastomotic Complications
Hemorrhoids
Anal Fissure and Anal Stenosis
Cryptoglandular Abscess and Fistula
Rectourethral and complex fistulas: evaluation and management
Rectovaginal Fistula
Pilonidal Disease and Hidradenitis Suppurativa
Dermatology and Pruritus Ani
Sexually transmitted infections of the Colon and Rectum
Anal intraepithelial neoplasia
Anal Cancer
Presacral Tumors
Sporadic and Inherited Colorectal Cancer: How Epidemiology and Molecular Biology Guide Screening and Treatment
Management of Malignant Polyps
Colorectal cancer: Preoperative evaluation and staging
Colon Cancer Surgical Treatment: Principles of Colectomy
Rectal Cancer: Neoadjuvant Therapy
Rectal Cancer: Local Excision
Rectal Cancer: Non-operative management
Proctectomy for Rectal Cancer
Colorectal Cancer: Postoperative Adjuvant Therapy and Surveillance
Colorectal Cancer: Management of Distant Metastases
Locally Recurrent Rectal Cancer
Appendiceal Neoplasms
Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors, Neuroendocrine Tumors, and Lymphoma
Cytoreductive Surgery (CRS) and Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy (HIPEC)
Colorectal cancer: minimally invasive surgery
Minimally Invasive Complete Mesocolic Excision with Extended Lymphadenectomy for Colon Cancer
Colonic Diverticular Disease
Large Bowel Obstruction
Lower GI Hemorrhage
Endometriosis
Benign Colorectal Disease Trauma of the Colon and Rectum
Inflammatory Bowel Disease: Pathobiology
IBD Diagnosis and Evaluation
Medical Management of Ulcerative Colitis
Medical Therapy for Crohn’s Disease
Anorectal Crohn’s Disease
Crohn's Disease: Surgical Management
Ulcerative Colitis – Surgical Management
Complications of the Pelvic Pouch
Infectious Colitis
Clostridium difficile Infection
Radiation, Microscopic, and Ischemic Colitis
Intestinal Stomas
Abdominal Wall Reconstruction and Parastomal Hernia Repair
Functional Disorders after Colorectal Surgery/ IBS
Common Tests for the Pelvic Floor
Evaluation of Constipation and Treatment of Abdominal Component
Treatment of Difficult/Obstructive Defecation
Rectal Prolapse
Fecal Incontinence: Evaluation and Treatment
Low Anterior Resection Syndrome (LARS)
Sexual Function After Colorectal Surgery in Women
Male Genitourinary Dysfunction as a Consequence of Colorectal Surgery
Middle and Anterior Pelvic Compartment: Issues for the Colorectal Surgeon
Pediatric Colorectal Disorders
Considerations for Geriatric Patients Undergoing Colorectal Surgery
Healthcare Economics
Ethical Considerations (Conflict of Interest, Surgical Innovation, End of Life)
Welcome to Litigation
Quality
Practice Management. - Digital[edited by] Roberto M. Lang, Steven A. Goldstein, Itzhak Kronzon, Bijoy K. Khandheria, Victor Mor-Avi.Summary: Written and endorsed by world experts from the American Society of Echocardiography (ASE), this unique multimedia resource uses text, case studies, and online components to cover the latest uses of echocardiography, including the most recent 2D and 3D advances. Unlike other existing textbooks in echocardiography, including the predecessor of this volume, entitled Dynamic Echocardiography, this 2nd edition, with its new title, covers a full range of topics, reflected in its 200 chapters that include essential material in a succinct format. Dr. Roberto M. Lang and his expert colleagues provide everything you need to assess cardiac anatomy and function and obtain clinically useful, noninvasive information for more accurate diagnosis and evaluation of heart disease.Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
- Digital[edited by] Roberto M. Lang, Steven A. Goldstein, Itzhak Kronzon, Bijoy K. Khandheria, Muhamed Saric, and Victor Mor-Avi.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
- Digitallead editor, Thomas H. Marwick ; associate editor, Theodore P. Abraham.Summary: "Strain imaging (also known as speckle-tracking echocardiography or STE) is a rapidly growing, affordable, and versatile cardiac imaging technology of great interest to clinicians in both inpatient and outpatient settings. ASE's Comprehensive Strain Imaging is the first reference designed to help you master a wide range of strain imaging/STE applications, including screening, diagnosis, treatment, and follow up"--Publisher's description.
Contents:
Strain imaging applications and techniques
Detection of subclinical heart failure
Evaluation of patients with heart failure
Evaluation and monitoring of patients with cardiomyopathies (including myocardial infiltration)
Temporal dispersion of contraction, arrhythmias, and dyssynchrony and role in resynchronization therapy
Detection and characterization of diastolic dysfunction
Strain in valvular diseases
Ischemic heart disease
Evaluation of right ventricular function and pulmonary hypertension
Future applications of strain imaging.Digital Access - DigitalAmerican Society of Health-System Pharmacists.Summary: Our new ASHP® Injectable Drug Information(tm) remains the gold standard for information on compatibility, stability, storage, and preparation of parenteral drugs. For the first time ever, ASHP® Injectable Drug Information(tm) is available as an eBook with new and expanded information. The 2021 edition features 18 new monographs, and nearly 200 new references for a total of over 24,000 total compatibility pairs. -- Provided by publisher.Digital Access STAT!Ref Current yearLimited to 2 simultaneous users
- DigitalPanuwan Chantawannakul, Geoffrey Williams, Peter Neumann, editors.Summary: This book provides insights to readers by local researchers on current bee diversity, bee flora, history of beekeeping, development of modern beekeeping and drawbacks especially bee diseases and parasite in different geographical areas in Asia. Asia is home to at least nine honey bee species, including the introduced European honey bee, Apis mellifera. Although the introduced European honey bee and the native Asian honey bee, Apis cerana, are the most commonly employed species for commercial beekeeping, the remaining non-managed native species have important ecological and economic roles on the continent. Species distributions of most honey bee species overlap in Southeast Asia, promoting the potential for interspecies transmission of pests and parasites, as well as their spread to other parts of the world by human translocation. The decline of honey bee populations is of great concern around the world, including Asia. Global colony losses of European honey bees are believed to be caused, in part, by pests and parasites originating from Asia such as the mite Varroa destructor, the microsporidian Nosema ceranae, and several bee viruses. Using the experiences of leading Asian bee researchers, this book provides insight to readers about bee diversity, flora, management, and stressors in Asia, with a special focus on honey bees. Bee scientists, researchers, government officer and general audience who have interests in beekeeping especially in Asia will find this an important account.
Contents:
1. The overview of honey bee diversity and health status in Asia / Panuwan Chantawannakul and Samuel Ramsey
2. Beekeeping in Turkey : bridging Asia and Europe / Aslı Özkırım
3. Beekeeping in parts of the Levant region / Nizar Haddad and Lisa Horth
4. Apiculture in Israel / Victoria Soroker, Slabezki Yossi, and Nor Chejanovsky
5. Beekeeping and honey hunting in Nepal : current status and future perspectives / Ratna Thapa, Sunil Aryal, and Chuleui Jung
6. Current status of the beekeeping industry in China / Huoqing Zheng, Lianfei Cao, Shaokang Huang, Peter Neumann, and Fuliang Hu
7. Beekeeping on Taiwan Island / Mei-Chun Lu
8. Beekeeping in Korea : past, present, and future challenges / Chuleui Jung and Myeong-lyeol Lee
9. Beekeeping in Mongolia / Khaliunaa Tsevegmid, Selenge Dooshin, Samuel Ramsey, and Panuwan Chantawannakul
10. Bee diversity and current status of beekeeping in Japan / Mikio Yoshiyama and Kiyoshi Kimura
11. Beekeeping in Vietnam / Pham Hong Thai and Tran Van Toan
12. Bee diversity and current status of beekeeping in Thailand / Panuwan Chantawannakul
13. Social bees and the current status of beekeeping in Indonesia / Sih Kahono, Panuwan Chantawannakul, and Michael S. Engel
14. Management and conservation of Philippine bees / Cleofas R. Cervancia
15. Conclusions and future perspectives / Panuwan Chantawannakul, Samuel Ramsey, Geoffrey Williams, and Peter Neumann. - DigitalWilliam Pai-Dei Chen ; illustrations by Paul Kim and Sara Jarret.Summary: Regarded as the "go-to" reference on this complex and intricate procedure, Dr. William P.D. Chen’s Asian Blepharoplasty and the Eyelid Crease, 4th Edition, has been thoroughly revised to include the most up-to-date and authoritative information you need to expand your practice or refine your skills. Ideal for plastic surgeons, ophthalmologists, and cosmetic dermatologic surgeons, this unique multimedia resource offers comprehensive coverage of eyelid anatomy, surgical approaches, and revision surgery-all highlighted by more than 450 step-by-step illustrations and a comprehensive video program that provide operative guidance and illustrate patient outcomes over time. Revised throughout with updated case examples, select new patient photos, and updated coverage based on the recent literature. Eight new chapters, including Visual, Physiological and Aesthetic Factors Affecting Outcome in Asian Blepharoplasty; Techniques, Principles, and Benchmarks in Asian Blepharoplasty; Depth of Upper Lid Crease Construction in Asian Blepharoplasty; Ratios and Proportions in Double-Eyelid Segments; The Eyelid Crease Height, Depth, and Shape: A Scoring System for Revisional Asian Blepharoplasty; Failure Analysis in Asian Blepharoplasty; An Intraoperative Primer: Paths, Pitfalls, and Solutions in Asian Blepharoplasty (Incisional Methods), and A Deeper Interpretation of the Asian Blepharoplasty Technique of Trapezoidal Debulking and Clearance of Preaponeurotic Space. Contains a new paradigm of scoring suboptimal findings based on eyelid crease height, depth, and crease shape, providing realistic assessment and comparison. Step-by-step instructions for optimizing the biodynamics for eyelid crease formation; how to eliminate the prominent medial upper lid fold; removing tissues as a trapezoidal block using minimized steps; and much more. Expanded guidance on managing complications integrated throughout, with surgical pearls and summative boxes where relevant. High-quality, full-color artwork shows three-dimensional representations of key anatomy and procedural steps. Extensive collection of case studies, with before and after patient photos; plus practice worksheets, appendix tables, comprehensive references, and pearls and pitfalls throughout. Features a comprehensive video program including 18 primary surgery cases, 12 revisional surgery cases, 10 "short step" videos, 6 concept videos, and 22 edited compilations of video clips depicting how to approach each procedural step across a range of patient cases. An eBook version is included with purchase. The eBook allows you to access all of the text, figures and references, with the ability to search, customize your content, make notes and highlights, and have content read aloud.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2025]
- DigitalAKM Ahsan Ullah, Ahmed Shafiqul Huque.Summary: This book explores a number of issues related to the stigma arising from HIV/AIDS infection, perceived or actual discrimination from the community and society, and the extent of vulnerabilities for infected Asian refugees and immigrants. It assesses the health care and treatment regimen for HIV/AIDS accessed by immigrants and refugee claimants in North America, including treatments offered by the health-care system and ethnic communities, and their perceptions and biases relating to HIV/AIDS issues. On another level, the book identifies the ways in which HIV-sufferer immigrants and refugees/refugee claimants from Asia are vulnerable to discrimination due to 1) lack of information about HIV/AIDS incidence in the community; 2) inability of the health system to respond appropriately; and 3) the community{u2019}s need for introspection on their own health issues. This book reveals the dynamics that influence choice, behavior, and lifestyle of HIV sufferer immigrants, adds to the existing knowledge about refugees and migrants, and proposes a unified theory of discrimination and stigmatization within the context of human rights. In addition, the book presents a number of policy recommendations based on empirical findings with a view to helping reshape polices regarding refugee HIV sufferers and their social ramifications. This book will be of interest to researchers and students in any field from social sciences, health and psychology, as well as practitioners in the field of development and public policy. The book will be beneficial to policy formulators and implementers engaged in addressing the serious threat emanating from the HIV/AIDS pandemic.
Contents:
Foreword
Acknowledgements
Chapter 1: Refugees, Immigrants and HIV/AIDS
Chapter 2: Understanding and Exploring HIV/AIDS and Discrimination
Chapter 3: Poverty, Migrants and HIV/AIDS in Canada
Chapter 4: Discrimination, Xenophobia and Stigmatization
Chapter 5: Vulnerability and Resilience in Living with HIV/AIDS
Chapter 6: Managing the Crisis and Policy Directions
References
Index.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalEun-Sang Dhong, Min-Wha Na.Summary: This book explains the challenging problems often encountered by surgeons when performing septorhinoplasty and secondary rhinoplasty in Asian patients and identifies solutions based on the best available evidence. The opening chapter discusses issues relating to the longevity of alloplastic implants. Various dilemmas in Asian septorhinoplasty are then addressed, including in relation to resorption of autogenous grafts and various aspects of technique. The aim here is to enable surgeons to achieve consistent high-end results. In the case of secondary rhinoplasty, the coverage includes conundrums relating to the distinction between infection and delayed inflammation, the choice of graft materials, correction of the contracted nose, and key decisions, including in patients in whom the septum has been previously resected. A separate chapter provides guidance on the approach to specific difficult cases encountered in Asian populations, including tip deformity, columellar necrosis, nostril asymmetry, and recurrent nasal deviation. Finally, advice is given on best practice in the use of alloplastic materials.
Contents:
1 The longevity of alloplastic implants
2 Surgical site infection (SSI) vs. Late-onset inflammation (LOI)
3 Nasal Swab culture: the preparation for the safe surgery
4 Medpor: the hurdle of secondary rhinoplasty
5 Nasal obstruction in Asian rhinoplasty
6 The various preparations of autologous materials
7 The resorption: the hurdle for autogenous based Asian rhinoplasty
8 Controlling Asian Tip: Tip defining point & supratip break
9 Controlling Asian Tip: Facet & supra-alar groove
10 Controlling Asian Tip: infra-tip lobule & ACR
11 Correction of the short secondary nose: Dissection & the framework reconstruction. 12 Secondary septal surgery
13 Think inside the box: Absorbable plate, IHCC and the stem cells
14 Pus draining status after complicated septorhinoplasty: when to do the secondary rhinoplasty?
15 Nasal tip necrosis: the midline forehead flap should be the last choice
16 When you encounter very small septal cartilage
17 Hypoplastic lower 2/3 nose: camouflage vs. reconstruct the framework. - DigitalNinh T. Nguyen, Stacy A. Brethauer, John M. Morton, Jaime Ponce, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.Summary: The fully updated second edition of this textbook continues to serve as a comprehensive guide for information dealing with the ever-evolving field of bariatric surgery. The chapters are written by experts in the field and include the most up-to-date information, including new sections on quality in bariatric surgery, endoscopic surgery, and management of bariatric complications. This new edition continues to cover the basic considerations for bariatric surgery, the currently accepted procedures, outcomes of bariatric surgery including long-term weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities, and improvement in quality of life. Other special emphasis is given to the topics of metabolic surgery and surgery for patients with lower BMI. In addition, new endoscopic bariatric procedures including the gastric balloons, endoscopic revisional procedures, and newer pharmacotherapy for obesity are reviewed. The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery Second Edition will continue to be a leading source of scientific information for surgeons, physicians, residents, students, and integrated health members today and for years to come.Digital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalNinh T. Nguyen, Robin P. Blackstone, John M. Morton, Jaime Ponce, Raul J. Rosenthal, editors.Summary: Developed by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery (ASMBS), The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive guide of information dealing with the ever evolving field of bariatric surgery. Volume 1: Bariatric Surgery covers the basic considerations for bariatric surgery, the currently accepted procedures, outcomes of bariatric surgery including longterm weight loss, improvement and resolution of comorbidities, and improvement in quality of life. A section focuses on revisional bariatric surgery and new innovative endoscopic bariatric procedures. Special emphasis is also given to the topics of metabolic surgery and surgery for patients with lower BMI (30-35). The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery, Volume 1: Bariatric Surgery is of great value to surgeons, residents and fellows, bariatric physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, and integrated health members that manage the morbidly obese.
Contents:
Epidemiology and Discrimination in Obesity
The Pathophysiology of Obesity and Obesity-related Diseases
History of the Development of Metabolic/Bariatric Surgery
The History of the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery
Mechanisms of Action of the Bariatric Procedures
Indications and Contraindications for Bariatric Surgery
Preoperative Care of the Bariatric Patient
Anesthetic Considerations
Components of a Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Center
Evaluation of Preoperative Weight Loss
Patient Safety
Understanding Bariatric Research
ASMBS Position Statements
Quality in Bariatric Surgery
Laparoscopic Gastric Bypass: Techniques and Outcomes
Laparoscopic Adjustable Gastric Banding: Technique and Outcomes
Laparoscopic Sleeve Gastrectomy: Technique and Outcomes
Duodenal Switch: Technique and Outcomes
Management of Gastrointestinal Leaks and Fistula
Gastrointestinal Obstruction after Bariatric Surgery
Postoperative Bleeding in the Bariatric Surgery Patient
Gastric Banding Complications: Management
Management of Nutritional Complications
Reoperative Bariatric Surgery
Reoperative Options after Gastric Banding
Reoperative Options after Sleeve Gastrectomy
Revisional Procedures after Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
The Rationale for Metabolic Surgery
Operation of Choice for Metabolic Surgery
Operative Outcomes of Bariatric Surgery in Patients with a Low Body Mass Index
Outcomes of Metabolic Surgery
Management of the Gallbladder Before and After Bariatric Surgery
Effects of Bariatric Surgery on Non-metabolic Disease
Cardiac Risk Factor Improvement Following Bariatric Surgery
The Role of Endoscopy in Bariatric Surgery
LABS Project
Adolescent Bariatric Surgery
Impact of Bariatric Surgery on Infertility
Body Contouring After Massive Weight Loss
Experimental Alternatives in Bariatric Surgery
Liability Reduction, Patient Safety, and Economic Success in Bariatric Surgery
Robotics in Bariatric Surgery.Digital Access Springer 2015 - DigitalChristopher Still, David B. Sarwer, Jeanne Blankenship, editors.Summary: Developed by the American Society for Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery (ASMBS), The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery provides a comprehensive guide of information dealing with the ever evolving field of bariatric surgery. Volume II: Integrated Health is divided into 3 sections: bariatric medicine, psychosocial, and nutritional aspects of bariatric surgery. The first section deals with the psychosocial issues associated with severe obesity. The second section deals with the role of obesity medicine physicians in preoperative and postoperative support of the bariatric patients. The nutritional section discusses the preoperative and postoperative nutritional support for the bariatric patient. The ASMBS Textbook of Bariatric Surgery, Volume II: Integrated Health is of great value to surgeons, residents and fellows, obesity medicine physicians, psychologists, psychiatrists, and integrated health members that manage patient affected by the disease of obesity.
Contents:
Psychosocial Characteristics of Bariatric Surgery Candidates
Psychopathology and Bariatric Surgery
Quality of Life
Eating Disorders and Eating Behavior Pre- and Post-Bariatric Surgery
Introduction to Psychological Consultations for Bariatric Surgery Patients
Psychosocial Issues after Bariatric Surgery
Technology to Assess and Intervene on Weight-Related Behaviors with Bariatric Surgery Patients
Psychosocial Issues in Adolescent Bariatric Surgery
Perioperative Nutrition Assessment of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
Nutrition Education and Counseling of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
Macronutrient Recommendations: Protein, Carbohydrates, and Fat
Identification, Assessment and Treatment of Vitamin and Mineral Deficiencies after Bariatric Surgery
Managing Common Nutrition Problems after Bariatric Surgery
Nutrition Care Across the Weight Loss Surgery Process
Lifestyle Modification for the Treatment of Obesity
Pharmacotherapy Management of Obesity
Medical Preparation for Bariatric Surgery
The Perioperative and Postoperative Medical Management of the Bariatric Surgery Patient
The Importance of a Multidisciplinary Team Approach
Genomic and Clinical Predictors Associated with Long-Term Success After Bariatric Surgery
Medical Approach to a Patient with Postoperative Weight Regain
The Role of Physical Activity in Optimizing Bariatric Surgery Outcomes.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalNathan D. Wong, Ezra A. Amsterdam, Peter P. Toth, editors.Contents:
Intro
Foreword
References
Preface
Acknowledgements
Contents
Contributors
Focus on Cardiovascular Health Promotion and Disease Prevention: Opportunities for Improvement
1 Introduction
2 Defining Cardiovascular Health
3 Bucket 1: Traditional Clinical Prevention
3.1 Improvement in Utilization and Adherence to Guideline-Recommended Therapies
3.2 Improving Utilization of Cardiac Rehabilitation
3.3 Improving Identification and Treatment of Familial Hypercholesterolemia
4 Bucket 2: Innovative Clinical Prevention
4.1 New Care Models 4.2 Improving Risk Assessment and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease
4.3 Improving Partnerships and the Use of Registries
5 Bucket 3: Community-Wide Prevention
5.1 Public Policy
5.2 Public Health Initiatives
5.3 Mass Media Campaigns
5.4 Environmental Interventions
5.5 School-Based Interventions
5.6 Workplace Interventions
6 Conclusion
References
National and Global Trends of Cardiovascular Disease Mortality, Morbidity, and Risk
1 Introduction
2 Overall Cardiovascular Disease Mortality and Morbidity
2.1 Cardiovascular Disease Mortality 2.2 Cardiovascular Disease Morbidity
3 Mortality and Morbidity Attributable to CVD Subtypes in the USA
3.1 Coronary Heart Disease
3.2 Stroke and Transient Ischemic Attack
3.3 Heart Failure
3.4 Hypertension
3.5 Other Cardiovascular Disease
4 Prevalence of Ideal Cardiovascular Health Factor Levels
5 Global Burden of Cardiovascular Disease
6 Conclusion
References
Cardiovascular Risk Assessment: From Global Risk Scoring to Risk Enhancing Factors
1 Introduction
2 The High-Risk Approach and Shifting Toward Risk Assessment Equations 2.1 Shifting from Risk Factors to Multivariable Risk Assessment Models
3 Using the Pooled Cohort Equations to Assess Cardiovascular Risk
4 Limitations of the Pooled Cohort Equation
4.1 Populations with Lower or Higher CVD Incidence Rates
4.2 Young Populations and When to Assess Long-Term or Lifetime Risk
4.3 Risk Assessment in Elderly Populations
5 Using Risk Enhancing Factors to Calibrate Risk Assessment
6 Alternative Tools for Risk Assessment
7 Risk Factors Not Represented in Risk Assessment Tools
8 Summary of the ACC/AHA and ESC Guidelines 8.1 ACC/AHA 2019 Primary Prevention Guidelines
8.2 ESC 2016 Cardiovascular Disease Prevention Guidelines
9 Conclusion
References
Assessment and Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors Within Preventive Cardiology Practice
1 Introduction
2 Psychosocial Risk Factors
2.1 Depression
2.2 Anxiety Syndromes
2.3 Lack of Social Connectivity
2.4 Pessimism
2.5 Hostility
2.6 Other Negative Cognitive States
2.7 Lack of Life Purpose
2.8 Vitality Exhaustion
2.9 Chronic Stress
3 Positive Psychosocial Functioning
4 Pathophysiological Mechanisms 5 Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors in Preventive Cardiology.Digital Access Springer 2021 - Digitaleditor-in-chief, Charles M. Mueller.Summary: This comprehensive book addresses the principles of nutrition support and nutrition support recommendations for selected medical and surgical conditions. Professional and management issues, including home nutrition support, ethics, quality improvement, evidence-based practice, and guideline development, also are discussed. Since the last edition, new practice guidelines and research have advanced nutrition support and created greater awareness of the importance of nutrition care across the continuum of care. For example, ASPEN has updated recommendations for safe practices in enteral nutrition and the appropriate use of parenteral nutrition, and new research has demonstrated the association of malnutrition with high rates of readmission, longer hospital stays, and increased healthcare costs. This edition includes this information, among many other topics, and is a valuable resource for clinicians at all levels who aim to advance and apply this knowledge to their nutrition practice and/ or prepare for recertification in nutrition support.
Contents:
Part I. Basics of Nutrition and Metabolism
1. Nutrient Intake, Digestion, Absorption, and Excretion / Tina Colaizzo-Anas
2. Energy / David Frankenfield
3. Carbohydrates / Karen C. McCowen and Pei-Ra Ling
4. Gut microbiota / Gail A.M. Cresci and Kristin M. Izzo
5. Lipids / Mary Hise and John C. Brown
6. Protein / Lorraine S. Young and Dong Wook Kim
7. Fluids, Electrolytes, and Acid-Base Disorders / Todd W. Canada and Linda M. Lord
8. Vitamins and Trace Elements / Liam McKeever
Part II. Clinical Foundations of Nutrition Support
9. Malnutrition Screening and Assessment / Andrea JeVenn, Marianne Galang, Peggy Hipskind, and Christan Bury
10. Overview of Enteral Nutrition / Jennifer Doley and Wendy Phillips
11. Enteral Nutrition Formulations / Susan Roberts and Rachelle Kirsch
12. Enteral Access Devices / John C. Fang and Merin Kinikini
13. Complications of Enteral Nutrition / Ainsley Malone, David Seres, and Linda M. Lord
14. Overview of Parenteral Nutrition / Jay M. Mirtallo
15. Parenteral Nutrition Formulations / Rina Patel
16. Parenteral Access Devices / Antoinette M. Neal and Kathryn Drogan
17. Complications of Parenteral Nutrition / Vanessa J. Kumpf and Jane Gervasio
18. Drug-Nutrient Interactions / Amber Verdell and Carol J. Rollins
19. Dietary Supplements / Gerard Mullin
Part III. Nutrition Support of Specific States
20. Pregnancy and Lactation / Kris M. Mogensen and Miriam Erick
21. Wound Healing / Mary Ellen Posthauer and Mary Marian
22. Neurologic Impairment / Barbara Magnuson, Douglas R. Oyler, Kathryn Ruf, Natalia Bailey, and Jimmi Hatton Kolpek
23. Critical Care Sepsis / Robert G. Martindale, Jayshil J. Patel, Thomas Herron, and Panna Codner
24. Trauma, Surgery, and Burns / David C Evans and Bryan R. Collier
25. Pulmonary Disease / Karen Allen, Leah Hoffman, Kellie Jones, Michelle Kozeniecki, Jayshil J. Patel, and Joseph West
26. Gastrointestinal Disease / Lena B. Palmer, Rachael Janas, and Michael Sprang
27. Liver Disease / Valentina Medici, Mardeli Saire Mendoza, and Matthew R. Kappus
28. Pancreatitis / Kristine Krueger, Stephen A. McClave, and Robert G. Martindale
29. Renal Disease / Menaka Sarav, and Csaba P. Kovesdy
30. Short Bowel Syndrome / Berkeley N. Limketkai, Ryan T. Hurt, and Lena B. Palmer
31. Solid Organ Transplantation / Jeanette M. Hasse, and Laura E. Matarese
32. Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection / Peter Wasserman David S. Rubin and Sorana Segal-Maurer
33. Cancer / Mary Marian, Todd Mattox, and Valaree Williams
34. Diabetes Mellitus / Renee Walker, Anne M. Tucker, and Kim K. Birtcher
35. Obesity / Jayshil J. Patel, Manpreet S. Mundi, Robert G. Martindale, and Ryan T. Hurt
36. Nutrition Support for Older Adults / Rena Zelig, Phyllis J. Famularo, and Maria Szeto
37. Surgical Alteration of the Gastrointestinal Tract / Neal Bhutiani, Matthew V. Benns, Sam Pappas, Lena B. Palmer, and Keith R. Miller
Part IV. Management and Professional Issues
38. Home Nutrition Support / Denise Konrad, Ronelle Mitchell, and Eileen Hendrickson
39. Ethics and Law / Denise Baird Schwartz, and Albert Barrocas
40. Quality Improvement in Clinical Practice / Kristen Mathieson and E. Annelie M. Vogt
41. Evidence-Based Medicine and Derivation of Clinical Guidelines / Stephen A. McClave and Jayshil J. Patel.Digital Access EBSCOhost 2017 - Digitaleditors, Ainsley Malone, Liesje Nieman Carney, Amy Long Carrera, Andrew Mays.Summary: A comprehensive resource on how to safely, effectively, and confidently care for patients receiving enteral nutrition. Everything needed for positive patient outcomes, including step-by-step techniques based on current research and practical tools to save time and boost quality of care.
Contents:
Nutrition screening, assessment, and care plan development
Overview of enteral nutrition
Enteral formulas
Enteral access devices: selection, insertion, maintenance, and complications
How to write enteral nutrition orders
Administration and monitoring enteral nutrition
Complications of enteral nutrition
Medication administration with enteral nutrition
Home enteral nutrition issues.Digital Access EBSCO 2019 - Digitaleditors, Phil Ayers, Elizabeth S. Bobo, Ryan T. Hurt, Andrew A. Mays, Patricia H. Worthington.Digital Access EBSCO 2020
- Digitaleditor, M. Petrea Cober ; contributors, Allison Blackmer, Karrie Derenski, Ainsley Malone, Jessica Monczka.Digital Access EBSCO 2022
- PrintEdith Sheffer.Summary: Presents an exploration of the sobering history behind Asperger's Syndrome that reveals child psychiatrist Hans Asperger's influence by Nazi psychiatry and his use of one of the Reich's deadliest killing centers to experiment on disabled children. "Hans Asperger, the pioneer of autism and Asperger syndrome in Nazi Vienna, has been celebrated for his compassionate defense of children with disabilities. But in this groundbreaking book, prize-winning historian Edith Sheffer exposes that Asperger was not only involved in the racial policies of Hitler's Third Reich, he was complicit in the murder of children. As the Nazi regime slaughtered millions across Europe during World War Two, it sorted people according to race, religion, behavior, and physical condition for either treatment or elimination. Nazi psychiatrists targeted children with different kinds of minds--especially those thought to lack social skills--claiming the Reich had no place for them. Asperger and his colleagues endeavored to mold certain "autistic" children into productive citizens, while transferring others they deemed untreatable to Spiegelgrund, one of the Reich's deadliest child-killing centers. In the first comprehensive history of the links between autism and Nazism, Sheffer uncovers how a diagnosis common today emerged from the atrocities of the Third Reich. With vivid storytelling and wide-ranging research, Asperger's Children will move readers to rethink how societies assess, label, and treat those diagnosed with disabilities."--Dust jacket.
Contents:
Enter the experts
The clinic's diagnosis
Nazi psychiatry and social spirit
Indexing lives
Fatal theories
Asperger and the killing system
Girls and boys
The daily life of death
In service to the Volk
Reckoning. - Digitaledited by Margaret J. Foster, Sarah T. Jewell.Summary: This book guides librarians in defining and marketing their services, covering topics such as co-authorship, stakeholders, developing documentation and conducting the reference interview, systematic reviews standards, search strategy techniques, and best practices for reporting the findings.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous users
- PrintCarissa Carter, Scott Doorley ; illustrations by Armando Veve.Summary: "A powerful, fully illustrated guide to using the tools of design thinking to create a more positive and cooperative future, from Stanford University's Hasso Plattner Institute of Design"-- Provided by publisher.Print
- DigitalMichael W. Hoffmann.Summary: Over 90% of the brain is concerned with higher cortical functions, yet understanding of syndromes, functions, and measurements remains unchartered. This valuable handbook illuminates brain function, natural environment and human function, by delving into the interdisciplinary study. Multifaceted in its perspective, this book demonstrates bi-directionality of information exchange between disciplines. This book weaves around key case reports, series, control studies and cohort studies from cognitive neurology registries, to present the most current, practical research. Gaining appreciation for the fundamental formation and assembly of the supervisory area of the brain will inform an understanding of conditions and behavior for neuroscience professionals, clinical brain scientists and medical students in neuroscience, worldwide. Authored by a leading expert in cognitive neurology, this book guides the reader through the evolutionary, or neuro-archeological, aspects of how the frontal lobes and their circuitry were assembled, drawing key insights into form, function and treatment.
Contents:
The evolution of larger brains since the vertebrate-invertebrate divide
The profound increase in primate gray matter growth
Exponential white matter growth and major fiber tract systems assembly
Cellular and molecular changes
The core frontal systems
Enhanced working memory
Unraveling of brain networks in neurological conditions: nature's reductionism
Neurological diseases as networktopathies with disconnection phenomena
The sensitivity and vulnerability of the prefrontal cortex to changes in daily rhythms
Implications for treatment and management: a network based approach
Sense of self disorders
Implications for you and society.Digital Access Cambridge 2019 - DigitalDana P. Turner.Summary: This book synthesizes the current research on headache triggers and details how improving the measurement properties of trigger assessments can benefit clinical and research efforts. The book begins with a detailed exploration of the history of triggers and their use in attempts to assign causes to headache attacks. Subsequent chapters then expound on the existing schools of thought on headache triggers with discussions of understudied influences on the causal assignment process, such as the role of individual trigger beliefs and perceptions. After laying this groundwork, the practical application of trigger assessment is thoroughly detailed, including assessment design types and methods of analysis. Chapters then outline the applications of trigger assessment in research and clinical practice. To conclude, the book relays descriptions of future directions and evolving theories in the area. Concise and comprehensive, Assessing Headache Triggers is an invaluable resource for clinicians who treat patients and investigators who aim to improve the lives of individuals with headache through their research. .
Contents:
Part I. Overview and Introduction
1. Brief Introduction to Primary Headaches and Overview of the Book
2. Introduction to Triggers and Causes
Part II. Elements of Headache Triggers
3. Existing Schools of Thought on Triggers
4. Trigger Beliefs and Perception
Part III. Assessment of Headache Triggers
5. Measurement of Triggers
6. Study Design and Measurement Methods for Data Collection
7. Statistical Aspects of Trigger Assessment
Part IV. Applications of Headache Trigger Measurement and Research
8. Goals and Applications of Trigger Assessment in Clinical Practice and Research
9. Future Directions and Evolving Theories. - DigitalLionel Mabit, William Blake, editors.Summary: This open access book is the first comprehensive guideline for the beryllium-7 (Be-7) technique that can be applied to evaluate short-term patterns and budgets of soil redistribution in agricultural landscapes. While covering the fundamental and basic concepts of the approach, this book distinguishes itself from other publications by offering step-by-step instructions on how to use this isotopic technique effectively. It covers experimental design considerations and clear instruction is given on data processing. As accurate laboratory measurement is crucial to ensure successful use of Be-7 to investigate soil erosion, a full chapter is devoted to its specific determination by gamma spectrometry. This open access contribution further describes new developments in the Be-7 technique and includes a concluding chapter highlighting its potential benefits to support the implementation of area-wide soil conservation policy.
Contents:
Foreword Chapter 1. The use of beryllium-7 as a soil and sediment tracer; A. Taylor, W.H. Blake, A. Iurian, G. Millward, L. Mabit Chapter 2. How to design a beryllium-7 based soil distribution study at the field scale: a step-by-step approach; W.H. Blake, A. Taylor, A. Toloza, L. Mabit Chapter 3. Measurement of 7Be in environmental materials; A. Iurian, G. Millward Chapter 4. Conversion of 7Be activity concentrations into soil and sediments redistribution amounts; W.H. Blake, A. Taylor, A. Iurian, G. Millward, L. Mabit Chapter5. Research into practice
linking 7Be evidence to land management policy change for improved food security; M. Benmansour, W.H. Blake, L. Mabit. - DigitalContents:
Introduction. Purpose statement
Patient population
Settings
Providers
Evidence-based guideline development process
Literature evaluation and scoring
Significance of late preterm birth. Risk factors
Neurodevelopmental issues
Notes
Evidence-based clinical practice guideline. Gestational age assessment
Respiratory assessment
Thermoregulation issues
Hypoglycemia
Sepsis
Jaundice and hyperbilirubinemia
Feeding challenges
Parent education and support
Discharge planning and followup
Notes
References
Appendices. Risk factors for development of severe hyperbilirubinemia in infants of 35 or more weeks of gestation
Bilirubin nomograms
Screening and management of postnatal glucose homeostasis in late preterm and term SGA, IDM/LGA infants
Quick care guide.Digital Access R2Library 2017Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalEric Liberda, Timothy Sly.Summary: This is the long-awaited pocket text on risk assessment for students and professionals in all health and safety fields. Risk assessment and risk-based decision-making are essential skills in todays health and safety fields, but a convenient pocket or desk reference has been needed with enough theory to begin a preliminary risk assessment, together with clear explanations, applications, and worked examples. This book addresses that need. It provides a practical resource for estimating risks in various applications, as well as assisting with the design of larger project-based assessments. It explains the two main numeric procedures: probabilistic, or catastrophic, and quantitative, or chronic, risk assessment, along with chapters on qualitative risk assessment and approaches to food-related risks. A final chapter examines how people perceive risk, and provides advice and assistance in the development of essential, effective risk communication with the public and with the media. Numerous case studies are analyzed. Assessment and Communication of Risk: A Pocket Text for Health and Safety Professionals is a one-stop resource for students in all health and safety fields, and provides a valuable guide for existing field practitioners in public health, occupational health and safety, hospitals, environmental assessment offices, and ministries of health, labour, and the environment.
Contents:
Intro
Preface
Acknowledgment
Contents
List of Figures
About the Authors
1: Risk: Scope, Definitions, and Terminology
1.1 The Scope of Risk Assessment
1.2 Risk Management
1.3 Basic Definition of Risk
1.4 Describing Risks Using the Language of Probability
1.5 Categorizing Risks
1.5.1 "Incremental" Versus "Background" Risks
1.5.2 "Catastrophic" Versus "Chronic" Risk
1.6 Risk and Hazard
1.7 Relative Risk and Odds Ratio
1.7.1 Relative Risk
1.7.2 The Odds Ratio (OR)
1.7.3 Weakness in the Relative Risk and Odds Ratio 1.7.4 Understanding Confidence Intervals (CI)
1.8 Case Study 1: Driving or Flying?
Practice Exercises: Chapter 1
References
2: Probabilistic Risk Assessment
2.1 Risk and Uncertainty
2.2 Modeling Probability
2.3 Addition of Probabilities
2.4 Complementary Events
2.5 Multiplication of Probabilities
2.6 Conditional Probabilities
2.7 The Probability Tree
2.8 Using Frequencies or Probabilities
2.9 Order of Entering Variables Into the Tree
2.10 Probabilities Expressed in Disease Screening
2.10.1 Disease Screening Using Bayes' Theorem 2.10.2 Disease Screening Using Sensitivity and Specificity
2.11 When a Variable's Independence Is Missing or Uncertain
2.12 Calculation of "At Least One" Outcome (with Multiple Iterations)
2.13 Probabilities: A Summary
2.14 Case Study #2: Challenger Shuttle Disaster
Practice Exercises: Chapter 2
References
3: Quantitative Risk Assessment
3.1 Scope of Quantitative Risk Assessment
3.1.1 Long-Term Exposures
3.1.2 The Maximally Exposed Individual (MEI)
3.1.3 The Four-Step Assessment Model
3.2 Hazard Identification (Step 1)
3.2.1 Data from the Site 3.2.2 Assessing Carcinogens Versus Noncarcinogens
3.2.3 The US EPA IRIS Database
3.2.4 Changing Chemicals Over Time
3.2.5 Toxicity Scores
3.3 Dose-Response Assessment (Step Two)
3.3.1 Limited Human Data
3.3.2 Carcinogens and Noncarcinogens
3.3.3 Three-Step Model of Carcinogenesis
3.3.4 Threshold Models
3.3.5 Target Organs and Systems
3.3.6 "Dose" Versus "Dosage"
3.3.7 NOAEL/LOAEL
3.3.8 LD50
3.3.9 The Slope Factor for Carcinogens
3.3.10 Special Note About "Inhalation" and 'Fugitive Dust"
3.3.11 Sources of Toxicological Data 3.3.12 Safety Factors for Noncarcinogens (ADI, RfD)
3.4 Exposure Assessment (Step 3)
3.4.1 Components of the Pathway
3.4.2 The Migration/Movement of Substances
3.4.3 Identifying Exposed Individuals
3.4.4 Development of Exposure Scenarios
3.4.5 Exposure Point Concentrations
3.4.6 Bioconcentration Factor (BCF)
3.4.7 Incorporating Other Models
3.4.8 Dose Categories
3.4.9 Calculating the Chronic Daily Intake (CDI)
3.4.10 Helpful Hints in Preparing to Calculate Intake
3.4.11 Worked Intake Calculations
3.5 Risk Characterization [Step 4] - DigitalAlice M. Teall, Kate Sustersic Gawlik, Bernadette Mazurek Melnyk.Contents:
Cover
Title
Copyright
Contents
Preface
Part I: Evidence-Based Strategies for Success
Chapter 1: Evidence-Based Strategies for Successful Test Performance
The Importance of Practice
Visualize and Believe in Your Success
Take Care of Your Mind and Body
Practice Daily Stress-Reduction Tactics
Test-Day Strategies
Celebrate Your Success
References
Chapter 2: Evidence-Based Approach to History and Physical Exam
Evidence-Based Assessment
History Taking
Therapeutic Communication
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations Physical Examination
Knowledge Check: Evidence-Based History and Physical Exam
Part II: Evidence-Based Assessment and Diagnosis
Chapter 3: Integumentary System
Key History Considerations
Physical Examination: Inspection and Palpation
Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials for Skin
Key Differentials for Nails
Key Differentials for Hair
Knowledge Check: Integumentary System
Chapter 4: Head, Neck, and Lymphatics
Key History Considerations
Physical Examination: Inspection and Palpation Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials for the Head and Neck
Key Differentials for the Lymphatic System
Knowledge Check: Head, Neck, and Lymphatics
Chapter 5: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
Key History Considerations
Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, and Special Tests
Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials
Knowledge Check: Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat
Chapter 6: Cardiovascular System
Key History Considerations Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, and Auscultation
Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials
Knowledge Check: Cardiovascular System
Chapter 7: Respiratory System
Key History Considerations
Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, Percussion, and Auscultation
Red Flags in History and Physical Exam (Box 7.1)
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials
Reference
Knowledge Check: Respiratory System
Chapter8: Nervous System
Key History Considerations Physical Examination
Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials
Knowledge Check: Nervous System
Chapter 9: Musculoskeletal System
Key History Considerations
Physical Examination: Inspection, Palpation, Range of Motion, Muscle Strength, Special Tests, and Neurologic Tests
Red Flags in History and Physical Exam
Population Health and Life-Span Considerations
Key Differentials
Reference
Knowledge Check: Musculoskeletal System
Chapter 10: Gastrointestinal and Renal Systems
Key History ConsiderationsDigital Access R2Library 2022Limited to 1 simultaneous user - Digitaledited by Itai Danovitch, Larissa J. Mooney.Contents:
Neurochemical imaging in addiction: how science informs practice / Jonathan M. Wai, MD, Frances R. Levin, MD, and Diana Martinez, MD
The role of nutrition in addiction recovery: what we know and what we don't / David A. Wiss, MS RDN
E-cigarettes / Darby Lowe, BSC, Alexandria S. Coles, BA, Tony P. George, MD, FRCPC, and Karolina Kozak, MSC
The neuropsychoendocrinology of substance use disorders / Elie G. Aoun, MD and Kristen Schmidt, MD, MAPH
Technological innovations in addiction treatment / Alan J. Budney, PhD, Jacob T. Borodovsky, PhD, Lisa A. Marsch, PhD, and Sarah E. Lord, PhD
State-of-the-art treatment of opioid use disorder / Larissa J. Mooney, MD and Andrew Saxon, MD
The treatment use of cannabis use disorder / Itai Danovitch, MD, MBA, DFASAM, FAPA and David A. Gorelick, MD, PhD, DLFAPA
State-of-the-art treatment of alcohol use disorder / Lara A. Ray, PhD, Emily Hartwell, MA, ReJoyce Green, BA, and Alexandra Venegras, BS
Applying best practices guidelines on chronic pain in clinical practice-treating patients who suffer from pain and addiction / Keith G. Heinzerling, MD, MPH
Substance use in adolescents chapter / Seth Ammerman, MD, FAAP, FSAHM, DABAM
How healers became dealers / Anna Lembke, MD
Trauma and addiction - how to treat co-occurring PTSD and substance use disorders / Dolores Vojvoda, MD and Ismene Petrakis, MD
When food is an addiction A. Benjamin Srivastava, MD and Mark S. Gold, MD
Quality, accountability, and effectiveness in addiction treatment: the measurement-based practice model / John F. Kelly, PhD and David Mee-Lee, MD
Functional assessment and treatment of alcohol use disorders / Jeffrey Becker, MD, ABIHM and Itai Danovitch, MD, MBA, DFASAM, FAPA.Digital Access - DigitalKenneth Shapiro, Mary Lou Randour, Susan Krinsk, Joann L. Wolf.Summary: Empirical research has clearly demonstrated that animal abuse in childhood is associated with family violence and violent behavior towards humans in general. Such abuse is accordingly of increasing interest within human services and the criminal justice system. This handbook will serve as an ideal resource for therapists in social work, psychology, psychiatry, and allied fields who work with children who have abused animals. It provides step-by-step guidance on how to assess, develop appropriate treatment plans for, and treat children who commit animal abuse, based on the AniCare model developed by the Animals and Society Institute. Exercises cover the identification and expression of feelings, the development of empathy, self-management skills, and working with parents. Careful consideration is also paid to the effects of witnessing animal abuse. The theoretical framework is eclectic, encompassing cognitive behavioral, psychodynamic, and attachment theories. A number of illustrative case studies are included, along with excerpts from treatment sessions. Accompanying electronic supplementary material demonstrates role-played assessment and treatment and includes workshop presentations of pedagogic material.
Contents:
Context: Animal Abuse and Family Violence
The Prevalence of Juvenile Animal Abuse
Changing Attitudes Toward Animal Abuse. Theory: Attachment Theory
Cognitive Behaviorism and Trauma-informed Narrative
Psychodynamic Theory
Assessment
Diagnostic Categories Associated with Children Who Commit Animal Abuse
Attention-Deficit and Disruptive Behavior Disorders
Attachment Difficulties. Treatment
Processing Therapist Reactions
Joining the Client
Framing the Therapy
Animal-assisted Therapy
Empathy
Clinical Cases
Empathy Development: Psychosocial Emotional Exercises
Puppet Role-play
Self-Management
Working with Parents Behavior-Based Parent Training Tools
Behavioral Techniques Used for
Treating Aggressive Youth
Relationships and Family Processes
Building the Therapeutic Alliance. - DigitalIgnacio E. Tapia, Christopher M. Cielo, Liat Tikotzky.Summary: "Ideal for sleep specialists, pediatricians, or family medicine practitioners, Assessment and Treatment of Infant Sleep provides in-depth information about normal aspects of sleep in infancy, as well as both medical and behavioral sleep problem assessment and management. This unique resource offers concise, consolidated guidance when preparing for a clinic or rotation with patients in infancy or when engaging in treatment planning for young children with sleep problems"-- publisher's description.
Contents:
Developmental aspects of sleep
Medical sleep disorders of infancy
Behavioral sleep disorders in infancy.Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024] - Digitaledited by Rachel Yudkowsky, Yoon Soo Park, and Steven M. DowningSummary: Assessment in Health Professions Education, second edition, provides a comprehensive guide for educators in the health professions--medicine, dentistry, nursing, pharmacy, and allied health fields. This second edition has been extensively revised and updated by leaders in the field. Part I of the book presents an introduction to assessment fundamentals and their theoretical underpinnings from the perspective of the health professions. Part II covers specific assessment methods, with a focus on validity, best practices, challenges, and practical guidelines for the effective implementation of successful assessment programs. Part III addresses special topics and recent innovative approaches, including narrative assessment, situational judgment tests, programmatic assessment, mastery learning settings, and the key features approach. This accessible text addresses the essential concepts for the health professions educator and provides the background needed to understand, interpret, develop, and effectively implement assessment methods.
Contents:
Section 1: Fundamentals of assessment
1. Introduction to assessment in the health professions / Rachel Yudkowsky, Yoon Soo Park, and Steven M. Downing
2. Validity and quality / Matthew Lineberry
3. Reliability / Yoon Soo Park
4. Generalizability theory / Clarence D. Kreiter, Nikki L. Zaidi, and Yoon Soo Park
5. Statistics of testing / Steven M. Downing, Dorthea Juul, and Yoon Soo Park
6. Standard setting / Rachel Yudkowsky, Steven M. Downing, and Ara Tekian
Section 2: Assessment Methods
7. Written tests: Writing high-quality constructed-response and selected-response items / Miguel Paniagua, Kimberly A. Swygert, and Steven M. Downing
8. Oral examinations / Dorthea Juul, Rachel Yudkowsky, and Ara Tekian
9. Performance tests / Rachel Yudkowsky
10. Workplace-based assessment / Mary E. McBride, Mark D. Adler, and William C. McGaphie
11. Narrative Assessment / Nancy Dudek and David Cook
12. Assessment Portfolios / Daniel J. Schumacher, Ara Tekian, and Rachel Yudkowsky
Section 3: Special topics
13. Key features approach / Georges Bordage and Gordon Page
14. Simulations in assessment / Luke A. Devine, William C. McGaghie, and Barry Issenberg
15. Situational judgment tests / Harold I. Reiter and Christopher Roberts
16. Programmatic assessment: An avenue to a different assessment culture / Cees van der Vleuten, Sylvia Heeneman, and Suzanne Schut
17. Assessment affecting learning / Matthew Lineberry
18. Assessment in mastery learning settings / Matthew Linberry, Rachel Yudkowsky, Yoon Soo Park, David Cook, E. Matthew Ritter, and Aaron Knox
19. Item response theory / Yoon Soo Park
20. Engaging with your statistician / Alan Schwartz and Yoon Soo Park.Digital Access TandFonline 2019 - DigitalPamela M. Marcus.Summary: Cancer screening is a prominent strategy in cancer control in the United States, yet the ability to correctly interpret cancer screening data eludes many researchers, clinicians, and policy makers. This open access primer rectifies that situation by teaching readers, in simple language and with straightforward examples, why and how the population-level cancer burden changes when screening is implemented, and how we assess whether that change is of benefit. This book provides an in-depth look at the many aspects of cancer screening and its assessment, including screening phenomena, performance measures, population-level outcomes, research designs, and other important and timely topics. Concise, accessible, and focused, Assessment of Cancer Screening: A Primer is best suited to those with education or experience in clinical research or public health in the United States - no previous knowledge of cancer screening assessment is necessary. This is the first text dedicated to cancer screening theory and methodology to be published in 20 years.
Contents:
Foundations
Behind the scenes
Performance measures
Population measures: definitions
Population measures: cancer screening’s impact
Experimental research designs
Observational research designs
Cancer prevention screening
Additional considerations
Closing thoughts. - PrintHippius, Hanns.Contents:
pt.
1. Psychopharmacological screening tests. pt.
2. Non-invasive methods in cardiovascular human pharmacology. - DigitalGabriel Guliš, Odile Mekel, Balázs Ádám, Liliana Cori, editors.Summary: Public health continues to evolve as professionals work not only to prevent disease and promote well-being but also to reduce health disparities and protect the environment. To a greater extent, policy is intimately linked to this process, a reality that is gaining traction in the public health sector.
Contents:
Public Health, Policy Analysis, Risk Assessment, and Impact Assessment
Risk Assessment, Impact Assessment, and Evaluation
Top-Down Policy Risk Assessment
Bottom-Up Policy Risk Assessment
Quantification of Health Risks
Application of RAPID Guidance on an International Policy
Use of Policy Risk Assessment Results in Political Decision Making.Digital Access Springer 2014 - DigitalEnrico Agabiti Rosei, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.Summary: This book presents up-to-date information on how to assess early preclinical alterations in the heart, the small and large arteries and the kidney in the general and the hypertensive population, using the most sensitive, specific and cost-effective techniques. A wide variety of techniques are discussed, with careful attention to the latest developments. For each organ, evidence is documented regarding the prevalence of organ damage. Information is provided on the potential induction of regression of organ damage by treatment, the criteria for establishing significant changes and the clinical prognostic significance of regression. The manual will be invaluable for all practitioners responsible for the clinical management of hypertensive patients, given that the assessment of early preclinical cardiovascular and renal damage permits more accurate risk stratification at baseline and facilitates evaluation of cardiovascular protection when regression of structural changes is achieved during treatment.
Contents:
PART I: HEART 1 Electrocardiography
2 Echocardiography
3 New techniques: 3D, CT, MRI
PART II: LARGE ARTERIES 4 Ultrasound of Carotid IMT and plaque.- 5 Ultrasound of the Aorta/coronary arteries.- 6 Pulse wave velocity and central BP.- 7 Ankle-brachial index
8 Atherosclerosis and general principles of arterial imaging
9 Imaging and ageing of the aorta and large arteries in the lower extremities
PART III: SMALL ARTERIES 10 Micro myography
11 Damage of the retinal arterioles
12 Capillaroscopy
13 Other techniques for assessment
PART IV: KIDNEY 14 Proteinuria
15 Glomerular Filtration Rate
16 Other techniques
PART V: BRAIN 17 RMN/TC: Evaluation of Brain damage
18 Questionnaires for cognitive function
19 Other techniques for neurological damage.- 20 Relation between blood pressure and markers of organ damage.Digital Access Springer 2015 - Digitaledited by Kevin Browne, Anthony R. Beech, Leam A. Craig and Shihning Chou.Digital Access Wiley 2017
- Digitaledited by Khaldoun Sharif, Arri Coomarasamy.Summary: Assisted reproduction techniques (ART), in particular in-vitro fertilization and intra-cytoplasmic sperm injection, are the most advanced forms of infertility treatment. They involve numerous counseling, medical, surgical and laboratory-based steps. At each step various problems and complications could be encountered that challenge even the most experienced ART practitioners. Moreover, patients with complex medical disorders may require ART, presenting further challenges. Assisted Reproduction Techniques will stimulate resourceful thinking in the ART practitioner when faced with these challenges. It outlines various management options, the reasoning behind them, and the evidence on which they are based to enable the practitioner to choose the most suitable solution for the needs of each patient.
Contents:
Section One : Counseling and preparation
Section Two : Pituitary suppression and ovarian stimulation phase
Section Three : Oocyte retrieval
Section Four : Embryo transfer
Section Five : The luteal phase
Section Six : The ART laboratory
Section Seven : The male patient.Digital Access Wiley 2021 - Printedited by Laura Roberts.
- DigitalJin-Hui Wang.Summary: This book focuses on associative memory cells and their working principles, which can be applied to associative memories and memory-relevant cognitions. Providing comprehensive diagrams, it presents the author's personal perspectives on pathology and therapeutic strategies for memory deficits in patients suffering from neurological diseases and psychiatric disorders. Associative learning is a common approach to acquire multiple associated signals, including knowledge, experiences and skills from natural environments or social interaction. The identification of the cellular and molecular mechanisms underlying associative memory is important in furthering our understanding of the principles of memory formation and memory-relevant behaviors as well as in developing therapeutic strategies that enhance memory capacity in healthy individuals and improve memory deficit in patients suffering from neurological disease and psychiatric disorders. Although a series of hypotheses about neural substrates for associative memory has been proposed, numerous questions still need to be addressed, especially the basic units and their working principle in engrams and circuits specific for various memory patterns. This book summarizes the developments concerning associative memory cells reported in current and past literature, providing a valuable overview of the field for neuroscientists, psychologists and students.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; About the Author;
Chapter 1: History in the Study of Learning and Memory; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Memory Traces; 1.3 Engrams; 1.4 The Location and Distribution of Memory Traces or Engrams; 1.5 The Identification of Basic Units in Engrams: Memory-Relevant Cells; 1.6 Biophysical Changes in Memory-Relevant Cells: Neuronal and Synaptic Plasticity; 1.7 Memory-Specific Activity Patterns as Basic Units of Memory Traces; 1.8 The Recruitment of Memory-Relevant Neurons by Their Coactivation: Associative Memory Cells 1.9 Major Milestones in the Study of Mechanisms Underlying Learning and Memory1.9.1 Theoretical Modeling; 1.9.2 Animal Model; 1.9.3 Location and Distributions; 1.9.4 Cellular Architectures in Engram Circuits; 1.9.5 Molecular Mechanisms; References;
Chapter 2: Patterns of Learning and Memory; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Associative Learning and Nonassociative Learning; 2.3 Declarative (Explicit) Memory Versus Nondeclarative (Implicit) Memory; 2.3.1 Declarative Memory; 2.3.2 Nondeclarative Memory; 2.4 Episodic Memory Versus Semantic Memory; 2.4.1 Episodic Memory; 2.4.2 Semantic Memory 2.5 Working Memory and Perceptual Memory2.5.1 Working Memory; 2.5.2 Perceptual Memory; 2.6 Eidetic Memory and False Memory; 2.6.1 Eidetic Memory; 2.6.2 False Memory; 2.7 Other Types of Memory; 2.8 Learning and Memory in Relevance to Ages; References;
Chapter 3: Experimental Models and Strategies for Studying Associative Learning and Memory; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Experimental Models Used to Track Engrams; 3.2.1 Classical Conditioning; 3.2.2 Operant Conditioning; 3.2.3 Spatial Learning and Memory; 3.2.4 Associative Learning and Memory in Reciprocal Manner 3.3 Strategies Used to Track Memory Cells in Engrams3.3.1 Theoretical Modeling from Memory Traces to Cell Assemblies; 3.3.2 Parallel Changes Between Engrams and Memory-Relevant Behaviors; 3.3.3 Downregulation of Neural Substrates; 3.3.4 Upregulation of Neural Substrates; References;
Chapter 4: Cellular and Molecular Changes in Associative Memory; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Synapses, Neurons, and Their Functional Changes; 4.3 Synaptic Plasticity; 4.3.1 Synaptic Facilitation; 4.3.2 Long-Term Potentiation of Synaptic Transmission; 4.4 Neuronal Plasticity; References
Chapter 5: Associative Memory Cells in Memory Trace5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Associative Memory Cells in Theory and Experiments; 5.3 Associative Memory Cells in Sensory Cortices; 5.4 Associative Memory Cells in Cognition- and Emotion-Related Brain Areas; 5.5 Memory Output Cells in Behavior-Related Brain Areas; References;
Chapter 6: Plasticity of Associative Memory Cells; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Plasticity at Primary Associative Memory Cells Linked with Their Recruitment; 6.3 Plasticity at Secondary Associative Memory Cells; 6.4 Plasticity at Memory Output Cells - DigitalSheikh Rayees, Inshah Din.Summary: Asthma is a chronic airway disease affecting over 300 million people worldwide with an expected increase of an additional 100 million by 2025. Past decade has observed a notable increase in asthma prevalence on both national and global levels with highest rates observed in western countries (about 30%). Over the past 40 years, a drastic increase in global prevalence, morbidity, mortality, and economic burden have been observed due to asthma especially in children. The rising numbers of hospital admissions for asthma, especially young children, reflect an increase in severe asthma, poverty and lack of proper disease management. Worldwide, approximately 180,000 deaths annually are caused due to this condition. The financial burden on a single asthma patient per year in different western countries ranges from US 00-1,300. Asthma is an intricate respiratory disorder with differences in its severity, natural history and hence treatment response. These differences in intensities of various presentations such as bronchial hyper-responsiveness, airway inflammation, mucus production, airflow obstruction make asthma a heterogeneous disease. The mainstay of current therapies for asthma includes inhaled corticosteroids, phosphodiesterase inhibitors, leukotriene modifiers and β2-adrenoceptor agonists. Some of the currently available drugs are efficient in one or more aspects. However the associated side effects or heterogeneity of the disease limit their usefulness and efficacy, thereby putting a demand on development of new drugs and therapies. On the other hand, asthma has also been treated/managed via herbal medications. These approaches have been described in Unani, Ayurvedic or Chinese system of medicine since antiquity. In fact, several anti-asthmatic drugs were developed from herbs commonly utilized in the non-Western system of medicine. This book focuses on the pathophysiology of asthma, its medication (both herbal and modern), limitations and their future prospects.
Contents:
Asthma
Pathophysiology asthma
Airway inflammation and airway hyperresponsiveness
Effects of inflammation
Inflammatory cells involved in asthma
Transcription factors involved in Th2 cell differentiation
Current asthma treatments
Cytokine-based therapies
Transcription factor modulators
Preclinical mouse models of asthma used to evaluate drug efficacy and properties and associated drawbacks
Herbal treatments of asthma
Traditional plants with anti-asthmatic potential
Asthma Chinese Herbal Remedies
Future potential of herbal-based medicinal treatment for management of asthma. - DigitalGirolamo Pelaia, Alessandro Vatrella, Rosario Maselli.Summary: This book focuses on the fundamentals of the use of biologics in asthma, describing the rationale, principles, mechanisms of action, and indications. It offers an excellent balance between basic science and the analysis of clinical trials, updating readers with new developments that are changing the global scenario for targeted biological anti-asthma therapies, especially with regard to more severe disease. A range of therapies are considered, from the humanized monoclonal anti-IgE antibody omalizumab, widely approved as add-on treatment for inadequately controlled disease, through to emerging biologics for which evidence supportive of efficacy is accumulating, including anti-IL-5, anti-IL-4, and anti-IL-13 therapies. One aspect to emerge is the variability in individual response, which suggests a need for characterization of different asthma subtypes to permit the effective implementation of phenotype-targeted treatments. This book will be of interest for pulmonologists, clinical immunologists, and physicians seeking sound information on these therapies, but also for scientists and pharmacologists wishing to enhance their knowledge of the therapeutic implications of the cellular and molecular mechanisms that underlie severe, uncontrolled asthma.
Contents:
Introduction
Inflammatory cellular patterns in asthma
Airway remodelling in asthma
Anti-IgE antibodies
IL-5-targeted antibodies
IL-4-specific biologics
Anti-IL-13 therapies
Anti-TNFalpha-antibodies
Biologic treatments targeted to innate cytokines
Other biologic drugs
Conclusions and future perspectives.Digital Access Springer 2017 - DigitalJennifer A. Namazy, Michael Schatz, editors.Contents:
Intro; Preface; Reference; Contents; Contributors;
Chapter 1: Non-pharmacologic Aspects of Management: "Asthma and Allergic and Immunologic Diseases During Pregnancy - A Guide to Management"; Introduction; Allergic Rhinitis; Asthma; Atopic Dermatitis; Allergen Avoidance Measures (Table 1.1); Pet Dander Allergens; Mouse and Cockroach Allergens; Other Animal Allergens; Mold; House Dust Mites; High-Efficiency Particulate Air Filters; Allergen Immunotherapy; Irritant Exposures; Other Non-pharmacologic Approaches in Asthma and Allergic Rhinitis; Conclusion; References
Chapter 2: Safety of Asthma and Allergy Medications During PregnancyIntroduction; Approaches to Studying Medication Safety in Pregnancy; Summary of Safety Data for Selected Asthma and Allergy Medications; Pregnancy and Lactation Labeling Rule (PLLR); Resources for Clinicians and Patients; Summary; References;
Chapter 3: Asthma: Interrelationships with Pregnancy; Prevalence of Asthma During Pregnancy; Changes in Asthma Symptoms, Lung Function and Asthma Control During Pregnancy; Exacerbations of Asthma During Pregnancy; Asthma and Other Co-morbidities in Pregnancy Gastro-oesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)Tobacco Exposure; Psychosocial Factors; Nutrition, Obesity and Weight Gain; Association of Asthma with Infertility; Association of Asthma with Adverse Perinatal Outcomes; Association of Maternal Asthma with Adverse Outcomes in Childhood; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Asthma: Management; Introduction; Clinical Scenario; Review of Risks; Diagnosis and Monitoring; Non-pharmacological Management; Barriers to Control; Medication Management; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 5: Rhinitis and Sinusitis; Normal Anatomy of the Nose and Sinuses Effects of Nasal and Sinus Disease on Asthma and General HealthPathophysiology of Atopic Diseases; Rhinitis or Rhinosinusitis During Pregnancy; Rhinitis; Allergic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Hormonal Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Infectious Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Nonallergic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Nonallergic Rhinitis with Eosinophilia Syndrome (NARES); Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Occupational Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Drug-Induced Rhinitis and Rhinitis Medicamentosa; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment Atrophic Rhinitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Rhinosinusitis; Acute and Subacute Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Risk of Disease Versus Treatment; Recurrent Acute Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Chronic Rhinosinusitis; Etiology; Diagnosis; Treatment; Conclusion; References;
Chapter 6: Anaphylaxis in Pregnancy; Introduction; Etiologies; Clinical Diagnosis and Differential Diagnosis; Physiologic Considerations; Differential Diagnosis of Anaphylaxis and Hypotension in Pregnancy; Risk Factors for Severe/Fatal Anaphylaxis and Cofactors that Amplify AnaphylaxisDigital Access Springer 2019 - DigitalIan Mitchell, Gaynor Govias.Summary: This book comprehensively presents all the necessary information health professionals need to become Certified Asthma Educators. Competent asthma educators must possess a number of skills: they must have appropriate and sound medical and pharmaceutical knowledge; be proficient and effective educators who can influence their patients behaviors for the better; and, finally, they need the administrative and organizational skills needed to set up and run efficient clinics at their places of work. The book is divided into three sections to meet those needs: Asthma: The Fundamentals; The Role of Education; and, The Effective Asthma Educator. The first section covers clinical knowledge of asthma, with chapters including lung structure and function, clinical presentation of asthma, and environmental issues in asthma management. The second section delves into the role of educating patients and teaches readers how to best do that with an integrated approach between physician, educator, and patient. The third section looks further into educating techniques with a view of the learning process, considerations for instruction locations, and the role the educator plays overall. The final chapter in the book presents example cases for readers to assess the knowledge they have learned throughout. This second edition serves as both textbook and study guide for certification as well as a long-term reference publication. It has been fully updated from the previous edition with the latest treatment guidelines, medications, and disease monitoring methods. This is an ideal guide for asthma educators, those seeking NAECB certification, and any health professional involved with individuals who have asthma.
Contents:
Section I: Asthma: The Fundamentals
Asthma: An Overview
Lung Structure and Function
Measurements of Lung Function
Measurements of Lung Function
Clinical Presentation of Asthma
Environmental Issues in Asthma Management
Asthma Management and Use of Medication
Special Situations in Asthma
Section II: The Role of Education
An Integrated Approach to Asthma Management
Adherence
Complementary and Alternate Medicine and Asthma
Frequently Asked Questions
Section III: The Effective Asthma Educator
Learning: Theories and Principles
Teaching the Patient with Asthma
Clinical Management and Evaluation
Practice Case Studies. - Digitaleditors, Akihiko Yamagishi, Takeshi Kakegawa and Tomohiro Usui.Summary: This book provides concise and cutting-edge reviews in astrobiology, a young and still emerging multidisciplinary field of science that addresses the fundamental questions of how life originated and diversified on Earth, whether life exists beyond Earth, and what is the future for life on Earth. Readers will find coverage of the latest understanding of a wide range of fascinating topics, including, for example, solar system formation, the origins of life, the history of Earth as revealed by geology, the evolution of intelligence on Earth, the implications of genome data, insights from extremophile research, and the possible existence of life on other planets within and beyond the solar system. Each chapter contains a brief summary of the current status of the topic under discussion, sufficient references to enable more detailed study, and descriptions of recent findings and forthcoming missions or anticipated research. Written by leading experts in astronomy, planetary science, geoscience, chemistry, biology, and physics, this insightful and thought-provoking book will appeal to all students and scientists who are interested in life and space.
Contents:
Intro; Preface; Contents; Part I: Introduction to Astrobiology;
Chapter 1: What Is Astrobiology?; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Why Astrobiology Now?; 1.3 Why Astrobiology Is Needed; 1.4 Textbook Overview; 1.5 Conclusion; References; Part II: Physics and Chemistry from Space to Life;
Chapter 2: Prebiotic Complex Organic Molecules in Space; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Molecules in Space; 2.2.1 Molecules Observed in Space; 2.2.2 Classification of Molecules in Space; 2.3 Prebiotic Organic Molecules in Space; 2.3.1 Why Prebiotic Organic Molecules Are Made of H, C, N, and O? 2.3.2 Prebiotic Organic Molecules of the Greatest Importance in Space2.4 Challenges in Searching for Amino Acids and Nucleobases in Space; 2.4.1 Amino Acids; 2.4.2 Nucleobases; 2.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 3: Chemical Interactions Among Organics, Water, and Minerals in the Early Solar System; 3.1 Introduction: Enigma on Origin of Organic Molecules in the Carbonaceous Chondrites; 3.2 A Missing Link in the Early Solar System: Chemical Evolution of Organic Molecules from Solar Nebula to Planetesimals 3.3 Different Stages of Parent Body Aqueous Alteration Recorded in Antarctic Micrometeorites3.4 Ultracarbonaceous Antarctic Micrometeorites: New Type of Cometary Material?; 3.5 Conclusion; References;
Chapter 4: Prebiotic Synthesis of Bioorganic Compounds by Simulation Experiments; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Dawn of Experimental Prebiotic Chemistry; 4.2.1 One-Pot Reactions; 4.2.2 Energetics and Formation Mechanisms; 4.2.3 Step-by-Step Reaction Models; 4.3 Formation and Delivery of Extraterrestrial Organic Compounds; 4.3.1 Abiotic Syntheses of Amino Acids in Simulated Space Environments 4.3.2 Abiotic Syntheses of Amino Acids and Insoluble Organic Matter in Simulated Meteorite Parent-Body Environments4.3.3 Formation of Enantiomeric Excesses of Amino Acids in Extraterrestrial Environments; 4.3.4 Delivery of Extraterrestrial Organic Compounds; 4.4 Abiotic Synthesis and Alteration of Organic Compounds in Simulated Primitive Earth Environments; 4.4.1 Prebiotic Synthesis in Simulated Submarine Hydrothermal Conditions; 4.4.2 Reconsideration of the Stepwise Scenario of Chemical Evolution; 4.5 Future Prospects; 4.5.1 Nobel Insights from Planetary Exploration; 4.5.2 Space Experiments - DigitalDigital Access Springer 2020
- DigitalCharles S. Bryan.Summary: Dr. James Woods Babcock, superintendent of the South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane from 1891 to 1914, led the American response to pellagra, producing the first English-language treatise on the disease and organizing the meetings of the National Association for the Study of Pellagra.
Contents:
Jimmie
Superintendent
Founder of the movement
How bad it was
Sambon's obsession
So near, so far
A plain farmer's daughter
The blind men of Hindustan
Perspective: asylum doctor
Appendix I. Mortality and full recoveries (as percentages of patients treated) by race, South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane, 1891-1914
Appendix 2. Parallels in the histories of beriberi and pellagra
Appendix 3. A chronology of pellagra and niacin
Appendix 4. Summary of the four major pellagra conferences held at the South Carolina State Hospital for the Insane, 1908-1915.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2014Limited to 1 simultaneous user - DigitalKatherine C. McKenzie, editor.Summary: Asylum medicine, a field encompassing medical forensic evaluations of asylum seekers, is an emerging discipline in healthcare. In a time of record global displacement due to human rights violations, conflict and persecution, interest in the medical and psychological evaluation of individuals subjected to torture and other ill-treatment is high. Health professionals are uniquely qualified to use their skills to make contributions to a group of vulnerable individuals fleeing danger and death in their home countries. Health professionals involved in asylum medicine perform medical and psychological forensic evaluations of asylum seekers. Their educational background prepares them to examine and describe physical and emotional scars related to trauma, and further training allows them to assess these scars in the context of persecution, describe them in a medical-legal affidavit and support these findings with testimony. Providers of asylum medicine are often involved in advocacy, as many governments become increasingly hostile to asylum seekers. Books on human rights exist, but there is no authoritative text of asylum medicine. This book presents a comprehensive overview of asylum medicine, with emphasis on the historical and legal background of asylum law, best practices for performing asylum examinations, challenges of examining detained asylum seekers, education of trainees and advocacy. Written by experts in the field, Asylum Medicine: A Clinician's Guide is a first of its kind resource for health care providers who practice asylum medicine.
Contents:
Historical Background and Asylum Law
Preparing for the Evaluation
Physical Evaluation of Asylum Seekers
Forensic Psychological Evaluation of Asylum Seekers
Evaluating Pediatric Asylum Seekers
Evaluation of Detainees
Evaluating Survivors of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
Evaluating LGBTQ Asylum Seekers
Performing Remote Evaluations
Best Practices for Writing Affidavits and Preparing for Testimony
Teaching and Learning Asylum Medicine
Advocacy
Finding Internal Balance: An Introduction to Secondary Trauma and Resilience for Asylum Evaluators
Appendix 1 Scars of Torture and Ill-Treatment
Appendix 2 Body Diagrams
Appendix 3 Resources. - PrintJean-Pierre Tassan, Jacek Z. Kubiak, editors.Contents:
Modeling asymmetric cell division in Caulobacter crescentus using a boolean logic approach / Ismael Sánchez-Osorio, Carlos A. Hernández-Martínez, and Agustino Martínez-Antonio
Spatiotemporal models of the asymmetric division cycle of Caulobacter crescentus / Kartik Subramanian and John J. Tyson
Intrinsic and extrinsic determinants linking spindle pole fate, spindle polarity, and asymmetric cell division in the budding yeast S. cerevisiae / Marco Geymonat and Marisa Segal
Wnt signaling polarizes C. elegans asymmetric cell divisions during development / Arielle Koonyee Lam and Bryan T. Phillips
Asymmetric cell division in the one-cell C. elegans embryo: multiple steps to generate cell size asymmetry / Anne Pacquelet
Size matters: how C. elegans asymmetric divisions regulate apoptosis / Jerome Teuliere and Gian Garriga
The midbody and its remnant in cell polarization and asymmetric cell division / Christian Pohl
Drosophila melanogaster neuroblasts: a model for asymmetric stem cell divisions / Emmanuel Gallaud, Tri Pham, and Clemens Cabernard
Asymmetric divisions in oogenesis / Szczepan M. Bilinski, Jacek Z. Kubiak, and Malgorzata Kloc
Asymmetric localization and distribution of factors determining cell fate during early development of Xenopus laevis / Radek Sindelka, Monika Sidova, Pavel Abaffy, and Mikael Kubista
Asymmetries in cell division, cell size, and furrowing in the Xenopus laevis embryo / Jean-Pierre Tassan, Martin Wühr, Guillaume Hatte, and Jacek Kubiak
Asymmetric and unequal cell divisions in ascidian embryos / Takefumi Negishi and Hiroki Nishida
Asymmetries and symmetries in the mouse oocyte and zygote / Agathe Chaigne, Marie-Emilie Terret, and Marie-Hélène Verlhac
Symmetry does not come for free: cellular mechanisms to achieve a symmetric cell division / Damian Dudka and Patrick Meraldi
A comparative perspective on Wnt/[beta]-catenin signalling in cell fate determination / Clare L. Garcin and Shukry J. Habib
Extracellular regulation of the mitotic spindle and fate determinants driving asymmetric cell division / Prestina Smith, Mark Azzam, and Lindsay Hinck
Regulation of asymmetric cell division in mammalian neural stem and cancer precursor cells / Mathieu Daynac and Claudia K. Petritsch
Molecular programs underlying asymmetric stem cell division and their disruption in malignancy / Subhas Mukherjee and Daniel J. Brat. - DigitalW. Brad Johnson, PhD, and David Smith, PhD.Summary: Increasingly, new employees and junior members of any profession are encouraged-sometimes stridently-to "find a mentor!" Four decades of research reveals that the effects of mentorship can be profound and enduring; strong mentoring relationships have the capacity to transform individuals and entire organizations. Organizations that retain and promote top talent-both female and male-are more likely to thrive. But the mentoring landscape is unequal. Evidence consistently shows that women face more barriers in securing mentorships than men, and when they do find a mentor, they may reap a narrower range of both career and psychological benefits. Athena Rising is a book for men about how to mentor women deliberately and effectively. It is a straightforward, no-nonsense manual for helping men of all institutions, organizations, and businesses to become excellent mentors to women. Co-authors W. Brad Johnson, PhD and David Smith, PhD draw from extensive research and years of experience as experts in mentoring relationships and gender workplace issues. When a man mentors a woman, they explain, the relationship is often complicated by conventional gender roles and at times hostile external perceptions. Traditional notions of mentoring are often modeled on male-to-male relationships-the sort that begin on the golf course, involve a nearly exclusive focus on career achievement, and include more than a few slaps on the back over drinks after work. But women often report a desire for mentoring that integrates career and family aspects of life. Women want a mentor who not only "gets" this, but truly honors it. Men need to fully appreciate just how crucial their support of promising junior women can be in helping them to persist, promote, and thrive in their vocations and organizations. As women succeed, lean in, and assume leading roles in any organization or work context, that culture will become more egalitarian, effective, and prone to retaining top talent.
Contents:
The everyday Athena
How women struggle at work: let us count the ways
The reluctant male: why men avoid mentoring women
The biology and psychology of men and women in relationships: becoming a thoughtful caveman
A few good men: why men should mentor women well
Preliminaries
Matters of relationship
Matters of professional growth
Matters of personal growth
What not to do.Digital Access ProQuest Ebook Central 2016 - PrintGiertsen, J. C.
- DigitalAxel Haverich, Erin Colleen Boyle.Summary: This book provides new perspectives on the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. Chapters cover atherosclerosis risk factors, the effect of growth and aging on vascular architecture, and the crucial role the microvasculature plays in atherosclerosis development. Microvascular dysfunction would explain why the well-known risk factors actually put individuals at higher risk. This pathomechanism would also hold true not only for obstructive atheroma formation but also for aneurysmal dilatation as well as for aortic and peripheral artery dissection. When seen through this lens, novel preventive and therapeutic opportunities can be envisioned. Atherosclerosis Pathogenesis and Microvascular Dysfunction proposes a single unifying mechanism of atherosclerosis development and describes potential preventative and therapeutic avenues based on this concept. It therefore represents a timely and valuable resource for internal medicine, cardiology, angiology cardiovascular surgeons, pathology clinicians, researchers, trainees, and students.
Contents:
Introduction
Atherosclerosis Risk Factors
The Effect Of Growth And Aging On Vascular Architecture
Incriminating Evidence For The Role Of The Microvasculature In Atherosclerosis
Risk Factors And Prevention In Light Of Atherosclerosis Being A Microvascular Disease
New Ways To Target Vasa Vasorum For The Prevention And Treatment Of Atherosclerosis
Outstanding Questions and Future Directions. - DigitalMatthew B. Werd, E. Leslie Knight, Paul R. Langer, editors.Summary: Now in a revised and expanded second edition, including an expanded section on running footwear and additional sports-specific recommendations, this updated, practical resource provides a concise and logical approach to prescribing footwear that will maximize performance and minimize injury in athletes. From fundamentals -- including athletic foot types, basic biomechanics and gait evaluation -- to step-by-step guidance through assessment and prescription of shoes, socks, lacing, inserts, and orthoses, this book is both comprehensive and easily accessible. A new section has been added to cover the array of different considerations for running footwear (barefoot, minimalist, maximalist), as well as new sport-specific recommendations. As in the previous edition, referral, coding and billing are also addressed. Photographs and drawings clearly illustrate key concepts, and wherever relevant, the authors have incorporated evidence-based medicine. By presenting new and updated essential information in a user-friendly format, Athletic Footwear and Orthoses in Sports Medicine, Second Edition will prove to be invaluable for sports medicine physicians, podiatrists, orthopedists, physical therapists, and athletic trainers.
Contents:
Pt. I. Fundamentals of athletic footwear and orthoses
1. Evolution of athletic footwear / Steven I. Subotnick
2. Evolution of foot orthoses in sports / Kevin A. Kirby
3.Athletic foot types and deformities / Mark Razzante
4. Clinical use of gait analysis for the athlete / Michael Chin
5. Athletic shoe evaluation / David Levine
6. Athletic shoe fit, modifications, and prescriptions / Amie Davis
7. Athletic socks / Doug H. Richie Jr.
8. Athletic shoe lacing in sports medicine / Matthew B. Werd
9. Prefabricated insoles and modifications / David M. Davidson
10. Orthodigital devices in sports medicine / Matthew B. Werd
11. Evidence-based orthotic therapy in sports medicine / Paul R. Scherer
12. Custom foot orthoses prescription for the athlete / Paul R. Scherer
13. Ankle foot orthoses for the athlete / Douglas H. Richie Jr.
14. Insights on prescribing athletic footwear and orthoses: the game plan / E. Leslie Knight
pt. II. Running footwear
15. Barefoot, minimalist, maximalist, and performance / David W. Jenkins
16. Triathlon and duathlon / Kirk Herring
17. Footwear and cross-training / Amol Saxena
18. Racing track and cross-country / Brian W. Fullem
19. Specialty running stores and the sports Medicine Professional: A Natural Partnership / Rich Wills
pt. III Sport-Specific Athletic Footwear and Orthoses
20.Golf / Jonathan Blum
21.Tennis / Alex Kor
22.Cycling / Paul R. Langer
23. Court shoes and orthoses for racquet sports: tennis, pickleball, badminton, squash, racquetball, and American handball / Richard T. Bouche
24. Football / Lowell Weil Jr.
25. Skating / R. Neil Humble
26. Skiing and snowboarding / Jeffrey A. Ross
27. Cross-country skiing / Paul R. Langer
28. Basketball and volleyball / James M. Losito
29. Aerobic dance and cheerleading / Jeffrey A. Ross
30. Dance and ballet / Lisa M. Schoene
31. Baseball and softball / Mark Razzante
32. Soccer / Robert M. Conenello
pt. IV. Special populations and athletic footwear
33. Pediatric footwear / Mark Cucuzzella
34. Special olympics: custom foot orthoses for athletes with genetic disorders / Shawn Walls
pt. V. 35. Durable medical equipment and coding in sports medicine / Tony Poggio. - DigitalMarcia C.M. Marques, Carlos E.V. Grelle, editors.Springer Nature eBook.Summary: The Atlantic Forest is one of the 36 hotspots for biodiversity conservation worldwide. It is a unique, large biome (more than 3000 km in latitude; 2500 in longitude), marked by high biodiversity, high degree of endemic species and, at the same time, extremely threatened. Approximately 70% of the Brazilian population lives in the area of this biome, which makes the conflict between biodiversity conservation and the sustainability of the human population a relevant issue. This book aims to cover: 1) the historical characterization and geographic variation of the biome; 2) the distribution of the diversity of some relevant taxa; 3) the main threats to biodiversity, and 4) possible opportunities to ensure the biodiversity conservation, and the economic and social sustainability. Also, it is hoped that this book can be useful for those involved in the development of public policies aimed at the conservation of this important global biome.
Contents:
Part 1: Historical and biogeographical aspects
The Atlantic Forest: an introduction to the megadiverse forest of Southern America
The Atlantic Forest Ecological History: from pre-history to the Anthropocene
The North-eastern Atlantic Forest: biogeographical, historical and current aspects in the Sugarcane Zone
The Hileia Baiana
an assessment of natural and historical aspects of the land use and degradation of the central corridor of the Brazilian Atlantic Forest
The southern Atlantic Forest: Use, degradation, and perspectives for conservation
Part II - Biodiversity
Tree diversity in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest: biases and general patterns using different sources of information
Vascular Epiphytes of the Atlantic Forest: diversity and community ecology
Social Insects of the Atlantic Forest
Tetrapod diversity in the Atlantic Forest: maps and gaps
Freshwater Studies in Atlantic Forest: general overview and prospects
Part III - Threats
Land-cover changes and an uncertain future: will the Brazilian Atlantic Forest lose the chance to become a hopespot?
Climate change and biodiversity in the Atlantic Forest: best climatic models, predicted changes and impacts, and adaptation options
Non-native species introductions, invasions, and biotic homogenization in the Atlantic Forest
Causes and consequences of large-scale defaunation in the Atlantic forest
Pollination systems in the Atlantic Forest: characterization, threats, and opportunities
IV
Opportunities
Atlantic Forest: ecosystem services linking people and biodiversity
Changing the agriculture paradigm in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest: the importance of agroforestry
Engaging people for large-scale forest restoration: Governance lessons from the Atlantic Forest of Brazil
The Atlantic Forest Trail: connecting people, biodiversity and protected areas
Conservation initiatives in the Brazilian Atlantic forest
Financing conservation in the Brazilian Atlantic Forest
Integrating researchers for understanding the biodiversity in Atlantic Forest
The future of the Atlantic Forest. - Digital/PrintDigital Access WHO 2017
- PrintS. V. Sliesarenko, P. O. Badiul.
- DigitalE. Edmund Kim, Hyung-Jun Im, Dong Soo Lee, Keon Wook Kang.Summary: This atlas showcases cross-sectional anatomy for the proper interpretation of images generated from PET/MRI, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT applications. Hybrid imaging is at the forefront of nuclear and molecular imaging and enhances data acquisition for the purposes of diagnosis and treatment. Simultaneous evaluation of anatomic and metabolic information about normal and abnormal processes addresses complex clinical questions and raises the level of confidence of the scan interpretation. Extensively illustrated with high-resolution PET/MRI, PET/CT and SPECT/CT images, this atlas provides precise morphologic information for the whole body as well as for specific regions such as the head and neck, abdomen, and musculoskeletal system. Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MRI, PET/CT, AND SPECT/CT is a unique resource for physicians and residents in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, neurology, and cardiology. .
Contents:
Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MR
Atlas and Anatomy of PET/CT
Atlas and Anatomy of SPECT/CT. .Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalE. Edmund Kim, Hyung-Jun Im, Dong Soo Lee, Keon Wook Kang.Summary: This atlas showcases cross-sectional anatomy for the proper interpretation of images generated from PET/MRI, PET/CT, and SPECT/CT applications. Hybrid imaging is at the forefront of nuclear and molecular imaging and enhances data acquisition for the purposes of diagnosis and treatment. Simultaneous evaluation of anatomic and metabolic information about normal and abnormal processes addresses complex clinical questions and raises the level of confidence of the scan interpretation. Extensively illustrated with high-resolution PET/MRI, PET/CT and SPECT/CT images, this atlas provides precise morphologic information for the whole body as well as for specific regions such as the head and neck, abdomen, and musculoskeletal system. Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MRI, PET/CT, AND SPECT/CT is a unique resource for physicians and residents in nuclear medicine, radiology, oncology, neurology, and cardiology.
Contents:
Atlas and Anatomy of PET/MR
Atlas and Anatomy of PET/CT
Atlas and Anatomy of SPECT/CT. - PrintWolf-Heidegger, Gerhard.Contents:
Bd.
1. Systema sceleti. Iuncturae ossium. Systema musculorum. - DigitalMing-Chon Hsiung, Wei-Hsian Yin, Fang-Chieh Lee, Wei-Hsuan Chiang.Summary: This book introduces classic and unique cases in 3D TEE in structural heart disease interventions. In each all the 40 cases, background information, clinical presentations, and diagnostic findings are present and followed by step-by-step approaches of interventional therapies and outcomes after the procedures. The highlight of the book is to utilize extensive illustrations, over 500, to demonstrate various cardiovascular pathologies. Most of the figures are 3D transesophageal echocardiograms, they are cooperated with 2D transesophageal echocardiograms, X rays, fluoroscopies, computed tomograms, etc. Since the echo images obtained in clinic practice are moving images, it also includes over 300 videos, which serve as a supplement to the static illustrations in this book. The atlas is organized into five chapters. In Chapters one, cases received closure of congenital and acquired cardiac defects are described. Transcatheter aortic valve implantation and its complications are discussed in Chapter two and three. Chapter four details the valve-in-valve therapy. Chapter five covers MitraClip therapy. It offers readers an insider's view of 3D transesophageal echocardiography in structural heart disease interventions and to refresh their clinical work.Digital Access Springer 2018
- Digital[edited by] Michael J. Rosen.Contents:
Abdominal wall anatomy and vascular supply / Harvey Chim, Karen Kim Evans, Christopher J. Salgado, Samir Mardini
Laparoscopic repair of ventral hernias : standard / Sean B. Orenstein, William S. Cobb IV
Laparoscopic repair of atypical hernias : suprapubic, subxiphoid, and lumbar / William W. Hope
Laparoscopic repair of parastomal hernias / Cory N. Criss, David M. Krpata, Ajita S. Prabhu
Posterior component separation with transversus abdominus muscle release / Michael J. Rosen
Open flank hernia repair / Melissa Phillips LaPinska, Michael J. Rosen
Open parastomal hernia repair / Joshua S. Winder, Eric M. Pauli
Open ventral hernia repair with onlay mesh / David L. Webb, Nathaniel Stoikes, Guy R. Voeller
Perforator preservation and force distribution : two key elements of the open components release hernia repair / Gregory A. Dumanian
Endoscopic component separation / Jorge Daes
Tissue and fascial expansion of the abdominal wall / Michelle Coriddi, Jeffrey E. Janis
Chemical component separation with Botox / Martin D. Zielinski, Donald H. Jenkins
Panniculectomy and abdominal wall reconstruction / Maurice Y. Nahabedian
Perineal hernia repair / Carley Schroering, J. Scott Roth
Robotic transabdominal preperitoneal hernia repair for ventral hernias / Conrad Ballecer, Eduardo Parra Davila
Progressive preoperative pneumoperitoneum for hernias with loss of abdominal domain / Alfredo M. Carbonell II
Rotational and free flap closure of the abdominal wall / Gregory A. Lamaris, Brian Gastman
Management of the open abdomen / Matthew L. Moorman, Jay Mittal, Jeff Ustin
Surgical approach to the rectus diastasis / Andrea Moreira
Umbilical hernia repair / Laurel J. Blair, Kent W. Kercher
Repair of the post-TRAM bulge/hernia / George DeNoto, Ron Israeli
Transabdominal preperitoneal inguinal hernia repair / Michael J. Rosen
Laparoscopic totally extraperitoneal inguinal hernia repair / A. Daniel Guerron, Steven Rosenblatt
Preoperative optimization of the hernia patient / Clayton C. Petro, Michael Rosen.Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017 - DigitalRandy Ray Richardson.Summary: This atlas is a concise visual guide to the imaging of acquired heart disease in infants, children, and adolescents. Imaging plays an ever-increasing vital role in diagnosis, preoperative planning, and postoperative management for children with these disorders. The book reviews techniques for lowering radiation, discusses protocols for imaging in children, and provides recommendations for the most appropriate studies that decrease the time and cost of imaging these patients. Focusing on functional and anatomic imaging with an emphasis on three-dimensional color-coded models derived from CT and MR scans, this book promotes understanding of cardiovascular disorders in children, including infectious, neoplastic, and metabolic diseases. Atlas of Acquired Cardiovascular Disease Imaging in Children is a valuable resource through which cardiologists, radiologists, pediatric cardiothoracic surgeons, and residents can improve the quality and treatment of pediatric and adolescent patients with acquired heart disease. .Digital Access Springer 2017
- DigitalPatricia Treadwell, Michael Lee Smith, Julie Prendiville editors.Summary: Valuable to dermatologists, adolescent medicine specialists, family medicine practitioners, and primary care physicians, the Atlas of Adolescent Dermatology presents a concise and practical guide to the diagnosis and management of adolescent skin diseases. Each chapter follows a similar format, to assist in ease of reference, and contains information on diagnosis and management. The various chapters include conditions such as Acne, Seborrheic Dermatitis, Eczema, Scabies, Contact Dermatitis, and selected Genodermatoses.
Contents:
Preface
Introduction
Alopecia and Other Hair Disorders
Body Art and Infections
Cutaneous Findings Associated with Eating Disorders
Cutaneous Infections and Infestations
Cutaneous Malignancies
Cutaneous Signs of Connective Tissue Disease
Dermatoses in Adolescents of Color
Papulosquamous Disorders
Pediatric Dermatology Look-Alikes
Skin Findings in Obesity
Sun Exposure and Tanning Beds.Digital Access Springer 2021 - DigitalAlexander Shifrin, editor.Summary: This book is designed to illustrate different techniques on how to perform successful adrenalectomies by using different approaches. It is written by renowned endocrine surgeons and includes techniques of adrenalectomy by using laparoscopic transperitoneal, posterior retroperitoneal, and robotic approaches. Each procedure includes right and left adrenalectomy. Chapters begin with a case description that defines the main aspect of surgery. Each picture, which is taken intraoperatively, is accompanied by corresponding drawings for easier understanding of the anatomical structures and steps of the procedure. In addition, annotated videos of procedures are available to supplement the material. The book also provides common pitfalls of the procedure in order to avoid complications and improve patient outcomes. The Atlas of Adrenal Surgery offers an indispensable source of knowledge to all surgeons, those who just started their career and those who are in the more advanced stages of their practice and are learning new techniques of adrenalectomy.
Contents:
Transabdominal laparoscopic left adrenalectomy
Laparoscopic right adrenalectomy (transperitoneal approach)
Laparoscopic transabdominal right adrenalectomy
Laparoscopic transabdominal left adrenalectomy
Right posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy
Left partial posterior retroperitoneoscopic adrenalectomy
Posterior retroperitoneoscopic right cortical-sparing adrenalectomy
Left robotic transperitoneal adrenalectomy
Right robotic transperitoneal adrenalectomy
Right transabdominal robotic adrenalectomy. - DigitalS. Kim Suvarna, editor.Summary: This atlas leads the reader through the adult autopsy process, and its common variations, with a large number of high-quality macroscopic photographs and concise accompanying text. It provides a manual of current practice and is an easy-to-use resource for case examination for consent, medico-legal and radiological autopsies. External realities and checks are discussed at the beginning of the book, which goes on to cover specific body cavities and organ systems in detail. The book ends with chapters on topics including forensic autopsies, specialist sampling, toxicology analyses and the radiological autopsy. Atlas of Adult Autopsy is aimed at practicing pathologists, particularly those in training grades. It may also be of interest to anatomical technicians in autopsy suites, as well as parties with a legal interest in autopsy practice.
Contents:
General Considerations and Safety
External Examination
Evisceration
Thorax: Heart, Lungs, Mediastinum, and Pleura
Gastrointestinal and Hepatobiliary System
Genitourinary and Breast Tissues, Including Pregnancy
Lymphoreticular Tissues: Lymph Node, Spleen and Thymus, Bone and Marrow
Endocrine Glands: Thyroid, Parathyroid, Adrenal, and Pituitary
The Central Nervous System, with Eye and Ear
Standard and Special Tests
Devices: Foreign Items Encountered During the Autopsy
The Forensic Autopsy
The Radiological Autopsy
Toxicology
Appendix.Digital Access Springer 2016 - DigitalAngelo Ghidini, Francesco Mattiolo, Sergio Bottero, Livio Presutti, editors.Contents:
1. Anatomy of Animal Model and Comparison to Human
2. How to Prepare an Animal Model
3. Tracheotomy
4. Laryngotracheoplasty (anterior and posterior cricoid split)
5. Slide Tracheoplasty
6. Step-by-Step Trachea Resection with End-to-End Anastomosis
7. Step-by-Step Partial Cricotracheal Resection (PCTR)
8. Larynx Box
9 .Endoscopic Procedures.Digital Access Springer 2017 - Digitaledited by Anne M. Gilroy, Brian R. MacPherson, Jamie C. Wikenheiser ; based on the work of Michael Schuenke, Erik Schulte, Udo Schumacher ; illustrations by Markus Voll, Karl Wesker.Summary: "An updated atlas that provides a clear, accurate, and fully illustrated guide to human anatomy"-- Provided by publisher.
Contents:
Back. 1. Surface anatomy
2. Bones, ligaments & joints
3. Muscles
4. Neurovasculature
5. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Thorax. 6. Surface anatomy
7. Thoracic wall
8. Thoracic cavity
9. Mediastinum
10. Pulmonary cavities
11. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Abdomen. 12. Surface anatomy
13. Abdominal wall
14. Abdominal cavity & spaces
15. Internal organs
16. Neurovasculature
17. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Pelvis & perineum. 18. Surface anatomy
19. Bones, ligaments & muscles
20. Spaces
21. Internal organs
22. Neurovasculature
23. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Upper limb. 24. Surface anatomy
25. Shoulder & arm
26. Elbow & forearm
27. Wrist & hand
28. Neurovasculature
29. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Lower limb. 30. Surface anatomy
31. Hip & thigh
32. Knee & leg
33. Ankle & foot
34. Neurovasculature
35. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Head & neck. 36. Surface anatomy
37. Neck
38. Bones of the head
39. Muscles of the skull & face
40. Cranial nerves
41. Neurovasculature of the skull & face
42. Orbit & eye
43. Nasal cavity & nose
44. Temporal bone & ear
45. Oral cavity & pharynx
46. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Brain and nervous system. 47. Brain
48. Blood vessels of the brain
49. Functional systems
50. Autonomic nervous system
51. Sectional & radiographic anatomy
Index.Digital Access Thieme MedOne Education 2020 - DigitalAmr Abdelhamid Zaki AbouZeid, Shaimaa Abdelsattar Mohammad.Summary: This volume provides an in-depth analysis of abnormal pelvic anatomy in various forms of anorectal anomalies, often with multiple associations. The anatomy of the pelvis is one of the most complex in the body, and anatomists have provided detailed descriptions of normal anatomy based on cadaver dissections. However, congenital abnormalities present a spectrum of deviations from normal, which can be difficult to perceive with surgical practice alone. The advent of cross-sectional imaging has fortunately provided a powerful tool, allowing clinicians to study these anomalies in depth and on multiple planes. This volume will be an essential tool to better understand this spectrum of alterations in a critical region of the body, thus helping pediatric surgeons make the correct planning for a solid reconstruction of the abnormality.
Contents:
1. Normal pelvic anatomy in the male and female
Common anorectal anomalies in the male
Common anorectal anomalies in the female
Rectal atresia
Cloacal anomalies (classic cloaca; incomplete cloaca; posterior cloaca; cloaca in the male)
Y-type urethral duplication (congenital ano-urinary fistula)
Duplication anomalies and cloacal exstrophy
Anorectal anomalies in conjoined twins
Anorectal anomalies in Currarino triad
Associated anomalies (urinary, Mullerian, spinal, and skeletal)
Pelvic anatomical distortion after surgical reconstruction of anorectal anomalies. - DigitalJorge L. Alió, Jorge L. Alió del Barrio, editors.Summary: Part of the Essentials in Ophthalmology series, this atlas is designed to comprehensively cover optical coherence tomography of the anterior segment of the eye. The aim is to improve knowledge of the fundamentals of OCT technology for anterior segment, clarify the differences with posterior segment OCT and emphasize the immense relevance and usefulness that anterior segment OCT study has for diagnosis, therapeutic orientation, surgical guidance, and improvement in patient management. Atlas of Anterior Segment Optical Coherence Tomography is organized into comprehensive chapters on the following topics: fundamentals, technologies and technological differences among platforms, application of OCT, corneal OCT angiography, as well as case-based chapters. Numerous highly-detailed figures, illustrations and photographs make this an ideal resource for the corneal specialist seeking further instruction on this cutting-edge technology. The case-based chapters include such conditions as bowman dystrophies, trauma, cataract, glaucoma, sclera, refractive surgery, ocular infections, and are structured to facilitate the consultant surgeon by providing practical information applicable to practical cases in their practice.
Contents:
Chapter 1. Anterior Segment OCT: An Overview
Chapter 2. Anterior Segment OCT: Fundamentals and Technological Basis
Chapter 3. Anterior Segment OCT: How to Choose for Your Practice
Chapter 4. Anterior Segment OCT: Clinical Applications
Chapter 5. Anterior Segment OCT: Angiography
Chapter 6. Anterior Segment OCT: High-Resolution Tomography of Corneal and Conjunctival Lesions
Chapter 7. Anterior Segment OCT: Real-time Intraoperative OCT in Corneal Surgery
Chapter 8. Anterior Segment OCT: Real-time Intraoperative OCT in Cataract Surgery
Chapter 9. Anterior Segment OCT: Observations in Corneal Stroma Regeneration
Chapter 10. Anterior Segment OCT: Application in Stromal Lenticule Addition Keratoplasty (SLAK)
Chapter 11. Anterior Segment OCT: Application to Improve Graft Selection for Corneal Transplantation
Chapter 12. Anterior Segment OCT: Polarization-Sensitive OCT. - DigitalCristian Blanco Moreno.Contents:
Shoulder
Elbow
Wrist
Hip
Knee
Ankle.Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2016 - DigitalMan Koon Suh ; English translator, Aram Harijan ; medical illustrator, Kim Sung Tae.
- DigitalTracy I. George, Daniel A. Arber, editors.Contents:
Intro; Dedication; Series Preface; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
1: Normal Bone Marrow; Suggested Reading;
2: Reactive Changes; References;
3: Post-therapy Marrow Changes; References;
4: Constitutional, Metabolic, and Related Disorders; Suggested Reading;
5: Bone Marrow Infections; References;
6: Bone Marrow Lymphoma; References;
7: Plasma Cell Neoplasms; Suggested Reading;
8: Immunodeficiency-Associated Lymphoproliferative Disorder; Lymphoproliferative Disorders in HIV Patients; Posttransplant Lymphoproliferative Disorders; Iatrogenic Immunodeficiency-Related Disorders; References
9: Lymphoblastic Leukemia/LymphomaReferences;
10: Myelodysplastic Syndrome; References;
11: Acute Myeloid Leukemia; References;
12: Myeloid Proliferations of Down Syndrome; References;
13: Acute Leukemias of Ambiguous Lineage; References;
14: Histiocytic Disorders; References;
15: Myeloproliferative Neoplasms and Mastocytosis; References; Suggested Reading;
16: Myeloid and Lymphoid Neoplasms with Eosinophilia; References;
17: Myelodysplastic/Myeloproliferative Neoplasms (MDS/MPN); Suggested Reading;
18: Metastatic Tumors in the Bone Marrow; Suggested Reading; Index - DigitalJae Hong Kim.Summary: This atlas is the first book on the use of high-resolution ultrasound to assess breast implants and identify the various potential breast implant-related complications, which are frequently asymptomatic. The aim is to provide radiologists, breast surgeons, plastic surgeons, and other medical staff with a comprehensive guide of high clinical value during not only the diagnostic but also the treatment process. To this end, a wealth of ultrasound images and videos are presented, along with surgical photos and videos and pathological findings. The coverage includes the role of ultrasound in the management of breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell carcinoma, with explanation of its value in distinguishing the type of implant shell, which is highly relevant in this disease. A concluding chapter presents a large series of instructive cases. The author has extensive experience in breast surgery and has been collecting implant-related data using high-resolution ultrasound, including data on the diagnosis of side effects, for more than a decade. .
Contents:
1 Current status and future implications of ultrasound in the context of implant-based breast aesthetic and reconstructive surgery
2 An evidence-based approach to an implant-based mammoplasty
3 Role of ultrasound in the implant-based aesthetic and reconstructive mammoplasty
4 Distinguishing various type of breast implant using high resolution ultrasonography
5 Usefulness of high-resolution ultrasound in detecting complications of an implant-based mammoplasty
6 Breast implant-associated anaplastic large cell lymphoma
7 Usefulness of high-resolution ultrasound (HRUS) in planning revision or reoperation for patients receiving an implant-based augmentation mammoplasty
8 Clinical presentations
9 Conclusions. - DigitalMario Rietjens, Mario Casales Schorr, Visnu Lohsiriwat ; forewords by Umberto Veronesi and Jean Yves Petit.Summary: Back Cover Text Breast reconstructive and oncoplastic surgery can reduce the sense of mutilation resulting from oncologic surgery and meets the need to provide breast cancer treatment that will not only eradicate the cancer but also re-establish the patient?s quality of life. However, the difficulties inherent in preoperative planning and the intraoperative complexity of breast reconstruction and oncoplastic techniques represent major challenges for the breast surgeon. This atlas, intended for surgeons at every level, is an all-inclusive guide that documents surgical techniques step by step by means of a wealth of more than 1000 color photos, additional high-quality drawings and illustrations, and succinct accompanying text. Both common, established procedures and the most recently introduced techniques are covered, ensuring that readers will have at their disposal multiple approaches for breast repair, remodeling, and reconstruction. In addition to the comprehensive descriptions of techniques, preoperative planning is explained, indications and contraindications are identified, and the management of surgical complications is discussed. Tips, pitfalls, and key points are highlighted. The Atlas of Breast Reconstruction is an unprecedented tool that will increase and refine the arsenal at the oncoplastic surgeon's disposal in order to ensure that the best treatment can be offered to each individual patient.
Contents:
1 Reconstruction technique for total mastectomy
2 Reconstruction technique for partial mastectomy and other partial breast deformities.- 3 Reconstruction and correction techniques for Nipple-Areola Complex
4 Lipofilling.- 6 Surgical correction of complications. - DigitalDiethelm Wallwiener [and eight others].Digital Access
- DigitalIsmail Jatoi, John Benson, Hani Sbitany.Summary: This atlas describes various surgical techniques and incorporates both science and art into a unique transatlantic perspective for treatment of breast disease. The management of both benign and malignant disease is outlined with a detailed account of the diagnostic pathway and methods for obtaining definitive pre-operative diagnosis. All sections contain illustrations to demonstrate and clarify surgical and other practical procedures. Particular emphasis is placed on those techniques that consistently provide good cosmetic outcomes. This 2nd edition of the Atlas of Breast Surgery includes many new illustrations with important updates on innovations in surgical techniques. Many of the illustrations from the previous atlas have been preserved, with new illustrations to highlight important advances in surgical techniques since publication of the first edition. This atlas is intended as a guide for surgeons throughout the world who treat diseases of the breast, both benign and malignant. Atlas of Breast Surgery 2nd Edition serves as a valuable resource for qualified surgeons and trainees from general, plastic and gynecology backgrounds in the management of patients with all types of breast disease.
Contents:
Historical Overview of Breast Surgery
Anatomy
Diagnostic Pathways
Surgery for benign breast disorders
Surgery for Breast Cancer
Plastic and Reconstructive Breast Surgery.
- A Gentle Introduction to Statistics Using SAS® Studio in the Cloud — Advances in Laparoscopy of the Abdominal Wall Hernia (386)
- Advances in Liquid Chromatography : New Developments in Stationary Phases and Supports for Drugs and Bioanalytical Applications — The Aneurysm Casebook : a Guide to Treatment Selection and Technique (386)
- Aneurysms of the Popliteal Artery. 1st ed. — Atlas of Breast Surgery. 2nd edition (386)
- Atlas of Breast Tomosynthesis : Imaging Findings and Image-guided Interventions — Ayahuasca Healing and Science (386)
Popular Books
- Harrison's Principles of Internal Medicine
- AAP Red Book Online
- Robbins & Cotran Pathologic Basis of Disease
- Sabiston Textbook of Surgery
- Nelson's Textbook of Pediatrics
- Surgical Exposures in Orthopaedics
- Mandell, Douglas, & Bennett's Principles & Practice of Infectious Diseases
- Red Book Online
- ICU Book
- Primary Care Medicine
- Campbell-Walsh Urology
Access restricted to Stanford community
Lane Library Bookmarklet
To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.
Bookmark on Other Websites
- To Install, Right Click this Button.
- Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
- From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
- Once installed it will look like this
- Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
- Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
Can't Find It?
Browse by Publisher
Biomedical Publishers
- AccessMedicine
- Springer Protocols
- Books@Ovid
- ClinicalKey
- MyiLibrary
- Stat!Ref
- Lange Series
- National Academy Press
- NCBI Bookshelf
- PsychiatryOnline
- CogNet
- Thieme Atlases
Bioresearch Publishers
- Safari Tech Books
- SpringerLink
- CRCnet base
- MyiLibrary
- ebrary
- EBSCOhost (Choose Research Databases... eBook Collection)
Beyond Stanford
A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.
Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.
MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.
Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.
Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.
Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.
Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.
Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.
In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.
A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.
Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.
Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.
Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.
Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.